1

Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit Detailed government response

2

Foreword On 30 and 31 March 2010, more than 200 people gathered to share ideas and help provide solutions on how to manage future growth in Queensland. Joined by thousands more who watched the event online or contributed their thoughts through supporting consultation processes, the Queensland Growth Management Summit was a great think tank of ideas and enthusiasm. But thinking has to lead to outcomes. Which is why I am pleased to deliver this report, which outlines the ideas raised by the community in relation to growth management and most importantly - details my government’s response. Although around 1400 ideas were developed as part of the summit, not all were practical and achievable. Many related to things my government simply cannot control. Other ideas related to outcomes that will not impact on how we manage growth moving forward. But I am pleased to say that the majority of the ideas and solutions have helped formulate this response. And we must not forget what brought us to this response: population growth. With around 2200 more people calling Queensland home every week, there is community concern about how an increasing population will impact on our everyday lives. Over the next 20 years, Queensland’s population is forecast to rise from 4.4 million to between 5.7 and 7 million people. This growth is predicted to come from record levels of overseas migration and to a lesser extent – higher fertility rates and longevity. Migration and fertility rates are factors that state governments have no control over. Our population growth provides great opportunities for us as a state. It creates jobs, enriches our cultural environment and provides a strong basis for our economic future. The state has a responsibility to plan for growth: to make it sustainable; to harness the potential it brings, and ensure we mitigate the risks that can come with it. We have a clear role to create a future for Queensland in our regions, and to protect and enhance our environment as we grow. But I remain steadfast in my commitment that this is not the end of this discussion. My government needs to keep up this conversation with the community, to monitor progress and implementation of this response, and to continue a dialogue with all Queenslanders about the realities, trade-offs, and opportunities related to growth. This will require coordination across all three levels of government, and I am pleased to see the Prime Minister appointed a federal population minister in April to develop a National Population Strategy. I realise this conversation is not an easy one, but managing growth is a challenge that I am prepared to confront – for our future and the future of our children. ANNA BLIGH MP PREMIER OF QUEENSLAND

3

Contents 1. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 4

Purpose of this paper ............................................................................................................4 Why a summit? .....................................................................................................................4 About the summit ..................................................................................................................5

2. Queensland Government growth management strategy ......................................... 6 3. Aspirations and ideas .............................................................................................. 8

Consulting on growth ............................................................................................................8 Capturing aspirations and ideas..........................................................................................10

4. Government response to ideas.............................................................................. 12 Delivering on the ideas........................................................................................................12 Shaping the future...............................................................................................................16 Strengthening our regions......................................................................................................... 20 Promoting liveable and affordable communities ....................................................................... 25 Responding to planning and development .............................................................................. 25 Responding to compact communities...................................................................................... 30 Responding to building liveable communities.......................................................................... 33 Responding to urban design.................................................................................................... 36 Responding to sustainable urban development....................................................................... 41

Delivering infrastructure ............................................................................................................ 44 Protecting our lifestyle and environment ................................................................................... 46 Responding to protecting our lifestyle and environment.......................................................... 47 Responding to renewable energy............................................................................................ 52 Responding to ensuring food security for future generations .................................................. 54 Responding to consumption and waste reduction ................................................................... 56

Connecting communities .....................................................................................................58 Implementation ............................................................................................................. 62

List of acronyms used in this response ..................................................................................... 70 Appendices ................................................................................................................... 72

Appendix 1: Summit Advisory Panel members Appendix 2: Consultation statistics Appendix 3: Social market research Appendix 4: Summit program Appendix 5: Summit attendees Appendix 6: Summit communiqué Appendix 7: Summit workshop ideas Appendix 8: All growth management ideas (collated)

© The State of Queensland (Department of the Premier and Cabinet) 2010. Published by the Queensland Government, May 2010, 100 George Street, Brisbane Qld 4000 The Queensland Government supports and encourages the dissemination and exchange of information. However, copyright protects this document. The State of Queensland has no objection to this material being reproduced, made available online or electronically but only if it is recognised as the owner of the copyright and this material remains unaltered. Copyright enquiries about this publication should be directed to the Department of the Premier and Cabinet by email to copyright@premiers.qld.gov.au or in writing to PO Box 15185, City East Qld 4002.

Copies of this publication can be obtained by contacting 1800 082 105 or at www.qld.gov.au/growthsummit

Contact us Website: www.qld.gov.au/growthsummit Phone: 1800 082 105 Email: growthsummit@premiers.qld.gov.au

4

1. Introduction Purpose of this paper This document provides an overview of the Queensland Growth Management Summit (summit), hosted by the Premier of Queensland, the Honourable Anna Bligh MP on Tuesday 30 and Wednesday 31 March 2010 at the State Library of Queensland in Brisbane. It describes the community ideas raised at the summit (and as part of the supporting consultation program) and details the government’s responses. Why a summit? Queensland’s population has almost doubled in two decades, from 2.6 million people in 1986 to 4.4 people million in 2009 and current forecasts suggest it will be between 5.8 and 7 million people by 2031. That equates to long-term growth of around 87,300 people per year, or 1700 people per week. Currently around 2200 new people are added to Queensland’s population each week. Queensland’s capital city of Brisbane and its surrounding region of South East Queensland (SEQ) is one of Australia’s fastest growing regions with population growth in 2008-09 of around 84,000 people. Queensland would need to export people if it wanted to keep its population at current levels. Average annual population growth, Queensland, five years to 30 June, 1986 to 2031 The challenges of managing population growth revolve around ensuring our lifestyles and environment are protected and our economy is strong enough to support our current standard of living. Growth brings opportunities but it also concerns many people, raising the questions of how and where growth can be managed sustainably.

0

10,000

20,000

30,000

40,000

50,000

60,000

70,000

80,000

90,000

100,000

1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031

1986

2011ActualProjected (medium)

5

Against this context, the summit was held to engage experts, and the broader community, in an educated and informed dialogue about the decisions needed to ensure population growth contributes to, rather than diminishes, the prosperity, liveability and environmental sustainability of our state. It provided an opportunity to gain valuable industry and community feedback on, and input into, the government’s growth strategy, through discussion and debate on the major issues and matters of public concern facing Queensland in relation to population growth. The purpose of the summit was to offer solutions for a way forward, build on existing programs and deliver new strategies that will enable us to adapt to a future that includes a growing Queensland population. About the summit

The event was facilitated by Kerry O’Brien and Anna Reynolds and addressed by the Honourable Anna Bligh MP, the Federal Treasurer, the Honourable Wayne Swan MP, and Lord Mayor Campbell Newman. The summit participants included ten Queensland Government Ministers and mayors from cities and towns throughout Queensland. These government leaders joined members of the public and international, Australian and local experts and leaders in planning, development, infrastructure, sustainability, industry and economics.

The summit was designed to include a mix of keynote presentations, panel question and answer sessions and workshops across three themes of sustainability, prosperity and liveability. A high-level advisory panel was appointed in the lead up to the summit. This panel drew on their experience in areas such as population trends, climate change, architecture, planning and industry to provide advice regarding the evidence about population growth and how it affects Queensland, community issues and concerns, and input on the format and process for the summit. The panel also played an ambassador role to raise awareness of the summit itself. The panel comprised: • Bernard Salt, leading demographer and trend forecaster • Michael Rayner, Queensland Director, Cox Rayner • Dyan Currie, Queensland President, Planning Institute of Australia • Brendan Gleeson, Professor of Urban Policy, Griffith University • Heather Ridout, CEO, Australian Industry Group • Ian Lowe, President, Australian Conservation Foundation • Guy Gibson, General Manager of Government Relations, Delfin Lend Lease.

Mr Tim Flannery, 2007 Australian of the Year and leading scientist, was originally on the panel but had to retire due to pressing international commitments.

6

2. Queensland Government growth management strategy The government’s existing growth management strategy sits within the regional planning framework. This strategy was discussed in various forums leading up to and at the summit with the consensus that Queensland has a world-class strategy in place that includes long-term integrated land use and infrastructure planning. Statutory regional plans were introduced in 2005 to bring in regulatory policies for managing growth. Covering around 90 per cent of Queensland’s population, these plans establish a preferred settlement pattern to stop urban sprawl, manage infrastructure requirements and protect our natural environment. Queensland’s regional planning framework has been recognised by the federal government as a leading model that links infrastructure provision to robust long term planning. This means Queensland is well positioned to attract federal investment in significant infrastructure projects throughout the state. At a level below regional plans, local government planning schemes are important tools for determining the detail around where and how communities grow based on a range of matters including infrastructure availability and engagement with local communities.

South East Queensland Regional Plan In South East Queensland, where 70 per cent of all new Queenslanders are located, the South East Queensland Regional Plan projects a need for 754,000 new dwellings by 2031. That means for every 10 homes we have today, another 6.7 will be needed in 20 years. The South East Queensland Regional Plan outlines a compact settlement form that results in around 85 per cent of the region being protected from urban development. But stopping sprawl means more medium and higher density development in appropriate areas – like major centres and key public transport corridors. The South East Queensland Regional Plan is supported by the South East Queensland Infrastructure Plan and Program (SEQIPP) which is updated annually. Key strategic directions of the plan include: • protecting and supporting regional landscape and rural production • providing enough land to accommodate

future growth • promoting land use efficiency • enhancing the identity of regional communities • facilitating growth in the Western Corridor • supporting rural futures • providing timely infrastructure and services • integrating land use, transport and

economic activity. When the South East Queensland Regional Plan was introduced, there was broad consensus about the benefits of growth. However, as the region has grown, the focus of communities has appeared to shift from the benefits of growth to the impacts on lifestyle.

7

The alignment of regional planning and infrastructure programming, delivery and funding provided by the South East Queensland Regional Plan and SEQIPP is unprecedented in Australia. It provides a critical tool for supporting concurrent planning and infrastructure delivery facilitating integration of transport systems with urban and economic activity centres and creating a platform for infrastructure to lead development rather than respond to it. The significance of the South East Queensland Regional Plan’s policy and strategies have been recognised at the national and international level with the plan being awarded the Planning Institute of Australia’s prestigious national Award for Planning Excellence in 2006. In recently releasing the State of Our Cities Report (March 2010), the federal government cited the South East Queensland Regional Plan as being Australian best practice. Numerous international planning commentators have also noted the plan represents international best practice.

South East Queensland decentralisation initiative The Queensland Government has previously announced a decentralisation initiative within South East Queensland that is to be implemented in four stages between 2011 and 2017. The Government Office Accommodation Decentralisation Project will see over 5600 public servants moved out of the Brisbane city centre with opportunities to work closer to home. It is estimated the Government will save approximately $188 million in reduced government office leasing costs and will stimulate urban renewal and ease pressure on public transport networks to the city.

About South East Queensland South East Queensland is currently home to almost three million people. Comprising 11 local government areas and around 23,000 square kilometres, the region stretches 240 kilometres from Noosa in the north to Coolangatta in the south, and 140 kilometres west out to Toowoomba.

8

3. Aspirations and ideas In the lead up to the summit, Queenslanders had the opportunity to share their views on population growth by participating in the Queensland Government’s engagement program, surveys, polls, media discussions, and forums held by other organisations including the development industry and environmental groups. People from many different backgrounds have expressed thousands of views and ideas that relate to population growth – what it means for them personally, their industry or their area of interest. Consulting on growth When the government announced the summit in November 2009, it was acknowledged there were community concerns about growth and that consensus on this issue had shifted from the benefits growth brings to concerns about impacts. The summit was the opportunity to bring community members and experts together to thoroughly discuss the topic of managing population growth. The objective of the government’s consultation program was to: • raise community awareness about the drivers of growth and the state’s role in

managing growth • collect evidence of the key values, aspirations, concerns and interests of community

about population growth and the challenges associated with population growth • engage the community and industry in shaping the future prosperity, lifestyle and

environment of Queenslanders – making our state stronger, smarter, healthier, greener and fairer.

The following were used in meeting these objectives and were in place in the lead up to the summit: • website • background paper • online survey • stakeholder meetings • mail outs • advertising • facebook • voxpops • media releases • e-newsletters • an interactive scenario modelling tool (SEQ Futures) • people’s question time in Parliament. For me the summit has been an invaluable process as a teacher and it’s been interesting to think about my students’ views and hear the same views coming out of the working groups at the summit. – Community delegate

9

I have been really really impressed with the summit. There’s been a range of creative solutions with options for government at all levels and options for the community. I’ve been surprised that 240 people with such disparate views could come together, bring their passion and commitment, be so prepared to listen to alternate viewpoints then sit down and come up with solutions. The summit has exceeded my expectations in success. – Planning industry representative I really came here to be a troublemaker because I thought the summit would be really development focussed. But I have been very impressed with the breadth of views we have been subjected to and the attitudes coming out of the group work. This has been much broader than it would have seemed at first. – Community delegate The website recorded more than 13,000 visits to mid April 2010. Around 2000 people have used the SEQ Futures Tool, more than 1100 participated in people’s question time and more than 750 completed the online survey. Other organisations and industries also held events in the lead up to the summit with the aim of communicating their particular view, providing a community forum, canvassing member ideas or presenting a submission for consideration as part of the summit proceedings. In February and March 2010, around 2000 people attended 22 related events. Individual submissions were presented from organisations including the Australian Industry Group, Chamber of Commerce and Industry, Council of Mayors (SEQ), Local Government Association of Queensland, Property Council of Australia (Queensland Division), Planning Institute of Australia (Queensland Division), SEQ Catchments, Brisbane Institute and Tourism and Transport Forum, Growcom, Cement Concrete & Aggregates Australia, Board for Urban Places and Australian Institute of Architects. Academic research published immediately before the summit included Capping Population Growth in South East Queensland: Issues and Options by The Queensland Centre for Population Research at the University of Queensland. Around 1200 media articles were published on the topic of population growth during January, February and March 2010 in Queensland and national media. In addition, The 7:30 Report on ABC television ran a week-long series The population debate: can Australia handle it? All of this coverage generated debate and further conversations. These events and activities culminated in the summit which was attended by 216 invited delegates, including 40 community members randomly selected from a list of 167 who had registered interest in attending via the website. Thousands of people also viewed summit proceedings via the online streaming facility with some posing questions on the topics being discussed. The summit was one part of an ongoing discussion on the topic of managing growth. Appendix 2 provides more detailed information on consultation activities and the related events.

10

Capturing aspirations and ideas The Queensland Government commissioned social research on population growth and liveability in South East Queensland to help understand community views on population growth and priorities for protecting liveability prior to the summit (Appendix 3). This research highlighted that while South East Queensland residents strongly agreed that they really enjoyed living in the region, they were polarised about population growth’s effect on them and their communities. Residents spoke of concerns about congestion; strains on infrastructure, public transport and health services; competition for jobs; crowding; and housing affordability. The research highlighted factors that residents felt should be safe-guarded as the population grows. Priorities included: safety in own homes; sense of community; safety in the local community; clean, pollution free air; ease of getting around; reasonable cost of living; great education system; character of housing; laid back lifestyle and the range of flora and fauna.

Similar views were reflected in the online survey results, although this survey was self-selecting so the results cannot be taken as representative of all Queenslanders. Users of the SEQ Futures tool have also had the opportunity to record preferences for our future way of life with strong support for public transport and environmental protection. Around 2000 visitors to the summit website since mid-March have used this interactive tool to choose from a series of priorities for the future. More than 900 visitors rated their priorities – with the top five being good public transport, environmental protection, walkable local centres, vibrant cities and town centres, and jobs close to home. More than 850 visitors then went on to make choices about how to manage growth – based on series of choices relating to development patterns and transport options. The research, online survey and SEQ Futures results indicate that people are keen to preserve greenspace by encouraging higher density living and they are keen to see more focus on developing the public transport network. However, the majority of people individually still prefer lower density housing even if it means living further from city centres.

11

Many of the views highlighted by the research and survey were also raised at the summit. The full list of summit workshop ideas (Appendix 7) was published on the summit website two weeks after the event. All up, around 1400 ideas were generated by the summit and associated activities. The ideas covered a broad range of topics with many supporting a common theme, for example nearly every group at the summit presented at least one idea that related to public transport use. These 1400 ideas have been collated and summarised to remove duplication (Appendix 8). The ideas generated by the summit were the result of discussions broadly themed as prosperity, sustainability and liveability. Summit participants also prioritised their ideas according to group consensus. All the ideas were considered when developing this government response. The most common topics raised related to housing generally but more specifically its design, location and sustainability along with a desire for regionalisation and a focus on public transport. Throughout the summit, greater engagement with the community on planning issues, and a strong desire to protect the environment when accommodating growth were consistent messages. Solutions to issues raised ranged from a federal population policy, to a series of state policies and initiatives, through to individual behaviour change.

12

4. Government response to ideas Although the Queensland Government has a strong regional planning framework that was well supported during the summit and associated consultation, it is acknowledged that there are ideas that may support and enhance its delivery. In closing the summit, the Premier thanked the delegates for their ideas to build on existing policies and develop new strategies and made a commitment to consider all ideas and determine how the government is going to act on them. As many ideas were raised several times or followed a common theme, the responses have been grouped according to the key outcomes sought rather than responding individually to the 1400 ideas. Many ideas also revolved around work that is already being undertaken so the responses also provide details of programs currently in place to address some of the issues raised. Some ideas and responses were also common to different themes. The ideas have been grouped under the themes of: • Shaping the future • Strengthening our regions • Promoting liveable and affordable communities • Delivering infrastructure • Protecting our lifestyle and environment • Connecting communities. Delivering on the ideas Many of the ideas raised at the summit and associated consultation are already part of existing government policies and strategies. In responding to the ideas, the government has focussed on 22 key initiatives, with a further 25 supporting actions, that deliver new ways to manage growth. With outcomes focussed on the next 18 months, the delivery of these actions will be overseen by the Department of Infrastructure and Planning.

Shaping the future Key initiatives: 1. Establish Growth Management Queensland, a new agency within the Department of

Infrastructure and Planning to lead the government’s growth management agenda 2. Investigate a new Liveability Grants Program to support new initiatives that engage local

neighbourhoods in planning for the future 3. Develop a community engagement strategy for growth management

13

Strengthening our regions Key initiatives: 4. Develop a Queensland Regionalisation Strategy to encourage population growth and

economic development outside South East Queensland and help build stronger regions 5. Introduce an $11,000 Regional First Home Owners Grant for building new homes to

encourage regional growth, providing a $4000 boost to the existing First Home Owners Grant.

6. Decentralise government agencies in South East Queensland to Fitzgibbon and Bowen Hills as the next step in the decentralisation agenda

7. Relocate some government functions to regional Queensland to progress the regionalisation agenda

8. Develop a Townsville Futures Plan to support regional growth and economic development in Townsville in partnership with the Townsville City Council to support regional growth in Townsville

Supporting actions: • Partner with the Australian Government to develop a Queensland Migration Plan, which will

inform the Queensland Regionalisation Strategy, to attract skilled migrants to meet employment needs in specialised fields and in desired locations

• Work with the Australian Government to develop a National Population Strategy (that is then reflected in a state policy)

• Develop and include employment projections in all regional plans to support more jobs closer to where people live as part of the preparation of regional plans across Queensland

Promoting liveable and affordable communities Key initiatives 9. Task the Urban Land Development Authority with responsibility for delivering major new

satellite communities in priority greenfield areas, initially at Ripley Valley, Yarrabilba and Flagstone. A mandated percentage of all dwellings development across these areas to be affordable to people on low and moderate incomes

10. Establish an Infrastructure Charges Taskforce drawing to further reform local government infrastructure charges, including opportunities to simplify charges and provide greater certainty

11. Streamline state planning arrangements to improve housing affordability and increase land supply

12. Release a discussion paper on ‘Go Zones and No-Go Zones’ to provide greater planning certainty for local communities in partnership with local governments

13. Investigate new ways to deliver affordable housing which support people of lower to middle incomes, including piloting a social housing project at Cooper’s Plains

14. Design an athlete’s ecoVillage as part of Queensland’s 2018 Commonwealth Games bid, suitable for post-Games reuse as a transit oriented community on the Gold Coast

15. Support sustainable urban development through leadership including piloting programs and delivering best practice demonstration projects as such the Yeerongpilly Transit Oriented Development

14

Supporting actions: • Release Transit Oriented Development Guidelines that identify best practice in delivery of

compact communities by September 2010, supported by training and workshops to build capacity around transit oriented development delivery

• Seek expressions of interest from the private sector to develop a landmark transit oriented precinct focussed on Coorparoo Junction in partnership with Brisbane City Council (following expiry of the current leases)

• Prepare annual Growth Management Program Reports to monitor land supply, track development against dwelling targets and recommend actions to manage growth in South East Queensland

• Review the scope of the Urban Land Development Authority, including consideration of its role in influencing land supply, fostering competitions and potential compulsory acquisition powers

• Provide leadership in urban design through exemplar developments, the Design Triennial, and the preparation of a guideline for government buildings, precincts and infrastructure

• Encourage best practice in urban design through research, funding and programs aimed at increasing urban design skills

Delivering infrastructure Key initiatives 16. Introduce a Queensland Infrastructure Plan (QIP) that links infrastructure delivery with

population growth and economic development priorities. The QIP will integrate existing state infrastructure planning documents from 2011-12

17. Work in partnership with local government to confirm the distribution of dwelling targets within South East Queensland through the development of a QIP. This will help strengthen the link between infrastructure investment and accommodating dwelling targets within the existing urban footprint and investigation areas in the South East Queensland Regional Plan

Supporting actions: • Work more closely with local governments in sequencing infrastructure projects to take into

account local infrastructure investment • Investigate options (such as tolling policies) to fund infrastructure in greenfield sites which

rely on high levels of state investment • Examine alternative mechanisms for the financing of state infrastructure

15

Protecting our lifestyle and environment Key initiatives 18. Develop a long-term strategy to transform the breaks between urban areas in South East

Queensland into major new greenspace and outdoor recreational opportunities 19. Improve Queensland’s environment and natural resource protection by finalising a number

of key documents, including the Coastal Management Plan and the State Planning Policy for Healthy Waters

20. Test the feasibility of relocating part of the Mayne Railyards at Bowen Hills to develop major new inner city greenspace

Supporting actions: • Release the final Greenspace Strategy and develop Greenspace Network Plans for key

regions to identify future greenspace areas • Ensure greenspace is a central consideration in all new ULDA and structure plan areas • Identify critical gaps in the quality and coverage of data needed to support the State of

the Region Report • Release a Queensland Integrated Waterway Monitoring Framework which will improve

waterway monitoring and contribute to enhanced land and water management • Investigate a ‘Most Sustainable Suburb’ initiative using social media to foster more

sustainable living • Release the Valuing the things we waste: Queensland’s Waste Avoidance and Resource

Efficiency Strategy to reform current waste management practices

Connecting communities Key initiatives 21. Set ambitious 20-year targets to guide transformation of South East Queensland’s

transport network, including increasing the share of active and public transport 22. Seek Federal Government assistance to deliver a new river rail crossing to benefit rail

commuters throughout the region Supporting actions: • Finalise and release the draft ConnectingSEQ to provide the blueprint for future transport

needs, help tackle congestion and progress the vision of ‘15 minute neighbourhoods’ • Conduct a trail of Green Pods for cyclists providing secure bike storage and end of trip

facilities at Darra, Bald Hills and Varsity Lakes rail stations • Release the new Queensland Cycle Strategy to encourage more daily cycling trips • Encourage local government to provide funding for expanded public transport services and

infrastructure • Pilot shared car-parking in a transit oriented community precinct to deliver more efficient use

of land and grater community amenity • Explore opportunities to rollout wireless internet connection to major public spaces and

major public transport stations • Work with the Federal Government to maximise the geographic reach of the National

Broadband Network

16

Shaping the future In order to effectively manage future population growth in Queensland, improved and ongoing community engagement was considered critical. This was a common theme in the community’s feedback prior to the summit and it was raised in all of the summit workshops. The community needs to be aware of the relevant issues, educated about the choices available, conversant with the government’s current solutions, and engaged with the options moving forward. A Queensland population policy was suggested by a wide range of summit participants and a large number of online contributors prior to the summit. It also featured in several submissions by stakeholders prior to the summit and during many of the associated events. The need for, and importance of, partnerships across all levels of government, with industry and the community was raised frequently at the summit and through related consultation channels. These partnerships were seen as critical in the development of a Queensland population policy.

Community ideas • Require further State support for local government • Development of Queensland population policy. It was acknowledged that this policy would

need to be developed in partnership with the Federal Government, and in consultation with local governments. The ideas for a population policy centred around the desire to either stop population growth altogether, stabilise it or manage the current forecasts: • stopping population growth by the federal government ceasing ‘incentives’ such as the

baby bonus and high levels of immigration • stabilising population growth by rectifying the current age imbalance and then cease

growing at that point • managing the current forecasts by reviewing the capacity of various regions, developing

settlement patterns accordingly and regularly monitoring and reviewing outcomes • Allow communities to have a significant say in the long-term development of their region.

This could occur through: • existing local government channels. Although some local governments would need

government support in the form of tools, skills and funding • the creation of local decision-making bodies (community boards, local planning groups) • more local meetings and information sessions • finding and rewarding community champions • developing community-based websites • establishing and maintaining community operated facilities such as gardens and multi-

purpose spaces • Streamline regulatory systems and requirements to reduce red tape • Promote partnerships between research organisations, business and government – both

local and international • Use tax and other incentives to encourage investment in research and development and

innovation • Support small and medium enterprise (SME) participation in research and development

through partnerships, collaboration and shared facility arrangements as well as improved intellectual property arrangements and access to public information and data

• Focus on skilled migration and improve cross-jurisdiction recognition of qualifications

17

• Continuing and facilitating the conversation with Queenslanders on growth management by: • continuing online channels through information provision, surveys and discussion forums • calling on the media to develop a documentary to explain why we need to manage

population growth and communicate the choices (including alternative living options) • establishing a one-stop-shop for growth management information and

engagement processes • establishing a user-friendly guide to the planning process in Queensland to clarify

how it works • providing easy-to-understand information about higher density living in terms of the cost

of living benefits • using three-dimensional modelling to demonstrate medium and high density

development proposals to affected communities • developing consultation guidelines for local government to ensure quality community

engagement in land use planning processes • working with industry to develop tools to help educate builders and buyers on the

benefits of good design • encouraging community ownership of sustainable outcomes through a behaviour

change program • In relation to enhanced governance to support implementation:

• strengthen governance by partnering with local government and engaging with the federal government

• establish a centralised land authority

What is the government doing already about shaping the future? The Queensland Government recognised the level of community concern regarding growth and its impacts and held the Growth Management Summit on 31 and 31 March 2010. It was supported by a significant consultation process. On 28 March 2010, the Queensland Premier wrote an open letter to the federal government calling on them to develop a population policy to clearly articulate the impacts on Queensland. On 4 April 2010, the Federal Government appointed a Population Minister. The Queensland Government works in partnership with local government and seeks community involvement in planning and development decisions: • Regional plans, reviewed every five years, provide a framework to engage Queenslanders

on their vision and objectives for their region’s medium to long term future Each regional plan has been developed in two stages. First, the draft was released to the public with an awareness raising and information campaign. This included public information sessions, websites with draft maps, metropolitan and regional newspaper and radio advertising, mail outs to households, a hot line phone number and the provision of free copies of the draft plan by CD-ROM or in hard copy. Secondly, submissions were received and implemented in the final version.

• The Sustainable Planning Act 2009 (SPA) established mechanisms for community engagement in the planning decisions that impact growth management. This legislation introduced greater flexibility for local governments to design consultation mechanisms suitable to their communities and also included additional consultation requirements for development applications.

18

• Over the past decade, the government has made a significant contribution towards the state’s productivity under Smart State. In that time, $3.6 billion was invested in research and development and innovation, resulting in 36 new research institutes and 60,000 new jobs in knowledge intensive industries such as aviation, biotechnology, advanced manufacturing and creative industries. The Smart State Strategy continues to support research projects, research infrastructure, researchers, research development, knowledge diffusion, collaboration and the commercialisation of research and development.

Government has committed to delivering a Toward Q2, Tomorrow’s Queensland (Q2) target to increase the proportion of business investing in innovation and research and development by 50 per cent by 2020. In 2006-07, 36 per cent of Queensland businesses undertook innovation – the highest proportion of all states and territories in Australia. There are many policies and programs in place aimed at improving Queensland’s innovation levels, including: • The $91 million Smart Futures Fund, which provides grants to support collaborative

research projects, skills development and innovative research throughout the state. The fund is stimulating cutting-edge research projects and attracting top-quality scientists to Queensland to utilise Queensland's world-class research facilities. Grants are provided to support Queensland researchers to undertake collaborative projects with other Australian and international research bodies and industries, including placing senior researchers in industry/business and former company founders (Commercialisation Fellowships for Researchers) or entrepreneurial researchers in research institutions (Entrepreneurs-in-Residence) to drive the commercialisation of public sector research and increase industry-lead research and technology solutions.

• The Smart Industry Policy – a targeted approach to get government, researchers and business working together to enhance productivity growth, with over 200 actions across 15 strategic priority sectors located throughout Queensland.

• Innovation mentoring assistance for businesses through a range of programs run by the Australian Institute for Commercialisation and the Queensland-wide Innovation Network

• Providing commercialisation support for early stage companies in knowledge-intensive industries to develop their capacity and assist them to be internationally competitive, through the Ideas to Market programs. The range of initiatives include business incubation services (assistance to help start-up businesses stay in business for the long term) and early stage commercialisation support, to help businesses and entrepreneurs commercialise and apply their new inventions.

• Research and development forums and technology clinics offering businesses and entrepreneurs solutions to technical product, process or service issues or growth opportunities.

The Queensland Government has introduced a range of other tools and initiatives to facilitate community involvement in broader policy and decision making throughout the state, including: • a dedicated website, Get Involved, which provides a portal to a range of community

engagement tools and guidelines. It allows the community to access a wide range of consultations in the one place, in a consistent manner. It also ensures state agencies have the necessary basic skills and tools to engage with the community effectively.

• Toward Q2, Tomorrow’s Queensland to establish ten measurable targets for 2020 across five ambitions: strong, health, smart, green and fair. To achieve the targets, there are a series of measures to drive performance across government, industry and communities, including the development of target delivery plans.

19

• Community Cabinets which give individuals and community groups the chance to make formal deputations to ministers or chat informally over a cup of tea at a community gathering. These community events are designed to bridge the gap between the government and the people.

• People's Question Time, a one hour question and answer session streamed live online, addressing topics of community interest. Community members are invited to submit questions to a panel, consisting of the Premier of Queensland, a Queensland Government Minister and up to three issue experts. The questions can be submitted online both before and during the session, as well as asked direct by audience members at the session.

• Promoting the accessibility of government through social media. The Premier is an active user on Facebook and Twitter. The Queensland Growth Management Summit has its own Facebook page.

What will the government do about shaping the future? 1. Establish Growth Management Queensland, a new agency within the Department of

Infrastructure and Planning to lead the government’s growth management agenda. This will deliver: • a more coordinated approach to growth management in Queensland • better linkages between land use planning, infrastructure delivery, economic

development, protection of environmental assets, expansion of greenspace and affordable housing

• a complementary approach to regional planning and regionalisation

2. Investigate a new Liveability Grants Program to support new initiatives that engage local neighbourhoods in planning for the future

3. Develop a communication engagement strategy for growth management, which includes:

• developing a suite of community-focussed tools to explain the planning process in Queensland and the opportunities it provides for participation

• enhancing support to local government engagement in the delivery of regional planning outcomes

• establishing a community and industry reference panel to provide strategic advice to government

• monitoring community opinion through online tools and research • contacting summit attendees in early 2011 to determine their interest in reconvening

the summit to gauge progress and determine any further implementation mechanisms required

What can community and business do? • Get involved in planning for their local area • Visit the growth management website • Encourage broadcast media to develop a documentary to explain to the community why we

need responsible population growth • Businesses could contribute to their productivity, by introducing a new ideas, product or

process which increases business efficiency

20

Strengthening our regions The summit heard that our population growth is good for the economy for a number of reasons – it drives business and jobs’ growth, offsets the impacts of an ageing population and improves productivity through skilled migration which broadens the skills base. Queensland’s strong economy and solid economic growth contributes to our high standard of living. Population growth has helped drive the economic growth of Queensland. The right type of population growth in terms of age and skills, directed to the right areas of the state can continue to contribute to economic growth. Typically, interstate and international migrants have a higher skills or education levels than existing Queensland residents. This is a positive factor for the state’s productivity – another component which contributes to our high living standards and wealth. While the benefits which accrue from population growth were recognised by summit participants, some expressed concern about the ability of infrastructure and services to cope with the increased population. However, as the summit noted, population growth may also provide the critical mass required to support infrastructure provision and improved services. For example, Brisbane’s busway system delivered an extra 7.2 million in-service kilometres, a 20 per cent increase (from 37.9m to 45.2m) and an additional 323 new buses, a 40 per cent increase (from 789 to 1112 buses) between 2005-06 and 2009-10. Approximately 484 extra drivers were required as a result of the growth. Throughout the summit and in consultation, the need to spread the benefits, and to a lesser degree the impacts, of population growth across Queensland was raised. While the majority of migrants to Queensland currently choose to settle and work in the south-east corner, social research indicated that one in ten people could be encouraged to move to a regional centre. Regionalising, or decentralising, jobs and population growth to regional centres is beneficial as it will promote economic development in regional centres as well as help address the skills shortages faced by business and industry. Encouraging the decentralisation of population growth to Queensland’s regions presents opportunities to boost the liveability and economic viability of our regions and reduce population pressures in South East Queensland.

Community ideas • Implement employment creation strategies and broaden the economic base to build resilient,

sustainable communities • Provide economic infrastructure such as transport and information communication

technology (ICT) to attract industry investment in the regions • Provide incentives to encourage people and businesses to move to the regions, such as

financial assistance with moving costs, stamp duty exemptions, lower rates and utility costs, tax rebates, first home owners boost for regional Queensland

• Encourage migrants to locate in regional areas, including linking migrants to the skill, social and economic development needs of the regions

• Develop regional economic and industry development plans, which help identify challenges for industry investment, strategies for meeting the skill needs of industry, match infrastructure needs of industry, and prioritise new industries for each region

21

• Invest mining and resource royalties into local services and infrastructure as well as up-skilling and qualifying local jobseekers to enhance their employability for upcoming major developments in their communities

• Facilitate travel between regional centres, such as a free flight for regional families to Brisbane every year, or high-speed rail linking regional centres

• Employ long term planning to minimise the impact of boom/bust cycles and plan for after the peak of growth in small regional communities

• Build the capacity of local government to address local needs. For example, assessing major developments and attracting investment

• Invest in skills development, particularly life-long learning opportunities and local skills matching

• Locate government jobs and offices in the regions, to act as an anchor workforce • Provide social infrastructure and services such as cultural, arts and sports facilities,

education and training, health care and public transport to improve lifestyle opportunities in the regions

• Promote and market the lifestyle opportunities and competitive advantages already present in the regions

• Encourage flexible work arrangements such as telecommuting, flexible working hours, and digital workplace solutions

• Support continued workforce participation by mature aged workers • Invest in emerging high tech, green and knowledge industries and support existing

industries to take advantage of technological/digital solutions • Develop and support stronger local economies such as through diversified industries

and populations The summit recorded considerable support for regionalisation. A survey of summit participants found that 74 per cent believe growth in regions can help relieve pressures in South East Queensland and 85 per cent believed that it was very important to encourage population growth in other regions. Many participants emphasised that the suitability of regional centres for additional population growth should be evaluated – according to infrastructure capacity, employment opportunities and environmental constraints.

What is the government doing already about regionalisation? The government has recognised the need to support growth in regional Queensland through its regional planning framework. Existing and proposed statutory regional plans and infrastructure programs support decentralised growth centres (such as South East Queensland’s Western Corridor), manage regional growth and protect the lifestyle and environment. Statutory regional plans have been prepared for the Far North Queensland, Central West, South West, North West, and Maranoa-Balonne regions. Integrated Regional Transport Plans (IRTPs) are aligned to regional plans. They provide transport strategies to manage growth, identify priority infrastructure improvements for further investigation and establish a framework for detailed planning and investment decisions. IRTPs have been prepared for South East Queensland and Townsville-Thuringowa. Regional and transport planning is supported by significant infrastructure investments throughout Queensland. The Queensland Government’s infrastructure spend in 2009-10 is estimated to be $18.2 billion. It is estimated that we spend significantly more on in infrastructure and services in the regions than in South East Queensland – around 40-60 per cent more per capita.

22

Broadband infrastructure could have a catalytic role in stimulating industry investment. The Queensland Government is supporting the Federal Government roll out the National Broadband Network (NBN) to a pilot site of more than 3000 homes and businesses in Townsville by making existing infrastructure available to support increased bandwidth, providing planning and legislation support for the roll out, and encouraging business and industry to take advantage of the increased bandwidth. The pilot will result in access to higher speed internet, better access to online services and new business opportunities. The Government has introduced policies to co-locate community and knowledge-based businesses with universities, research institutes and hospitals to facilitate collaboration and skills sharing, new approaches and inspire thinking, through the Smart Communities project For innovation to occur in business, it is essential that Queensland employers and employees have appropriate skill sets and workplace conditions that enable creativity and innovation to flourish. To help broaden and strengthen Queenslander’s skills, the government established a Q2 target for three out of four Queenslanders to hold trade, training or tertiary qualifications by 2020. To achieve this target, the Queensland Government is investing $1 billion through the Queensland Skills Plan to overhaul vocational training and education, establish new alliances to better match training with industry needs and fund thousands of extra trades training places to address skills shortages. Queensland currently leads the nation in school-based apprenticeships and traineeships with 41 per cent of the national pool of commencements. One challenge is ensuring people are trained with the skills that Queensland’s industries need. A range of programs are in place to help skill people for the professions, including: • Building Bridges to the Professions, which helps make career pathways to specific

professions such as ICT and nursing more flexible by making more entry and exit points available, encouraging more flexible work/study arrangements, making more linkages between training programs, annually assessing priority professional skill shortages in industry and government, and identifying collaborative action to address them.

• The Innovative Skilling Partnership Program – Engineering and Construction – to upskill engineering workers through 450 high level training places over four years.

• A new focus on skill shortages in key professions including the funding of 450 training places for engineering associate professionals, and 30 scholarships and 30 fellowships for vocational health educators.

• Skilling Queenslanders for Work – aimed at helping disadvantaged jobseekers get the skills and training they need to compete for full-time jobs and meet the changing needs of the labour market. Funding for all programs is allocated across regions, prioritised by local needs. Queensland’s Green Army is part of this initiative and aims to create 3000 new jobs across the state within three years.

• Developed two-year outlook employment projections for regions following the formation of the Employment Taskforce.

Queensland is implementing a range of strategies to encourage flexible work arrangements to boost continued workforce participation, including: • A work-life balance strategy, to address attraction and retention of employees by improving

the uptake of work-life balance policies for the Queensland public and private sectors. • Flexible workplace pilots which encourage telecommuting (working from home),

compressing the working week, and earlier or later start and finish times. • the Flexible Workplace Program: Supported Implementation, which will build on the

successes of the flexible workplace pilot and encourage flexible working in mainstream workplace practice.

23

Market research conducted in the lead up to the summit looked at drivers for regional population movements. Tabled in Parliament on 11 March 2010, the survey of 580 households across seven regions (Cairns, Townsville, Mackay, Gladstone and Rockhampton region, Wide Bay Burnett, Toowoomba and South East Queensland) indicated that employment opportunities as well as lifestyle and family reasons were the key drivers for people moving to regional Queensland. This sends an important message that people follow jobs. However, it also indicates that the services and infrastructure to accommodate workers and their families needs to be in place to encourage people to relocate to regions and build a long-term future for their families. To help encourage industry investment and job creation in the regions, the Queensland Government is: • Developing economic development plans, such as the Cairns Economic Future Plan. • Developing regional growth and infrastructure investment strategies, such as the

Sustainable Resource Communities Policy and the Surat Basin Future Directions Statement. • Building the economic strength of regions through the Centres of Enterprise initiative, which

identifies unique strengths for six Queensland regions, and supports regional leaders develop and deliver strategies to boost their global industry competitiveness.

• Supporting business and industry investment in the regions through online access to business development tools and capacity building workshops.

• Providing financial incentives to encourage businesses to locate strategic job-creating projects in regional Queensland, through the Regional Queensland Investment Incentives Scheme.

• Delivering regional economic development projects, which raise the regional and international profile of Queensland’s regions and attract companies seeking locations for industry investment, such as the Northern Economic Triangle, the Bowen Basin, and the Galilee Basin.

• Delivering the Blueprint for the Bush, which includes a suite of measures to foster and support sustainable, liveable and prosperous rural communities in Queensland.

The Premier recognised the cost involved in relocating families to regional locations, and in November 2009 canvassed the idea of boosting the grant for home-owners outside of South East Queensland by $4000. In March 2010, the Premier announced regionalisation plans for Mackay Whitsunday and Rockhampton regions, to encourage newcomers to the area and to manage future growth. This included new funding for infrastructure as part of the $100 million Sustainable Resource Communities initiative, and investigating the potential to deliver Urban Land Development Authority projects in the Mackay and Rockhampton regions to boost affordable housing. The government is also leading decentralisation initiatives through a program to move office accommodation such as the recently announced relocation of Queensland Rail management to Ipswich.

24

What will the Government do in response to regionalisation ideas? Key initiatives: 4. Develop a Queensland Regionalisation Strategy to encourage population growth and

economic development outside South East Queensland and help build stronger regions. The strategy will: • consider new initiatives to support appropriate and sustainable population growth in

Queensland’s regions • identify regions suitable for additional population growth according to economic,

liveability and sustainability criteria and in consultation with local communities • adopt principles and policy for decentralisation of government agencies and services • outline key industry and employment strategies that support sustainable regional

population growth • integrate with existing and proposed regional plans and infrastructure programs • support social capital in the regions

5. Introduce an $11,000 Regional First Home Owners Grant for building new homes to

encourage regional growth, providing a $4000 boost to the existing First Home Owners Grant

6. Decentralise government agencies in South East Queensland to Fitzgibbon and Bowen

Hills as the next step in the decentralisation agenda. This follows the government’s existing commitment to decentralise to Ipswich

7. Relocate some government functions to regional Queensland to progress the

regionalisation agenda  8. Develop a Townsville Futures Plan to support regional growth and economic development

in Townsville in partnership with Townsville City Council and other local stakeholders. This plan will aim to position Townsville as the key centre for North Queensland

Supporting actions: • Partner with the Australian Government to establish a Queensland Migration Plan, which will

comprise a bilateral agreement between the state and federal government to set skilled and business migration priorities and identify ways to better retain skilled migrants in regional areas that need their skills. This will inform the Queensland Regionalisation Strategy

• Work with the Australian Government to develop a National Population Strategy (that is then

reflected in a state policy) • Develop and include employment projects in all regional plans to support more jobs closer to

where people live as part of the preparation of regional plans across Queensland

What can community and business do? • Residents of South East Queensland could consider whether the lifestyle and job

opportunities available in the regions are suitable for them and their families • Follow the development of a National Population Strategy • Businesses could consider their opportunities for investment in the regions

25

Promoting liveable and affordable communities Liveability means different things to different people. As a result, population growth is seen as an opportunity by some to improve liveability – through increased multiculturalism, creating more diverse and cohesive communities and fostering good urban design. Others see increasing population as a threat to their quality of life through congestion, decreasing housing affordability and urban sprawl. The summit reinforced the role of the planning framework, including regional planning, in managing growth to preserve those elements seen as key to quality of life. A robust, well implemented and well resourced planning and development system is seen by many as key in supporting compact communities, and thus limiting urban sprawl, promoting liveable, well designed communities and directing growth to the areas best suited. The summit heard that the increasing cost of housing and the changing composition of our population, both in terms of demographics and country of birth, will require the provision of a mix of housing, with that housing provided in well designed communities that have ready access to essential services. There are many other growth issues we need more information about assist decision making, such as land supply. The quality of Queensland’s built environment will impact on liveability, and urban design is imperative to creating thriving and vibrant local communities where people want to live work and play. The role of compact communities in protecting greenspace was acknowledged throughout the summit.

Responding to planning and development The planning and development framework, including regional planning, has an important role in managing growth, minimising its impacts and maximising the benefits. Regional plans are particularly important in managing growth as these plans guide the growth to areas best suited, enable the planning and provision of infrastructure to support growth and liveability, and protect the natural environment and environmental values. A number of ideas were raised at the summit relating to the need to better implement regional plans and improve planning and development assessment in Queensland. In particular, the need to streamline development approval processes and structure planning processes was raised.

Community ideas In relation to planning and development generally: • Increase partnership across all levels of government on new policies (Smart Growth Code,

Smart eDA, etc) and with industry on new projects (master planning communities) • Recognise and engage local government in project approval processes to ensure local

interests are adequately addressed • Pre-approve building design to fast track building/development assessment processes • Introduce less restrictive planning schemes including encouraging more home based

business; support Residential 30 principles; and facilitate innovation including alternative building solutions

• Introduce development assessment panels in all local government areas to provide clearer, faster and depoliticised development assessment processes prior to the next local government elections

26

• Deliver key local planning processes such as the development and adoption of structure plans within 12 months

• Streamline code assessment processes, state agency involvement in approval processes, and drafting and enacting planning instruments and development assessment related to housing affordability

• Improve the quality of codes • Provide incentives for development to occur including performance based incentives • Require structure plans prior to development and provide greater landowner involvement in

the structure planning process • Involve state agencies only in drafting of structure and master plans, with agencies having

no referral role, unless the application is a significant departure from the plan • Remove agency silos in planning and development • Fast track sustainability initiatives through local government • Greater recognition and coordination of state planning regulations which impact on

developable land is required, particularly in key urban development areas • Create more certainty in planning • Separate, through a simple filtering process, leadership from ‘regulation’ proposals • Sub-dividing blocks of land should become an administrative process only (i.e. rather than

the focus of planning and development assessment). On infrastructure funding: • Introduce infrastructure charges paid at the time of property sale • Introduce standard infrastructure charges • Encourage greater private sector involvement. For example, co-investment • Introduce value uplift capture • Implement an ‘own the house, rent the infrastructure’ approach (benefited area levies etc) • Implement tax increment financing (many options are available) • Expand the role of the Urban Land Development Authority (ULDA) regarding value capture • Introduce alternative infrastructure funding and delivery models • Implement long term incremental infrastructure charges. In relation to regional planning: • Enhanced integration and coordination • Better link the South East Queensland Regional Plan and the SEQIPP, providing a clearer

indication of when infrastructure will be delivered • Make regional plans a one stop shop incorporating all layers of State Planning Policies

(SPPs) including SPPs previously adopted or in development • Ensure planning regulations enable development in areas where this is endorsed by

regional plans – there should be better alignment between local government planning schemes and the regional plan, with local government agreement to the areas for development

• Remove conflicts with other state legislation and policy.

27

In relation to community engagement and collaboration: • Acknowledge and promote exemplar planning projects by undertaking more partnered

demonstration projects ( for example: public/private partnership/ULDA) • Collaborate, innovate, understand, review and revise, adapt, tell people about it –

communications • Stop using jargon to describe concepts such as transit oriented development and compact

communities in the regional plan and refer to these concepts in a more people-friendly way which will assist in support for the concepts. For example, connected communities

• Acknowledge and promote successes in planning, in particular inform the community more about the successes of more compact development.

In relation to enhanced governance to support implementation: • Utilise the ULDA as delivery vehicle for infill and greenfield delivery • Increase competition in the development industry • Fully utilise the capacity of the ULDA or the Coordinator-General. In relation to dwelling targets and the urban footprint: • Review regional plan expectations versus reality • Ensure development potential of the urban footprint is preserved • Revisit the South East Queensland Regional Plan, its strengths and allocation In relation to settlement patterns: • Focus development in Logan and Ipswich to take the pressure off Brisbane and the

Gold Coast • Consider planning around northern New South Wales growth and spill-over

into Queensland • Minimise the urban footprint • Focus on development that doesn’t result in loss of bushland • Ensure regional plan reviews consider any proposals for revision of the urban footprint in

terms of the environmental and social dividends • Reduce the extent of urban development – consider long-term abatement of greenfield

development • Recognise existing plans – for example, 80/20 per cent open-space balance in South East

Queensland Regional Plan and manage environmental assets within the urban 20 per cent • Direct growth to regional rail towns. In relation to growth management: • Establish a transparent and independent monitoring framework for residential land and

housing development in South East Queensland to assist state and local governments to make informed infrastructure investment decisions

• Introduce a detailed land monitoring program for South East Queensland which would provide detailed, publicly available information on the key growth areas and inform land supply objectives.

28

What is the government doing already about planning and development? The Queensland Government has introduced some significant reforms to the planning and development system, aimed at reducing regulatory burden and costs, while meeting economic, social and environmental objectives, including: • Delivering the planning reform agenda which includes streamlining and simplifying the

Integrated Development Assessment System, more accessible dispute resolution, and clearer and more effective state planning instruments including standard planning scheme provisions

• Introducing the SPA as a key plank in delivering the planning reform agenda • Progressing structure planning and infrastructure planning for growth areas • Streamlining state planning instrument (SPI) development • Facilitating priority infrastructure plans for all local governments in Queensland • Implementing the COAG agenda for planning and development reform including

harmonising codes within planning schemes. Self assessable codes are encouraged to reduce development approval timeframes and focus on more complex applications

• Introducing a new approval process for housing related development in residential areas in December 2009 through the SPA. This provides that only a building development application is required in certain circumstances with referral of planning matters to local government. This will cut red tape and speed up the approval process while still preserving local considerations

• Developed Smart eDA and ePlanning contributing to reducing holding and housing costs • Established the ULDA to consolidate, plan and enable development of disparate land

holdings across the state To fund infrastructure and services, state and local governments use a range of funding mechanisms, including direct funding, Public Private Partnerships and infrastructure charging through priority infrastructure plans. The Queensland Government is rolling out statutory regional plans across the state, which identify anticipated population growth and preferred settlement patterns, allowing state and local governments to plan for infrastructure and co-locate (or ‘hub’) where possible/practical. While the South East Queensland Regional Plan has received national and international recognition and widespread support since its release in 2005, particularly due to its linkage with the SEQIPP, there has been increasing concern regarding progress in implementing a range of the plan’s policy, particularly relating to delivery of infill development within the urban footprint. The Queensland Government also has a strong commitment to delivering productivity outcomes in the planning system, through reforms such as the program to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of Queensland's planning framework and its involvement in COAG and the associated Regulatory Reform Agenda. It leads COAG reform work for the Planning and Local Government Ministers’ Council on development assessment reform and planning principles development.

29

What will the Government do about planning and development? Key initiatives 9. Task the Urban Land Development Authority with responsibility for facilitating delivery of

major new satellite communities in priority greenfield areas, initially at Ripley Valley, Yarrabilba and Flagstone. A mandated percentage of all dwellings developed across these Urban Development Areas will be affordable to people on low to moderate incomes

10. Establish an Infrastructure Charges Taskforce to further reform development infrastructure

charging arrangements. This will include identifying opportunities to simplify charges and provide greater certainty, as well as provide advice on alternative trunk infrastructure funding arrangements such as third party financing

11. Streamline state planning arrangements to increase certainty and improve housing

affordability and increase land supply. This will include: • coordinating state interest check reviews more effectively in structure plan areas • effectively integrating structure planning and master planning stages for Greenfield

developments • reducing the number of state agency referral triggers for Development Applications • publishing a forward program of proposed state planning instruments • boosting the tools and training available to support Queensland’s new planning system.

Supporting actions: • Prepare annual Growth Management Program Reports to monitor land supply, track

development against dwelling targets and recommend actions to manage growth in South East Queensland

• Review the scope of the Urban Land Development Authority, including consideration of its

role in influencing land supply, fostering a competitive marketplace and potential compulsory acquisition powers

What can business and the community do? • Businesses and community can participate in consultation on draft regional plans and ULDA

development schemes for Urban Development Areas in their local area. • Get involved in planning in their local area and help inform infrastructure planning

and design • Work with government to find acceptable solutions to financing issues. Financial sector

could (in collaboration with government) hold a summit on lending practices and innovative solutions to injecting cash back into the development of infrastructure

30

Responding to compact communities A compact community is a community which comprises a mix of housing, including medium and high density housing, as well as having good access to high quality public transport and services. The benefits of a compact community are multiple – compact communities reduce urban sprawl, make more efficient use of infrastructure and create vibrant communities that support walking and cycling and increased local economic development. They can create opportunities for jobs, services and shopping closer to home and reduce costs associated with long commuter trips. A number of ideas were raised relating to settlement patterns and in particular, relating to delivering more compact communities, particularly in South East Queensland.

Community ideas Delivering urban density: • Incentivise medium/high density living. For example, through the first home owners grant • Financially incentivise downscaling. For example, by empty nesters • Support retro-fitting and densification through tax incentives, more flexible planning and

dual-use housing • Introduce government financing mechanism to fund medium and high density development • Investigate loans for studio apartments – social investors • Adapt existing housing by providing tax concessions for sub-letting (owner occupiers), and

reduce transaction costs to encourage people to transition to more appropriate housing • Provide purchaser incentives (for example, first home owner grants, stamp duty concessions)

to encourage demand for infill development • Provide developers of eligible infill development with bonuses or incentives in the form of

bonds, tax credits • Provide waivers or exemptions for regulatory fees and/or charges for specified infill

development projects or for identified infill delivery areas • Provide government grants for sales below $500,000 • Provide transfer duty exemptions as an incentive to downsize • Introduce minimum density requirements around public transport and subsidise these nodes • Offer state land to development companies to support infill • Price greenfield development with infrastructure without any subsidies – send price signals

for greenfield housing • Charge for infrastructure on an area basis rather than equivalent person. This would reward

higher density and penalise lower density • Support non-strata titled institutionally provided market rental/rate housing stock • Use technology to open up the six to nine storey development market • Introduce “go” and "no-go" areas for accommodating growth clearly defined in a

collaborative manner with a commitment that State agency policy will support the “go” and "no-go" areas. Establish agreement on areas where growth will be allowed and ensure state agency policy support, with councils accommodating growth in the agreed areas

• Allow maximum dwelling densities where viable • Provide high quality precedents for housing in the 30-60 dwelling per hectare range, and

explore the attached vertical housing models that dominate older denser cities • Foster local television programs with higher density housing themes. For example,

Neighbours versus Friends, Better Homes and Gardens • Facilitate infill development by improving amalgamation processes • Facilitate infill development by implementing land, rating and other tax incentives • Influence the market towards producing more demand for compact development, there must

be greater community engagement

31

• Expand the definition of no-go zones which are ecologically significant • Identify areas for density and acknowledge how living needs will change • Expedite, via state powers, development and/or building approval processes for eligible infill

development projects, potentially with a facilitator or similar body as a single point of contact for infill developers

• Streamline development assessment for infill developments by making infill in designated areas code assessable and having priority teams established in council to fast-track infill proposals

• Increase benefits of higher density living – improve public transport and make it more convenient, car parking more difficult and fuel more expensive. Rates, insurance, body corporate fees and so on are a big factor in deciding not to live in medium / high density.

Diversity in housing mix • Cater for changing demographics – need a variety of sizes of homes, places for older and

frail households near their current residences • Support more adaptable and flexible medium/high density housing relevant to location • Encourage local transition to multiple housing types/densities within local communities • Ban single storey buildings. All liveable cities have two, three, and four storey housing.

What is the government doing already about compact communities? The Queensland Government has made some significant changes to the way it delivers regional planning and urban development, to create more compact communities. Queensland’s regional plans include infill dwelling targets, establish urban footprints, set desired regional outcomes for urban development and identify key urban centres which seek to drive transit oriented development outcomes, centres policy and more compact urban form. The delivery of regional plan policies on density is being supported through new governance arrangements including: • Appointing an Assistant Coordinator General with responsibility for transit oriented

development implementation in early 2010 • Establishing a Transit Oriented Development Coordination Unit in 2007 to support policy

development and delivery of more compact communities including by coordinating the state’s involvement in development assessment associated with major development applications for transit oriented development projects

• Establishing a Transit Oriented Development Taskforce between 2006 and 2009 to support policy development and delivery of more compact communities.

The government is providing and promoting guidance and legislation to support compact development, including: • Promoting the ULDA’s recently released Residential 30 guidelines documenting how quality

residential communities up to 30 dwellings per hectare (considered to be compact development) can be produced

• Developing a Smart Growth Code (under way) to support delivery of smart growth principles for compact communities in South East Queensland

• Amending the Transport Planning and Coordination Act 1994 to significantly enhance government’s ability to deliver transit oriented development outcomes when delivering new public transport infrastructure.

32

The state is also working in partnership with local governments and the ULDA to deliver consolidated urban development, including: • Declaring Urban Development Areas, through the ULDA, at Bowen Hills, Fitzgibbon Chase,

Northshore Hamilton and, most recently, declaring a 10 hectare parcel at Woolloongabba. These Urban Development Areas are being designed and developed incorporating best practice compact communities principles. The Urban Development Area at Woolloongabba will be located close to the proposed Woolloongabba rail station, announced as part of the cross river rail project

• Working in partnership with the Brisbane City Council to deliver the River City Blueprint which aims to consolidate the inner 5km ring around the Brisbane CBD based on principles of liveability, connectivity and best practice urban design

• Supporting local governments in delivery of key priority activity centre master planning projects through funding and in-kind support (Chermside, Caboolture)

• Supporting local governments in delivery of key transit corridor master planning projects through funding and in-kind support (Eastern and Northern Busways, Gold Coast Rapid Transit route, extension of the Gold Coast Rail Corridor to Varsity)

• Partnering with Brisbane City Council to deliver the Yeerongpilly Transit Oriented Development as an example of the sort of high quality compact community that can achieved in key locations throughout South East Queensland.

What will the Government do about compact communities? Key initiatives: 12. Partner with South East Queensland local governments to implement greater planning

certainty for local communities, including through the development of “Go Zones and No-Go Zones”. This will commence with the release a Go and No-Go Zone Discussion Paper for community consultation by July 2010.

Supporting actions: • Release Transit Oriented Development Guidelines that identify best practice in delivery of

compact communities by September 2010, supported by training and workshops to build capacity around transit oriented development delivery

• Seek expressions of interest from the private sector to develop a landmark transit oriented

precinct focussed on Coorparoo Junction in partnership with Brisbane City Council (following expiry of the current leases).

What can community and business do? • New and relocating businesses could consider locating in mixed use activity centres with

existing or planned access to high frequency public transport services • Residents establishing or relocating could consider buying homes in mixed use compact

developments, particularly those developments which have access to high frequency public transport services.

33

Responding to building liveable communities One of the challenges presented by population growth is ensuring our communities are cohesive and inclusive. Social capital is supported by bringing together a broad mix of people, and providing networks to support the disadvantaged, including those from non-English speaking backgrounds, the aged, and people with a disability. Strong communities value multicultural diversity, interaction and respect. Affordable housing was a recurrent theme in contributing to liveability. A greater mix of housing, including medium and high density, as well as housing with smaller footprints and housing which could be adapted throughout its life were consistently proposed. Other key ideas included reducing the construction costs of dwellings through both accelerated planning and development timeframes and the use of prefabricated housing components.

Community ideas In relation to strong communities: • Fund programs that encourage social connectedness • Promote social glue via land-use diversity and activities in the public realm. For example,

street parties, festivals • Reduce red tape that is a barrier to community activities. For example, indemnity insurance

levels for community run-events • Reinforce good core societal values. For example, respect for neighbours and

neighbourhoods • Create community hubs • Reinvigorate neighbourhood watch • Provide dual purpose social infrastructure • Embrace preventative health programs • Provide new solutions for people on the edge • Create opportunities for people to mix together • Empower local governments to develop their own local solutions • Build on existing community identity to link old to new • Close the gap for indigenous people • Involve the community in decisions • Focus planning for communities or precincts on designing and developing the community • Design for green communities – including community gardens, shade giving street trees,

screen planting, carbon planting, food planting and shared gardens • Create central meeting points – gardens, bloke’s shed. In relation to housing: • Ensure affordable housing is integrated into development by setting targets (10 per cent) • Provide more certainty regarding body corporate fees • Utilise National Rental Affordability Schemes opportunities • Convert detached dwellings to dual key and/or multi-unit dwellings • Levy new developments to fund affordable/social housing • Remove income/regulation impediments to rental/sharing of housing. For example, the need

to declare income from rental room • Require local planning schemes to support delivery of various price points • Encourage renters into high/medium density and offer long term contracts • Use first home owners grant to incentivise higher density living • Reduce constructing costs of medium and high density dwellings

34

• Consider whole of life cost of residence (heating, cooking, cooling, transport) • Utilise disused government-owned land – offer to private developers or not-for-profit

organisations such as the Brisbane Housing Company who could master plan for mixed-use development

• Consider future use of older social housing where households have only one or two residents. These residents could be relocated to new community housing that suits their needs and the vacated houses could be refurbished or redeveloped

• Utilise well designed pre-fabricated housing to reduce dwelling costs • Support provision of tenure options for affordable housing occupiers to purchase or lease • Build adaptable housing products that can suit a homeowner throughout their life • Support finance for smaller housing products (for example, 25m2 product by the Brisbane

Housing Company) • Amend planning and building codes to support cheaper urban development • Engage financial sector to encourage alternate lending. For example, Generation Y, friends

buying property together • Support delivery of low rent options in high density developments but ensure they do not

dominate in any one location • Encourage building design that facilitates better energy use to support lower living costs.

What is the government doing already about building liveable communities? The Queensland Government has introduced and is implementing a number of policies to make Queensland’s communities amongst the most liveable in the world. In relation to strong communities: • released its second Closing the Gap report. The report has information on the gap in life

outcomes between Indigenous and non-Indigenous Queenslanders. It also details the Queensland Government's strategies for closing the gap.

• established the Reduce Social Isolation of Older People Program in 2003 to identify and develop innovative responses to reduce the social isolation of seniors. A number of reports from various stages of the project have been published. The project also developed best practice guidelines to assist service providers, government agencies and community groups in designing and implementing projects to reduce social isolation of seniors.

• established a Q2 target aimed at increasing the proportion of Queenslanders involved in their communities as volunteers by 50 per cent.

• implemented a Queensland Multicultural Policy to guide efforts to maximise the benefits Queensland’s cultural diversity offers. The policy fosters economic development and participation by supporting skilled migrants, people with multilingual skills and people with overseas connections and by nurturing cultural capital. This includes promoting social justice and equity for disadvantaged non-English speaking communities, women and young people of culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds and newly arrived refugees and migrants.

• developing Positively Ageless – developing a Queensland Seniors’ Strategy which includes an action plan aimed at making positive changes for seniors who are vulnerable, disadvantaged or socially isolated.

• investigating the feasibility of providing wi-fi at railway stations and public spaces.

35

In relation to housing: • ensuring that developments in key locations, such as the Yeerongpilly Transit Oriented

Development, provide a significant proportion of all dwellings as affordable product • banned new and existing covenants and by-laws which require the completion of

landscaping and driveways prior to dwelling occupation, through Ban the Banners from 1 January 2010. This will positively contribute to housing affordability

• delivering projects such as the ULDA’s Fitzgibbon Chase, which is providing in excess of 66 per cent of its housing below the median house price in Brisbane. Other regional Urban Development Areas declared will have affordable housing targets specified at the time of declaration

• promoting the ULDA’s Residential 30 guideline to local authorities so that more diverse and affordable housing can be produced by private industry outside Urban Development Areas

• continuing implementation of the ULDA Regional Diversity program that will deliver projects in regional areas to demonstrate to councils, the industry and community the positive impact on housing affordability that can come from diversity of product

• working with councils through the ULDA to explore opportunities for amendments to planning schemes that allow for increased housing diversity to be developed by private industry

• held a Housing Affordability Forum in March 2010, hosted by Minister Karen Struthers, to investigate innovative solutions to housing affordability issues.

• delivering around 4000 new social housing properties by June 2012 in collaboration with the federal government as part of the National Building and Jobs Plan – Social Housing Initiative

• delivering an estimated 10,000 new affordable housing dwellings in Queensland by June 2012 through the National Rental Affordability Scheme which is jointly funded by Queensland and federal governments. These properties will be available at a discount to market rent (i.e. 80 per cent of market rent)

• identifying opportunities for further housing supply and affordability reform and ensuring implementation of reforms to improve capital city strategic planning, development approvals and utilise the recently completed government land audits, through a COAG agenda led by state Treasurers

• meeting with other Planning and Housing Ministers to discuss the opportunities within the planning system to tackle some of the systemic issues affecting housing affordability. The next steps in this process are the development of a detailed action plan on national and jurisdictional responses and an issues paper that can contribute to the COAG Housing Supply and Affordability agenda.

What will the Government do about building liveable communities? Key initiatives: 13. Investigate new ways to deliver affordable housing options which support people on lower

to middle incomes, including • reviewing options to incorporate affordable housing in new developments • piloting a social housing renewal project at Coopers Plains, working with the Brisbane

City Council to masterplan a new future for an area of aged social housing stock

What can community and business do? • Queenslanders can become more involved in their communities by registering as volunteers

in a range of different fields • Community members can participate in the consultation process for the Greenspace Strategy

36

Responding to urban design As populations become increasingly urbanised, there is renewed emphasis on the importance of urban design in the development and renewal of cities, towns and places. Good urban design reinforces the special character of neighbourhoods and helps to build thriving, vibrant and inclusive local communities. Urban design encompasses design not just of individual buildings, but the spaces between the buildings, movement networks between buildings and places, landscaping, infrastructure and public spaces. High quality urban design is critical to the quality of life of Queenslanders both at home and at work and helps to build healthy, inclusive and connected communities.

Community ideas Design generally: • Ensure urban design impacts on our shared vision • Strengthen the ‘Queensland Design Strategy 2020’ to promote urban design outcomes

more broadly • Design for the built community using all the desired characters of diversity, supporting

infrastructure, environmental quality and innovation • Ensure development demonstrates broader public benefit • Define urban design – it is not just about landscape or aesthetics • Value urban design – urban design is the discipline to link built/social/spatial environments,

but it is not valued enough • Provide for developer controls that stipulate quality residential building design and

construction particularly for higher density living higher density living • Promote housing design competitions and build innovative demonstration prototypes of

house types that could hopefully form the fabric of our growing cities. Design for neighbourhoods • Provide for climate specific urban design including promoting subtropical design (cross-

ventilation, trees, weather protection) • Consider tropical and sub-tropical design features, as well as better solar orientation, in

planning for precincts or communities to increase energy efficiency and liveability of communities

• Design paths and bikeways for all communities, realigning and widening streets • Lower speeds for local urban roads to 30 kilometres per hour • Provide social and living spaces for social interactions and sense of community • Ensure neighbourhoods are very walkable via shade, amenity, sense of place, intrigue • Remove/review front fences to achieve neighbourhood outcomes – enable passive

surveillance and quality of place • Make neighbourhoods safe, passive surveillance, good lighting, communal areas • Provide better linkages across communities – can see and walk in neighbourhood • Design the community, not the subdivision when master planning • Facilitate place making through urban design – turn a location into a community place • Focus on different people who make up diverse and culturally rich communities when

designing communities – background, age and aging, economic, disabilities • Design communities – not just buildings – science based/ecological, social planning

considerations, mandate social infrastructure planning, shared community facilities • Give due consideration to the holistic design of neighbourhoods, precincts and public spaces.

37

Infrastructure design • Don’t divide communities by road or rail • Retrofit shade corridors and safe paths to existing infrastructure • Ensure urban design leads infrastructure design – infrastructure is not being designed with

same care as for buildings and spaces but it is arguably more critical to the quality of our environment, we need to depart from many traditional delivery systems

• Lightly touch the landscape that infrastructure interrupts. Design for density: • Deliver high levels of amenity in designing for higher densities – make it better, smarter,

more innovative • Design density to focus on quality of public spaces between buildings – streets, open

space etc • Provide for more ground floor facilities for social interaction • Encourage built form typologies which capitalise upon cottage building skills. For example,

dual occupancy townhouses • Deliver diversity of design – make sure design caters for different situations – for living in

high density. For example, smaller units, but larger shared spaces • Design to accommodate different family structures – including children and pets • Diversify the urban mix – match to life stages – provide multiple housing types and densities

within local communities – encourage local transition • Retain an intergenerational mix via building diversity • Include more ‘town centres’ in greenfield locations so density can be increased in

these locations • Mandate an acceptable level of privacy through planning • Ensure larger medium to high density development has a relationship with existing

community (i.e. not gated) – must complement surrounding area • Improve retail environment around density • Make places that Queenslanders can value. The urban footprint and transit oriented

development will only be successful and acceptable to the community if this is achieved • Reflect the importance of the spaces between the buildings and the public realm when

designing for situations where we live closer to one another • Ensure adequate insulation in closer living situations to minimise noise pollution • Provide for adequate off-street parking for visitors, tradies etc. Most houses have two cars

and with smaller lots and single car garages; one of these vehicles inevitably ends up parked on the street.

Capacity in design professions • Increase professional capacity in local government to advise on urban design • Provide greater support to the Board for Urban Places – ensure the Board sets standards

for all public infrastructure • Better promote knowledge of the Board’s activities • Deliver an Urban Design Charter for Queensland through the Board for Urban Places • Ensure good urban design in regions as well as cities – transport and connectivity • Build private and public sector expertise to make good urban design happen – this is critical

for accommodating growth • Leveraging the Queensland Design Strategy 2020 to help educate schools and the

community about good quality urban design • Change the education system for urban design to ensure it deals with functional

sustainability issues not just aesthetics.

38

Leadership in design • Plan to enable for world’s best practice urban design to occur in Queensland • Promote examples of good design in Queensland • Allow innovation through the planning framework to support sustainable urban design • Prioritise urban design over 2-D planning – show people what is really being proposed and

what is flexible so they can make informed consideration • Educate community on good urban design – use example development (leaders), help

community understand that no isn’t actually a choice regarding density; economic development (strategic) is dependent on good design – provide guidelines and examples

• Provide 'seed' funding opportunities for businesses to develop models that respond to the higher density market. High rise buildings need to be designed so that they contribute to urban life and amenity. They should have a sculptural quality

• Invest in urban renewal/heart. For example, Bulimba (Safe Communities Incentive Program) • Support urban design competitions for best practice including the regions • Run a "City Vision 2050+” city design competition following the Summit to continue to

engage the community about holistic design • Lead community change in attitude by showcasing benefits of medium to high density living.

For example, demonstration projects, awards for projects and precincts, incentives for local governments to plan

• Showcase the successes and exemplar design, sustainable and community-based projects.

What is the government doing already about urban design? The Queensland Government has introduced a range of initiatives to create well designed urban areas throughout Queensland. A full-time Government Architect was appointed in 2008 to build government’s capacity to show leadership in delivery of high quality urban design outcomes. The Government Architect has been working closely with State agencies to build capacity in staff and ensure State buildings and infrastructure projects demonstrate world’s best practice. The Board for Urban Places was established in 2009 which provides general and project-specific advice on urban design, planning, architecture, landscape architecture, sustainability and built environment issues. The Board champions high quality urban design and helps foster a holistic approach to land use and infrastructure planning to create vibrant and adaptable urban places for people in Queensland. It is an independent non-statutory body with a state wide remit. In 2009, the government launched the Queensland Design Strategy 2020, dedicated to promoting the value of design and inspiring its take up by Queensland businesses, the community, and the public sector. The Strategy will support and guide the growth of the design sector nationally and internationally through a series of classroom, boardroom and community initiatives, high-profile events, international exchanges and the mainstreaming of good design into government departments. The government partnered with Brisbane City Council and the Queensland Institute of Technology to support the Centre for Subtropical Design since 2006. Government worked with the Centre for Subtropical Design to develop Subtropical Design Guidelines for Planners and Developers, released in early 2010.

39

The government has also introduced policies and guidelines to ensure good urban design practice occurs throughout the planning and development of urban areas, including: • incorporating principles in regional plans to support delivery of high quality urban design

outcomes particularly in growth areas • releasing Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) Guidelines to promote

the incorporation of CPTED principles into the planning, design and management of development in Queensland. CPTED is a proven crime prevention approach which has been shown to reduce opportunities for crime and incivility. The fundamental idea of CPTED is that it is possible to use knowledge and creativity to design environments in ways that lessen or prevent the incidence of crime

• co-funding revision of the Institute of Public Works Engineering Australia’s Queensland Streets guideline to produce a contemporary street design guideline for sustainable neighbourhoods.

Other urban design initiatives include: • Commissioning Gehl Architects, international urban planning specialists from Copenhagen,

to prepare a high-level connectivity and public domain strategy to inform the River City Blueprint. The project involved a detailed investigation of public realm quality, pedestrian and cycling linkages and the utility of the pedestrian, cycling and public transport network

• Initiating HEAT, an international marketing initiative with the objective of highlighting the creative talent of Queensland’s architectural and related design industries and to facilitate the export of this talent to the world.

The Queensland Government’s art+place public art fund, launched in 2007, devotes $12 million to new public art projects in Queensland from 2008. A curatorial panel of experts advises government on the expenditure of the fund. art+ place can be accessed by Queensland Government departments and agencies as well as providing assistance for public art projects to Queensland local governments, not-for-profit arts and cultural organisations, arts and cultural festivals and private developers. The most recent round of funding provided $1.338M for 12 projects across Queensland.

40

What will the Government do about urban design? Key initiatives; 14. Design an athlete’s ecoVillage as part of Queensland’s 2018 Commonwealth Games bid,

suitable for post-Games reuse as a vibrant transit oriented community on the Gold Coast Supporting actions: • Initiate a program of leadership in urban design including:

• incorporating urban design as a critical component of the recently announced Queensland Design Triennial to be held in Brisbane 4-10 October, 2010

• requiring key infrastructure procuring departments to appoint appropriately qualified urban design champions, who will work with the Board for Urban Places to champion well-designed buildings, public places and infrastructure

• using Queensland’s 2018 Commonwealth Games bid to focus international attention on Queensland’s emerging reputation as a design leader, and ensure Games infrastructure exhibits design excellence

• Build urban design capacity in Queensland including:

• developing training and capacity building programs to increase urban design capacity across State and local government, with industry and the community

• developing a Guideline for Government Buildings, Precincts and Infrastructure which all agencies must comply with

• investigate widening the scope, strengthening the powers and increasing the resourcing of the Board for Urban Places

• having the Board for Urban Places prepare a Queensland Infrastructure Design Strategy including a review of how current procurement practices could be enhanced to support optimum urban design outcomes

What can community and business do? • Businesses could consider the value and benefits of urban design when planning and

developing new buildings and infrastructure • Businesses and developers could consider referring to the design guidelines and material

produced by the government in their next project

41

Responding to sustainable urban development Sustainable urban development encompasses more sustainable, or ecologically responsible, dwellings and developments. This includes a more sustainable built form (for example, higher star ratings for houses and units, better solar orientation) and better planned and designed development which encourages lower carbon footprints and more active transport.

Community ideas • Reward, encourage or mandate sustainable urban design elements through building codes • Retrofit existing dwellings to improve sustainability • Consider the aspect of the block in terms of solar orientation, design for natural ventilation

and sound proofing. New multi-unit buildings should be highly energy efficient, incorporate permaculture and be environmentally friendly

• Extend 6-star green ratings to whole of community or whole of precinct levels – elevating sustainable design requirements to a level higher than individual dwellings

• Introduce state wide mandatory ecologically sustainable development strategies underpinning all new growth precincts whether greenfield or urban

• Provide better pre-development knowledge to inform developers of what is required to properly conserve natural systems

• Truly integrate environmental, economic and social considerations into design and development – do it and learn!

• All new high rises should have solar panels • Master planned communities with high rise need to integrate sustainability modelling into the

operation of the sites and consider the sustainability of ecosystems and the provision of water sensitive urban designs, energy efficient systems and the source separation of waste

• Orient buildings to maximise natural energy cycles and ventilation, which assists in containing energy costs and helps meet six star energy ratings

• Promote active re-use and adaptive technologies for new building materials i.e. secondary resources rather than primary resources such as timber and new extractive resources.

79.5 per cent of summit participants believed population growth presents an opportunity to transform our urban areas to become more sustainable.

What is the government doing already about sustainable urban development? The Queensland Government has made some significant progress towards improving the environmental sustainability of urban development..

42

The environmental standards for new development in Queensland are leading other Australian states and territories. All new houses, townhouses and major renovations in Queensland are now required to: • meet 5 star energy efficiency requirements introduced on 1 March 2009 • meet 6 star energy efficiency requirements from 1 May 2010 • use an alternative hot water system to electric (i.e. gas, solar or heat pump) from

1 January 2010 • have a rainwater tank, a greenhouse efficient hot water system, install water efficient

devices (i.e. toilets, taps and shower heads) and ensure 80 per cent of lighting is energy efficient.

All new commercial and multi-unit dwellings in Queensland are now required to: • meet 5 star energy efficiency requirements introduced on 1 March 2010 • install either a rainwater tank, water storage tank, common tank or greywater treatment

system if connected to reticulated town water supply • introduce electricity sub-metering • have a rainwater tank, install water efficient devices (i.e. toilets, taps and shower heads) and

ensure 80 per cent of lighting is energy efficient • provide end of trip facilities in all new major developments around key activity centres and

all new commercial buildings greater than 2,000m2 by the end of 2010.

As well, the government has introduced: • a ban on the sale and installation of inefficient air-conditioners • a sustainability declaration to increase awareness of sustainability elements in existing

dwellings (houses, townhouse or units) when they are advertised or marketed for sale • a ban on restrictive covenants and body corporate provisions that prevent the use of energy

efficient fixtures or features and require specific design requirements which would also impact on energy efficiency

• the Green Door development assessment process, designed to provide faster development assessment for developments which demonstrate cutting edge ecological sustainability

• The ClimateSmart Home Service – a two year program to deliver improved water and energy efficiency in 260,000 households across Queensland.

To inspire leadership and motivate new innovations in sustainable urban design, the government has also: • Led by example by delivering a 6 star rated government building at Zillmere, Fitzgibbon

Chase, demonstrating sustainable neighbourhood planning principles • Declared, through the ULDA, Urban Development Areas at Bowen Hills, Fitzgibbon Chase

and Northshore Hamilton which will provide examples of best practice in sustainable urban developments

• Producing guidelines to help planners manage the impacts (including visual, air quality and noise impacts) of generating low emission energy close to where people live and work through the Facilitating low emission energy generation in commercial buildings project

• Sponsored the Australian Green Infrastructure Council to develop a green star rating system for infrastructure similar to the green star rating for buildings.

43

What will the Government do about sustainable urban development? Key initiative: 15. Support sustainable urban development through leadership including:

• ensuring government developments are exemplars of sustainable urban design. Pilot Yeerongpilly Transit Oriented Development as a demonstration of best practice in sustainable urban development

• continuing to support the Centre for Subtropical Design for a further three years to enable the Centre to extend its research into the design and delivery of climate responsive development in Queensland. As part of government’s in-kind contribution to the Centre’s activities an experienced planner will be assigned to work with and support the Centre

• piloting a green roof or wall project in association with a major government infrastructure or development project

• piloting CitySwitch Green Office, a national tenant energy efficiency program, in a Queensland Government building

• delivering projects demonstrating best practice in sustainable urban design in the regions

What can community and business do? • Community members and businesses could choose energy and water efficient products

when renovating their homes and businesses • Businesses could become green partners under government’s Toward Q2:

Tomorrow’s Queensland

44

Delivering infrastructure Providing adequate and the right mix of infrastructure and services, with appropriate funding mechanisms, is seen as key to achieving the government’s compact urban form policies (transit oriented development and increased densities) as well as maintaining and improving liveability and sustainability. Infrastructure and services should inform and be informed by the Queensland Regionalisation Strategy and should lead and manage population and economic growth, rather than respond to it.

Community ideas On the types of infrastructure and services required: • Realign SEQIPP to facilitate development outcomes, including affordable housing, and

providing green or environmental infrastructure • Ensure social infrastructure and services provision is equal with physical infrastructure

provision • Provide better schools and hospitals closer to where people live • Create ‘infrastructure hubs’ • All levels of government to work together on planning and infrastructure provision in

Queensland, using advice from community and industry leaders. There was a suggestion for the federal government should increase its funding of mitigation measures and appropriate infrastructure since it controls the levers that create the growth.

In relation to dwelling targets and the urban footprint • Remove the mandatory population/dwelling targets in the South East Queensland Regional

Plan and treat them as projections allowing councils and their communities to determine the capacity of the region/city based on opportunities and constraints

• Review planning schemes to accommodate population forecasts in low, medium and high-density areas.

• Reduce dwelling targets in South East Queensland Regional Plan and thereby force people to move elsewhere

• Re-evaluate the split between infill and greenfield development in regional plans to achieve a balance based on consumer preferences, community needs and aspirations, and construction economics, and focus on facilitating development in the urban footprint

• Locate development appropriately and review/reinforce the urban footprint • Set targets for sustainability objectives and identify the cost of not achieving them. For

example, Target 140 for water consumption. In market research conducted prior to the summit, 51 per cent of respondents expressed concern that population growth would negatively impact on infrastructure and services. However, 79.5 per cent of summit participants were hopeful or believed that increased population could improve access to infrastructure and services.

What is the government doing already about delivering infrastructure? The Queensland Government is undertaking the most ambitious infrastructure program since Federation with more than $100 billion to plan and deliver infrastructure projects. The government’s infrastructure spend in 2009-10 is estimated at $18.2 billion. This equates to $2083 for each Queenslander – more than every other state and territory in the country. It is 65 per cent more than the average of other states, which sits at $1265 per capita, and 20 per cent above next placed Western Australia, which is spending $1732 per head. And this is not a recent trend. The Queensland Government spend per capita over the past 10 years has averaged $1021 per person, while the average of the other states has been $582 per person.

45

However, the Queensland Government has indicated that by 2013-14, its capital program will reduce to less than $10 billion per year to ensure the state’s debt to revenue ratio remains comparable to other larger states.

What will the Government do in response to delivering infrastructure? Key initiatives: 16. Introduce a Queensland Infrastructure Plan (QIP) that clearly links infrastructure delivery with

population growth and economic development priorities. From 2011-12, QIP will integrate existing state infrastructure planning documents such as the South East Queensland Infrastructure Plan and Program and the Roads Implementation Program (RIP)

17. Work in partnership with local government to confirm the distribution of dwelling targets

within South East Queensland through the development of a QIP. This will help strengthen the link between infrastructure investment and accommodating dwelling targets within the existing urban footprint and investigation areas in the South East Queensland Regional Plan

Supporting actions: • Work more closely with local governments in sequencing of infrastructure projects to take

account of significant local infrastructure investment • Investigate options (such as tolling policies) to fund infrastructure in Greenfield sites that are

isolated and therefore rely on extremely high levels of state investment • Examine alternative mechanisms for the financing of state infrastructure

What can community and business do? • Businesses and communities can consider the level of infrastructure provided in an area

prior to relocating their premise or residence

46

Protecting our lifestyle and environment Queensland’s biodiversity is unique, with almost half the species found in Queensland existing nowhere else in the world. Our biodiversity supports food and medicine production, as well as industrial products. It has an important role in maintaining and regulating our natural environment and contributes to cultural identity and emotional well being. In recognising that the sustainability of Queensland’s environment is paramount in supporting our lifestyle and quality of life, the impact of our urban environments and consumption and waste generation were noted to have significant impacts. Prior to the summit, the government undertook market research on attitudes towards population growth and liveability. This research highlighted that our clean, pollution free air and flora and fauna are vitally important and that Queenslanders want these safeguarded in managing growth. These environmental values, and others including Queensland’s rich biodiversity, water and waterways, and agricultural and rural land, were recognised and reinforced at the summit as being essential to Queenslander’s quality of life. It’s not just our biodiversity which contributes to food production – agricultural land is vitally important. The need to preserve agricultural land and become more self sufficient in terms of food production was raised repeatedly throughout consultation. Current urban development and consumption patterns place pressure on both our biodiversity and food producing capability. There is a need to make our urban developments more sustainable – to become households and neighbourhoods with low energy and water consumption and are better designed for our tropical and sub-tropical climate. There are many gaps in our knowledge about the condition of waterways, air, land and biodiversity in Queensland. For example, only about 25 per cent of Australia’s species have been formally described1. As well, our economic markets fail to value the benefits of biodiversity adequately. Information about environmental conditions, trends and pressures is crucial for ensuring our environment is valued, and for understanding how to protect and manage the environment from population threats. Not only do we need to establish an evidence base for informing decision making, we also need to regularly monitor this data to ensure we understand how well our decisions are achieving outcomes. Greenspace is defined in the Queensland Government Greenspace Strategy as those places where people play, recreate and socialise. It includes council parks, public gardens, playing fields, children’s play areas, foreshore areas, bushland and linear reserves, national parks, state forests and conservation reserves. Participants and respondents expressed a desire for increased greenspace both within and outside the urban footprint. Greenspace was recognised as essential in new developments and particularly compact communities characterised by medium to high density development.

1 Commonwealth Government (2010) Australia’s Biodiversity Conservation Strategy 2010–2020: Consultation draft

47

This move to more sustainable living needs to be coupled with a decrease in consumption and waste generation – both of which place pressure on our natural environment. Queensland currently has some of the highest per capita greenhouse gas emission levels in the world along with some of the lowest rates of recycling in Australia. However, Queenslanders have comprehensively demonstrated their ability to change their consumption behaviours – the recent drought and resulting dramatic reduction in household water consumption is an excellent example.

Responding to protecting our lifestyle and environment Biodiversity is the variety of all life forms on earth – the different plants, animals and micro-organisms; their genes; and the terrestrial, marine and freshwater ecosystems of which they are a part.2 It is vital to maintain and enhance Queensland’s unique biodiversity as Queensland continues to grow because biodiversity contributes to the healthy environments, clean air and water that support human life. A growing population means our biodiversity, including our waterways, air sheds and fauna and flora, needs to be protected and restored. This means that our growing population’s demand for residential and industrial development as well as the use of other environmental resources, needs to minimise and mitigate impacts on our biodiversity. Opportunities to protect and enhance ecosystems and ecosystem health need to be identified and implemented.

Community ideas • Reduce waste run off in waterways and protect waterway health, both urban and rural • Reduce or stop the use of sprays on vegetation leading to downstream degradation • Clean up industry impact on waterways • Invest in waterway health • Partner with industry to create flagship projects that demonstrate sustainable design and

development to the community • Develop and redevelop away from ecologically valuable and vulnerable areas

and corridors • Consider cumulative impacts of development. For example, flooding • Preserve nature and its systems by minimising impact, i.e. touch less of it • Better manage climate hazards and create ecosystem resilience • Map ecosystem networks for preservation and rehabilitation projects • Afford greater protection, value and legibility to ecosystem services • Fund environmental protection more adequately • Borrow to fund environmental assets to improve intergenerational equity • Buy back ecosystems for conservation to build resilience and enhance connectivity • Identify large scale areas of high conservation value, preserve these ecosystems and

ensure that these corridors are well connected • Enhance the habitat of the South East Queensland Regional Plan green corridors and

provide incentives to landholders • Protect wildlife and important species like the koala • Maintain adequate urban forest cover and adequate soil area in cities • Invest in restoration activities. For example, provision of funds for natural assets, including

the declaration of parks and national parks

2 http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/strategy/draft-strategy.html

48

• Establish an environmental offsets bank, which would facilitate proactive compensation for environmental losses caused by development. The offsets bank would accredit a list of projects to which developers, contractors and government can invest in to acquit the environmental impacts of their projects or operations which result in a net gain to the community

• Direct any increases in the state’s Gross Domestic Product to environmental outcomes (using a stronger triple bottom line approach)

• Harness carbon offsetting and vegetation offset policies to fund ecosystem rehabilitation. In relation to environmental knowledge: • Develop regulations that define criteria to ensure that the environmental baseline is clear

and understood and can be monitored to establish limits/capacity/impacts. These could be used to ensure any developments balance human activity with the environment

• Understand that clear and extensive scientific based knowledge is required to establish current environmental stresses and appropriate levers

• Utilise real time information and regular reporting • Review performance review using sustainability indicators • Recognise that regional sustainability indicators are going backwards. In relation to greenspace: • Use the RNA showgrounds as public open space • Increase the connectivity between greenspace, including through the use of trails • Create greenspace within existing urban communities (including medium and high density

communities) through creating urban forests and establishing community gardens • Ensure greenspace provides recreational opportunities, as well as amenity and

conservation functions • Accommodate active recreation opportunities in greenspace, such as trail bike parks, four

wheel drive parks and active parks for youth (for example, skateboard parks) • Provide diverse greenspace options, including parks, national parks, trails, conservation

areas and wildlife corridors.

What is the government doing already to protect our lifestyle and environment? The Queensland Government has introduced policy and legislation which helps conserve biodiversity and prevent further large-scale losses, such as the Nature Conservation Act 1992, Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995, Vegetation Management Act 1999, Marine Parks Act 2004, and statutory regional plans. Statutory regional plans and progressively more stringent environmental planning and development requirements over recent decades, including the identification of essential habitat, are attempting to minimise the impacts of population growth on biodiversity. The State Coastal Management Plan (currently being updated) provides policy on how the coastal zone is to be managed which is particularly important as this is where the majority of population growth is occurring. Regional plans provide more regional context and aim to balance development with conservation. SPPs also provide further checks when making decisions about development and its impact on biodiversity. Within the planning framework the government has introduced the Koala Response Strategy to protect South East Queensland’s koalas. The priority is to secure habitat corridors and restore cleared habitat, with a focus in the Pine Rivers and Koala Coast areas.

49

The government also continues to build on an excellent reserve system and has committed to protecting 50 per cent more land for nature conservation and public recreation by 2020 under Q2. As at 30 December 2009, 8.06 million hectares of land was protected in national park estate. Biodiversity protection will be enhanced with the development of the Queensland Biodiversity Strategy – a 2009 election commitment. The government has a strong involvement in the SEQ Healthy Waterways Partnership which is improving the health of the catchments and rivers of South East Queensland and promoting awareness of the state of the region’s waterways. Introduction of an Environmental Offsets Policy is helping to preserve Queensland's environmental values for future generations by ensuring that economic and social development can occur without an overall degradation of our environment. In conjunction with the Environmental Offsets Policy, there are also specific offset policies which include: • Vegetation Management – Policy for Vegetation Management Offsets • Marine Fish Habitat – Mitigation and Compensation for Works or Activities Causing Marine

Fish Habitat Loss • Koala Habitat – Offsets for Net Benefit to Koalas and Koala Habitat.

Offsets policies are also currently under development to address impacts on waste water quality and biodiversity.

The Queensland Government has established the Ecofund initiative to help with investment in protecting our natural assets and expanding protected areas in Queensland. Ecofund provides services to its clients to meet regulatory environmental offset requirements and to purchase carbon offsets. Other programs in place to help protect biodiversity include: • Actively managing the biodiversity in the terrestrial and marine park estate • Undertaking recovery programs for individual threatened species and groups of species

such as the Greater Bilby, Bridle Nail-tail Wallaby and the Green Turtle • Implementing bio-security actions to manage invasive pest species • Securing over 1.7 million ha (1 per cent of Queensland’s land area) of conservation land

under Nature Refuge Agreements • Improvements to the biodiversity condition of state grazing leasehold land under the

Delbessie Agreement. In relation to environmental knowledge: • The State of the Environment report every four years. The reports describe the pressures

acting on the state's air, land, inland and coastal waters, biodiversity, and natural and cultural heritage; the state or condition of the environment; the responses by society to reduce pressures and protect and conserve the state's natural and cultural heritage; and the effectiveness and efficiency of these responses in achieving ecologically sustainable development.

• The State of the Region Report for South East Queensland to monitor and assess progress towards sustainability. Sustainability indicators are used to describe what aspects of the region are changing and in what direction. Indicators are set to reflect the desired regional outcomes of the plan.

50

• The South East Queensland Natural Resource Management Plan (2009-2031) to set measurable targets for the condition and extent of environment and natural resources aligned to the desired regional outcomes and policies contained in the regional plan.

• Target 200 to continue the success of ‘Target 140’ during the period of drought experienced in South East Queensland. ‘Target 200’ sets a continuing household consumption target of 200 litres of water per person a day. Such targets illustrate that we can consume less vital natural resources through successful demand management programs that are closely monitored.

• Other schemes to monitor air quality, storm tide, water quality, ecosystem health of waterways, storm surge, water stream-flow, vegetation, land use and wetlands.

In relation to greenspace: • Established a state wide Q2 target to protect 50 per cent more land for nature conservation

and public recreation by 2020 • Released the Draft Greenspace Strategy for public consultation until 7 May 2010. The

strategy is a key Q2 implementation mechanism and includes activities based around five key actions which seek to promote additional greenspace, introduce better planning processes, remove arbitrary barriers that limit public access to state owned land, encourage recreation opportunities on private land, and investigate the potential to use surplus state owned land as greenspace

• Exploring, through the Greenspace Strategy, using the planning framework to mandate levels of greenspace provision in new developments

• Provided major urban parks and greenspace facilities including the $68.6 million Roma Street Parkland, $11.6 million Kangaroo Point Park, and commitment to establish a major parkland at Springfield in the growing western corridor of South East Queensland, which will be 20 per cent bigger than Brisbane's Roma Street Parkland

• Declared two new urban parks at Fitzgibbon and Indooroopilly in March 2010.

What will the Government do to protect our lifestyle and environment ? Key initiatives: 18. Develop a long-term strategy to transform the breaks between urban areas in South East

Queensland (including non-viable canfields) into major new greenspace and outdoor recreational opportunities

19. Improve Queensland’s environment and natural resource protection by finalising the

Coastal Management Plan and the State Planning Policy for Healthy Waters as well as releasing for public comment a draft Biodiversity Strategy and the Strategic Cropping Land Framework

23. Test the feasibility of relocating part of the Mayne Railyards at Bowen Hills to develop

major new inner city greenspace Supporting actions: • Release the final Greenspace Strategy to deliver greater recreation and open space areas

across Queensland, and develop Greenspace Network Plans for key regions to identify future greenspace areas and links

• Ensure greenspace is a central consideration in all new ULDA and structure plan areas • Identify critical gaps in the quality and coverage of data needed to support the State of the

Region Report to improve reporting on South East Queensland Regional Plan implementation

51

• Release a Queensland Integrated Waterway Monitoring Framework that will improve the quality, consistency and efficiency of waterways monitoring in Queensland and contribute to enhanced land and water management decision-making by government, industry and the community

• Investigate a ‘Most Sustainable Suburb’ initiative using social media networks to foster more

sustainable living • Release Valuing the Things We Waste – Queensland’s Waste Avoidance and Efficiency

Strategy. The strategy will include policies and initiatives that aim to: • assist in dealing with the impact of population and economic growth in South East

Queensland on waste • better manage and reduce greenhouse gas emissions, energy and water consumption,

including opportunities to increase energy generation from renewable sources • help identify and plan for waste management and resource recovery infrastructure needs

What can community and business do? Queenslanders can: • Join local environmental groups and take action to clean up and protect local habitats • contribute to the protection of Queensland’s biodiversity through Ecofund, and tell others

about such initiatives • Get involved in the development of the Queensland Biodiversity Strategy • Support planning instruments during the consultation phase • Investigate how their properties could contribute to existing schemes such as

‘land for wildlife’ • Queenslanders can volunteer with their local community groups and assist with

collecting specific data, for example, data on native species, as part of their community monitoring programs

• Queenslanders can learn more about the pressures on and the state of our environment by reading the State of the Environment Report or reviewing the facts sheets available at www.derm.qld.gov.au

52

Responding to renewable energy In relation to energy infrastructure it was a general theme at the summit that coal-fired energy generation be reduced and the generation and uptake of renewable or alternative energy sources be increased.

Community ideas • Introduce bulk purchasing (for example, of solar photo-voltaic cells) • Invest in mega renewable energy parks • Provide a gross feed in tariff and high-voltage direct current (HVDC) grid connection • Introduce rewards and incentives for projects employing alternate energy sources • Scale up commercial roll-out of new technologies, such as algal synthesis of carbon dioxide

from coal-fired power plants • Provide new and existing houses with renewable energy • Encourage local and autonomous renewable energy generation • Deliver co-generation plants • Establish an economic dividend from growth to fund clean energies • Establish solar thermal power stations • Introduce a solar cities program.

What is the government doing already to promote renewable energy? To explore renewable and low emission energy options, the Queensland Government established the Office of Clean Energy in 2008. The Office of Clean Energy is ensuring the accelerated development of renewable energy, energy efficiency and demand management related projects across Queensland. The Office of Clean Energy will also build on existing work in the renewable energy arena, bringing a new focus to clean energy opportunities in Queensland. The Queensland Renewable Energy Plan (QREP) was released in June 2009 to increase the deployment of renewable energy infrastructure in Queensland. The Queensland Government estimates that successful implementation of the QREP will help leverage up to $3.5 billion in new investment, create up to 3500 jobs and reduce greenhouse gas emissions by more than 40 million tonnes by 2020.

53

Renewable energy initiatives include: • research and development in renewables through the Queensland Geothermal Energy

Centre of Excellence, a range of mapping projects for locations suitable for alternative energy initiative and through the Queensland Sustainable Energy Innovation Fund, and research being done in algae by Professor Rocky de Nys at the James Cook University in collaboration with business partner MBD Biodiesel.

• investment in development of cellulosic ethanol, including funding for the Mackay Bio-commodities pilot plant being led by the Queensland University of Technology (and linked to the National Collaborative Research Infrastructure Strategy), and the Syngenta Centre for Sugarcane Biofuel Development in Brisbane.

• incentives to encourage the uptake of low emission energy, such as through the Solar Bonus Scheme and the Solar Hot Water Rebate

• funding assistance for a range of renewable and alternative energy generation projects including the Windorah Solar Farm and Clean Energy for Remote Communities initiative

• helping communities link to renewable energy through the Solar Schools Project, Townsville Solar City and 500 megawatt virtual solar power station

• assisting the development of renewable and alternative fuels through the Renewable Fuels Industry Action Plan.

The Premier’s Council on Climate Change is also investigating potential measures to facilitate the development of the solar energy industry in Queensland.

What can community and business do? Community members can: • Subscribe to Green Power through their energy bills • Purchase solar photovoltaic panel systems for their rooftop and receive credits on their

electricity bills under the government's Solar Bonus Scheme • Buy a solar hot water system for their home, and receive a government rebate. Business can: • attempt to integrate renewable energy considerations into development proposals

wherever possible.

54

Responding to ensuring food security for future generations Food security is an issue of concern to the community which is increasingly seeking access to affordable, ethical, fresh, healthy and local food with traceable origins. Concern was expressed by participants and respondents that agricultural land may be lost to development – both residential and industrial, impacting on future food security. Local food is beneficial for the local economy, building stronger communities through social networks, for health and the environment. Energy and emissions generated through food production, distribution, packaging, storage and consumption was also raised as an issue. Community based food production is increasingly gaining support as a mechanism for building stronger communities and mitigating community vulnerability to increasing food prices.

Community ideas • Protect good quality agricultural land and encourage intensive production in

peri-urban areas • Ensure that rural and agricultural land is valued in decision making • Provide incentives for best practice agricultural and urban outcomes • Address increased food prices and food vulnerability with a food strategy that includes

percentages of urban agriculture and agriculture within 100 kilometres of a city • Undertake a life cycle assessment of food production (seasonal produce, distance

travelled to market, input/output requirements) to inform product availability, pricing and sustainability

• Ensure food production around regional centres and the provision of local produce • Provide city farms and community gardens – urban agriculture that reduces the food to

table distance • Increase urban and suburban garden initiatives that supports growing food and conserving

resources in the home • Put ‘organics’ back into soil that has been degraded to help food areas be more productive • Promote ‘urban greenery’ – all new housing developments to have gardens and food trees • Support farmers markets in high/medium density areas – create community through

design and services • Establish shared use areas. For example, community gardens, and an open area at back

of a few houses together.

What is the government doing already about ensuring food security? The government is committed to ensuring that the state’s interest in agricultural land is well considered when making land use planning and development decisions. This is achieved through the regional plan framework which designates areas known as the ‘regional landscape and rural production area’. This area is designated for land uses that complement the natural assets, such as good quality agricultural land contained in it, and are protected from inappropriate development – particularly urban or rural residential development. A companion document to the South East Queensland Region Plan, is the Rural Futures Strategy for South East Queensland 2009 which proposes a number of actions designed to build on or enhance existing initiatives to support the sustainable economic and social development of South East Queensland‘s rural areas.

55

Public consultation has recently closed on a draft policy and planning framework for conserving and managing Queensland’s strategic cropping land. This framework builds on an existing SPP and has four elements: • defining strategic cropping land • developing a new statutory planning instrument • amending resources sector legislation • establishing guidelines for development assessment. The government also invests in research and development to improve the efficiency of food production, reduce susceptibility to pests and diseases and improve drought tolerance. It is establishing a Health and Food Sciences Precinct at Coopers Plains, where scientists from Queensland Health, Department of Employment Economic Development and Innovation, Queensland Primary Industries and Fisheries and CSIRO will join together to research health and food. The Queensland Government also has a range of measures in place to protect food production in Queensland from invasive pests, through Biosecurity Queensland.

What can community and business do? Queenslanders can: • support rural communities by buying local produce • grow their own backyard produce • approach their local government to start, or become involved in, a community garden in

their local area Businesses can: • set up community gardens at their workplaces • ensure their caterers use local, sustainably produced food

56

Responding to consumption and waste reduction Individuals and households make choices that have impacts on the environment at the local, community and regional level. Therefore, behavioural change is a key element to managing growth. Awareness of the impacts of our behaviours and alternative options is needed to encourage changes in our consumption patterns. Waste negatively impacts on our natural environment and Queenslanders generate a high level of waste. A reduction in waste generation, coupled with an increase in recycling, can mitigate the impact of growth and contribute to a more sustainable lifestyle.

Community ideas • Educate the community to understand their individual and community impact and

responsibility, and the sustainable choices they can make • Introduce incentive schemes to encourage businesses and households to invest in

sustainable options • Provide ongoing training for professionals • Integrate consumption, waste and sustainability issues into curriculum for schools,

universities and TAFEs • Campaign about lifestyle waste and conspicuous consumption • Reduce consumption (energy, water, land) in new dwellings • Send strong pricing signals and consider user pays initiatives • Introduce real cost pricing of all ecological resources and their use • Rather than regulate people, regulate products to deliver better standards • Use tangible education to showcase alternatives and more sustainable options • Sponsor kitchen table thinking with a reality television show • Develop a trade waste policy • Establish a ‘waste campaign’ to educate people so they create less waste and recycle

and take responsibility for their own waste streams • Encourage research and development to create more sustainable products with

less packaging • Establish a waste levy • Undertake lifecycle analysis of products, and encourage industry to undertake supply

chain mapping (cradle to grave) to inform their waste management • Encourage people to buy items that have less packaging • Put a price on product packaging to pay for waste disposal costs • Provide recycling bins at public beaches and BBQ areas.

What is the government doing already to reduce consumption and waste? The Queensland Government has established a Q2 target to cut Queenslanders’ carbon footprint by one third with reduced car use, electricity use and waste by 2020. Some initiatives in place to assist communities with meeting the Q2 target include: • The ClimateSmart Home Service – a two year program which will deliver improved water

and energy efficiency in 260,000 households across Queensland through the installation of energy monitors and providing behavioural change advice to householders

• The Low Carbon Diet, available to individuals at their workplaces or through community groups, and provides education on more sustainable water, energy and waste reduction behaviours

57

• Water: Learn it for life! – a comprehensive education program targeting early and middle years for Queensland schools. It focuses on water conservation and water recycling awareness raising

• TravelSmart – a voluntary travel behaviour change program that encourages people to replace single occupancy vehicle travel with public transport, walking, cycling and carpooling.

The Queensland Government has in place a number of initiatives to assist businesses reduce their carbon footprints and waste. ClimateSmart Business, ecoBiz and Smart Energy Savings programs aim to improve the sustainability of businesses by helping them identify ways to improve waste, water and energy efficiency, leading to significant financial and environmental benefits. For example, participating businesses can undertake an energy audit, develop an Energy Savings Plan and publish their actions on a five-yearly cycle. To manage waste, the Queensland Government administers the Environmental Protection Act 1994, which provides enforceable anti-litter provisions, and the supporting Waste Management Policy 2000 and Regulation, which clarifies waste management practices in Queensland.

The Queensland Government Public Place Recycling project delivers public place recycling across the state. The project also attempts to change peoples' behaviour through an awareness raising campaign ‘Do the Right Thing, Use the Right Bin’ and boost packaging recycling rates under the National Packaging Covenant.

Further options to reduce, reuse, recycle and manage waste are explored in the Queensland Waste Strategy discussion paper titled ‘Let's Not Waste Our Future’.

What can community and business do? Community members can contribute by: • reducing, re-using and recycling their waste • committing to new waste and consumption challenges, through the soon to be released

MyQ2 website • participating in the ClimateSmart Home Service, Low Carbon Diet and TravelSmart

initiatives to help reduce their energy, water and car use. Businesses can introduce energy and water efficiency measures either independently, or assisted through the ClimateSmart Business, ecoBiz and Smart Energy Savings.

58

Connecting communities Good quality, reliable public transport supports the development of compact communities and builds socially cohesive and inclusive communities. Throughout the summit and consultation, the provision, enhancement and maintenance of transport systems to preserve and improve quality of life was consistently raised. Similarly, congestion and a lack of good quality public transport are seen as detracting from liveability. The provision, enhancement and maintenance of transport systems was a recurring issue raised by all participants and respondents. Participants said that ensuring the transport system, including public transport, met the needs of Queenslanders, while minimising the impact of transport on the liveability and sustainability of urban areas, was highly important.

Community ideas • Encouraging walking and cycling through: increasing the proportion of funding dedicated

to it, providing more footpaths and bicycle lanes, including rapid velo-ways (bicycle commuter ways), encouraging the private sector to provide end of trip facilities. For example, through grants for small to medium enterprises, implementing bike-share schemes, providing more compact development so that facilities and services are within walking distance, and implementing an audit of walking and cycling connectivity

• Reducing car ownership and car use through: congestion pricing, car share schemes, car pooling, reducing car parking at some developments, and providing incentives for, or coordinating an approach to, deliver no-car development

• Improving public transport through: reducing investment in roads and increasing funding for public transport, upgrading the bus network, requiring new development to have public transport up-front, increasing passenger rail services and bus lanes, introducing light rail or an underground rail system, linking regional activity centres with high speed rail, providing park and ride around major public transport stations, making public transport free or cheaper, encouraging businesses to adopt salary sacrifice for public transport use, making public transport tax deductible

• Calming traffic on residential streets through 40 kilometre per hour speed zones, discouraging rat running, and closing off some roads to cars

• Encouraging alternative vehicles which have lower environmental impact and use road space more efficiently, such as electric cars, power-assisted bicycles, motorcycles, scooters, smaller fuel efficient cars, and cars powered by algal biodiesel

• Reducing congestion through an inner city congestion charge, motorways built around the CBD to allow traffic to bypass congestion, and building double-decker roads

• Maximising use of existing transport infrastructure, such as existing under-utilised railway lines

• identify opportunities to leverage new technology such as the National Broadband Network to strengthen regional economies and local employment opportunities.

What is the government doing already about connecting communities? The Queensland Government and local governments are implementing comprehensive transport improvements in urban areas. An unprecedented investment of $8.4 billion will be made in the next ten years (2010-11 to 2019-20) towards public transport, walking and cycling in South East Queensland through SEQIPP.

59

Major improvements are being made to improve public transport’s frequency, quality, connectivity and accessibility including: • significant improvements in public transport infrastructure, frequency, quality, connectivity

and accessibility through the TransLink Network Plan in South East Queensland and qconnect regional public transport services elsewhere

• major upgrades of Brisbane’s metropolitan passenger rail network, including rail line duplications and extensions, construction of the Gold Coast light rail and Springfield rail lines

• major expansion of the Brisbane busway network including completion of the northern busway to Herston and commencement of construction of northern busway to Kedron

• new park and ride facilities at strategic train and bus stations including 1000 additional car spaces and further secure bicycle lockers

• a major upgrade at Ferny Grove rail station, including new and upgraded platforms, new station building, kiss ‘n’ ride, pedestrian and bicycle access, bicycle storage and 1000 car spaces

• the Customer First system, which tracks and monitors buses and ferries on the network to improve network efficiency, and provide real time passenger information so that passengers know how long it will take in real time for their bus to arrive

• priority bus route measures to give priority to buses on the road network to reduce travel time and improve reliability, such as Cultural Centre Busway Station improvements, Kelvin Grove Road bus indent bays and South East Busway Juliette Street Priority Access

• a trial of up to six high capacity buses (the ‘Super Bus’) to increase passenger numbers, reduce time stopped while loading passengers and network congestion, and reduce incidences of buses being too full to stop

• introducing paperless ticketing for public transport in 2011, to reduce boarding times and overall travel time reliability

• planning for the Cairns Transit Network, which will preserve a network of dedicated corridors connecting the length and breadth of Cairns, and give buses priority with a bus rapid transit system via separate bus or transit lanes or on a dedicated busway

• preparing Integrated Regional Transport Plans for Wide Bay Burnett and Far North Queensland, which will better integrate transport with land use and regional planning.

Queenslanders are also encouraged to walk and cycle more through improvements such as: • new walking and cycling facilities, including additional pedestrian and bicycle Brisbane River

crossings, the Northern Brisbane veloway under construction, preserving future corridors for and ongoing improvements to the principal bicycle network in South East Queensland

• end of trip facilities at the Royal Brisbane and Women’s Hospital Cycle Centre, King George Square Cycle Centre, and in 61 Mary Street and the Neville Bonner Building government offices

• the Cairns Aeroglen to central business district cycleway • the Transport Information Centre, a joint initiative of the Queensland Government,

Brisbane City Council and TransLink, which provides information and raises awareness of sustainable modes of transport such as public transport, cycling, walking and car pooling to the community

• The Queensland Government is partnering with Bicycle Queensland to trial "Cycle Angels" – a project enabling members of the public to ride to work with a bike buddy in an effort give them the confidence to continue to use this form of sustainable transport

• a new policy that mandates new government infrastructure to incorporate cycling and pedestrian access, links to public transport and end of trip facilities.

60

What will the Government do about connecting communities? Key initiatives: 20. Set ambitious 20-year targets to guide the transformation of South East Queensland’s

transport network, including a desire to: • double the share of active transport trips (cycling and walking) from 10% to 20% • double the share of public transport trips from 7% to 14% • reduce the share of trips by private vehicles from 83% to 66%

21. Seek Federal Government assistance to deliver a new river rail crossing in inner

Brisbane that will benefit rail commuters throughout the region. Cross River rail will unlock capacity in the inner city to enable the rail network to be extended into new areas like the Sunshine Coast, Ripley, Kippa-Ring and the southern Gold Coast, and allow greater service frequencies throughout the network

Supporting actions: • Finalise and release the draft ConnectingSEQ, the new Integrated Regional Transport

Plan for South East Queensland. ConnectingSEQ will provide the blueprint for future transport needs, help tackle congestion and progress the vision of ‘15 minute neighbourhoods’ in South East Queensland

• Conduct a trial of Green Pods for cyclists providing secure bike storage, lockers and end

of trip facilities at Darra, Bald Hills and Varsity Lakes rail stations • Release the new Queensland Cycle Strategy, which will aim to encourage more daily

cycling trips by connecting the existing cycle network including working with local governments to deliver the principal cycling network, ensuring all major transport projects include cycling facilities, delivering end-of-trip facilities, and promoting cycling as an alternative to car use

• Encourage local government to provide funding for expanded public transport services and

infrastructure, which could double the number of public transport services in some areas • Pilot shared car-parking in a transit oriented community precinct to deliver more efficient

use of land and greater community amenity • Explore opportunities to rollout out wireless internet connection to major public spaces and

major public transport stations • Work with the Federal Government to maximise the geographic reach of the National

Broadband Network to strengthen regional economies and local employment opportunities, including aiming to provide optical fibre to all education, health and public safety facilities, all state and local government libraries, all local government council administration buildings, and a central facility in all hub towns

61

What can community and business do? • Businesses could help support the liveability and sustainability of their communities by

providing end of trip facilities (showers, lockers, secure bicycle storage) at their workplaces and encouraging employees to walk, cycle and use public transport to travel to work

• New and relocating businesses could consider locating in activity centres with existing or planned access to high frequency public transport services and cycle network linkages

• Residents could consider replacing their local car trips with walking, cycling or public transport. Even one less car trip a week makes a difference

• Residents establishing or relocating could consider buying homes in transit corridors where high frequency public transport services are provided

62

Implementation The following table details the 22 key initiatives and 25 supporting actions, the government agency leading the implementation of each action, the government agencies responsible for supporting implementation of each action and the timing of implementation. Although each action has been assigned to a particular government agency to lead its implementation, the Department of Planning and Infrastructure has overall responsibility for the government’s ongoing work in planning for and managing growth. Shaping the future Action Lead

agency Support agencies

Timing

1. Establish Growth Management Queensland, a new agency within the Department of Infrastructure and Planning to lead the government’s growth management agenda. This will deliver: • a more coordinated approach to growth

management in Queensland • better linkages between land use planning,

infrastructure delivery, economic development, protection of environmental assets, expansion of greenspace and affordable housing

• a complementary approach to regional planning and regionalisation.

DIP Mid-2010-2012

2. Investigate a new Liveability Grants Program to support new initiatives that engage local neighbourhoods in planning for the future.

DIP Communities

End 2010

3. Develop a community engagement strategy for growth management, including: • developing a suite of community-focussed tools to

explain the planning process in Queensland and the opportunities it provides for participation

• enhancing support to local government involved in the delivery of regional planning outcomes

• establishing a community and industry reference panel to provide strategic advice to government

• monitoring community opinion through online tools and research

• contacting summit attendees in early 2011 to determine their interest in reconvening the summit to gauge progress and determine any further implementation mechanisms required.

DIP All others Strategy mid-2010; implementation ongoing; Social research mid-2011; Contact summit attendees early 2011

63

Strengthening our regions Action Lead

agency Support agencies

Timing

4. Deliver a Queensland Regionalisation Strategy to encourage population growth and economic development outside South East Queensland.

DIP DEEDI, Treasury, DTMR, DPW, Health, DERM

Draft end 2010 Final mid-2011

5. Introduce an $11,000 Regional First Home Owners Grant for building new homes to encourage regional growth, providing a $4000 boost to the existing First Home Owners Grant.

Treasury DIP, DEEDI

1 June 2010

6. Decentralise government agencies in South East Queensland to Fitzgibbon and Bowen Hills as the next step in the decentralisation agenda. This follows the government’s existing commitment to decentralise to Ipswich.

DPW PSC, DIP, DPW

2012

7. Relocate some government functions to regional Queensland to progress the regionalisation agenda.

DPW PSC, DIP, DPW

2014

8. Develop a Townsville Futures Plan to support regional growth and economic development in Townsville in partnership with Townsville City Council and other local stakeholders. This plan will aim to position Townsville as the key centre for North Queensland.

DIP DTMR, DERM, Communities, DEEDI, DCS, DPW

End 2010

• Partner with the Australian Government to establish a Queensland Migration Plan, which will include a bilateral agreement between the state and federal governments to set skilled and business migration priorities and identify ways to better retain skilled migrants in regional areas that need their skills. This will inform the Queensland Regionalisation Strategy.

DEEDI DPC, DIP 1 July 2010

• Work with the Australian Government to develop a National Population Strategy (that is then reflected in a state policy)

DEEDI DIP, Communities, DPC, Treasury

Mid-2011

• Develop and include employment projections in all regional plans to support more jobs closer to where people live as part of the preparation of regional plans across Queensland.

DIP Treasury, DEEDI, DTMR, QPS

Mid-2011 for SEQ Ongoing for other regions

64

Promoting liveable and affordable communities Action Lead

agency Support agencies

Timing

9. Task the Urban Land Development Authority with responsibility for facilitating delivery of major new satellite communities in priority greenfield areas, initially at Ripley Valley, Yarrabilba and Flagstone. A mandated percentage of all dwellings developed across areas will be affordable to people on low to moderate incomes.

DIP ULDA End 2010

10. Establish an Infrastructure Charges Taskforce to further reform development infrastructure charging arrangements, including identifying opportunities to simplify charges and provide greater certainty, as well as provide advice on alternative trunk infrastructure funding arrangements such third party financing.

DIP Treasury, DTMR

End 2010

11. Streamline state planning arrangements to increase certainly and improve housing affordability and increase land supply. This will include: • coordinating state interest check reviews more

effectively in structure plan areas • effectively integrating structure planning and

master planning stages for Greenfield developments

• reducing the number of state agency referral triggers for Development Applications

• publishing a forward program of proposed state planning instruments

• boosting the tools and training available to support Queensland’s new planning system.

DIP

From July 2010 ongoing

12. Release a discussion paper on ‘Go Zones and No-Go Zones’ to provide greater planning certainty for local communities in partnerships with local governments.

DIP DTMR, ULDA, QPS

Mid-2010

13. Investigate new ways to deliver affordable housing which support people on lower to middle incomes, including: • options to incorporate affordable housing in new

developments • piloting a public housing renewal project at

Coopers Plains, working with the Brisbane City Council to masterplan a new future for an area of aged public housing stock.

DIP Communities, Treasury, QPS, DTMR

Early 2011

14. Design an athlete’s ecoVillage as part of Queensland’s 2018 Commonwealth Games bid, suitable for post-Games reuse as a vibrant transit oriented community on the Gold Coast

DIP DTMR, ULDA

Mid-2011

65

Promoting liveable and affordable communities (continued) 15. Support sustainable urban development through

leadership including: • ensuring government developments are exemplars

of sustainable urban design. Pilot Yeerongpilly Transit Oriented Development as a demonstration of best practice in sustainable urban development

• continuing to support the Centre for Subtropical Design for a further three years to enable the Centre to extend its research into the design and delivery of climate responsive development in Queensland. As part of government’s in-kind contribution to the Centre’s activities an experienced planner will be assigned to work with and support the Centre

• piloting a green roof or wall project in association with a major government infrastructure or development project

• piloting CitySwitch Green Office, a national tenant energy efficiency program, in a Queensland Government building

• delivering projects demonstrating best practice in sustainable urban design in the regions.

DIP DIP DIP DPW DIP

DTMR, DPW DERM DERM, DIP ULDA

Commencing early 2011 2010-2012 December 2011 Late 2010 Completion mid-2011

• Release Transit Oriented Development Guidelines that identify best practice in delivery of compact communities by September 2010, supported by training and workshops to build capacity around transit oriented development delivery.

DIP DTMR, QPS

Mid-2010

• Seek expressions of interest from the private sector to develop a landmark transit oriented precinct focussed on Coorparoo Junction in partnership with Brisbane City Council (following expiry of the current leases).

DIP DTMR, ULDA

2012

• Develop and include employment projections in all regional plans to support more jobs closer to where people live as part of the preparation of regional plans across Queensland.

DIP Treasury, DEEDI, DTMR, QPS

Mid-2011 Ongoing for other regions

• Prepare annual Growth Management Program Reports to monitor land supply, track development against dwelling targets and recommend actions to manage growth in South East Queensland.

DIP DTMR, ULDA

Late 2010

• Review the scope of the Urban Land Development Authority, including consideration of its role in influencing land supply, fostering a competitive marketplace and potential compulsory acquisition powers.

DIP ULDA, Communities

End 2010

66

Promoting liveable and affordable communities (continued) • Initiate a program of leadership in urban design

including: • incorporating urban design as a critical component

of the recently announced Queensland Design Triennial to be held in Brisbane in early October 2010

• requiring key infrastructure procuring departments to appoint appropriately qualified urban design champions, who will work with the Board for Urban Places to champion well-designed buildings, public places and infrastructure

• using Queensland’s Commonwealth Games bid to focus international attention on Queensland’s emerging reputation as a design leader, and ensure Games infrastructure exhibits design excellence.

DIP

DPW, DPC

End 2011

• Build urban design capacity in Queensland including: • developing training and capacity building programs

to increase urban design skills across State and local government, with industry and the community

• developing a Guideline for Government Buildings, Precincts and Infrastructure which all agencies must comply with

• investigate widening the scope, strengthening the powers and increasing the resourcing of the Board for Urban Places

• having the Board for Urban Places prepare a Queensland Infrastructure Design Strategy including a review of how current procurement practices could be enhanced to support optimum urban design outcomes.

DIP

DPW, DEEDI, DET

2011-2014

Delivering infrastructure Action Lead

agency Support agencies

Timing

16. Introduce a Queensland Infrastructure Plan (QIP) that clearly links infrastructure delivery with population growth and economic development priorities. From 2011-12, QIP will integrate existing state infrastructure planning documents such as the South East Queensland Infrastructure Plan and Program (SEQIPP) and the Roads Implementation Program (RIP).

DIP

DPC, Treasury, DTMR, Communities, Health, DET, DEEDI, QPS

Mid-2011

17. Work in partnership with local government to confirm the distribution of dwelling targets within South East Queensland through development of a QIP. This will help strengthen the link between infrastructure investment and accommodation dwelling targets within the existing urban footprint and investigation areas in the regional plan.

DIP DTMR, Treasury, DPC, Communities, Health

Mid-2011

67

Delivering infrastructure (continued) • Work more closely with local governments in the

sequencing of infrastructure projects to take account of significant local infrastructure investment.

DIP

Mid-2011

• Investigate options (such as tolling policies) to fund infrastructure in greenfield sites that are isolated and therefore rely on extremely high levels of state investment.

DIP DTMR, Treasury

Late 2010

• Examine additional mechanisms for the financing of state infrastructure.

DIP Treasury, DTMR

End 2010

Protecting our lifestyle and environment Action Lead

agency Support agencies

Timing

18. Develop a long-term strategy to transform the breaks between urban areas in South East Queensland’s key locations (including non-viable canefields) into major new greenspace and outdoor recreational opportunities.

DIP DERM, DEEDI

Mid-2011

19. Improve Queensland’s environment and natural resource protection by: • finalising the Queensland Coastal Plan • finalising the State Planning Policy for Healthy

Waters • releasing for public comment a draft

Biodiversity Strategy • the Strategic Cropping Land Framework.

DERM DERM DERM DIP

DIP DIP DIP DERM, DEEDI

Feb 2011 Feb 2011 Mid-2010 End 2010

20. Test the feasibility of relocating part of the Mayne Railyards at Bowen Hills to develop major new inner city greenspace

DIP DERM Early 2011

• Release the final Greenspace Strategy to deliver greater recreation and open space areas across Queensland, and develop Greenspace Network Plans for key regions to identify future greenspace areas and links.

DIP DERM End 2011

• Identify critical gaps in the quality and coverage of data needed to support the State of the Region Report to improve reporting on South East Queensland Regional Plan implementation.

DIP DERM, DTRM

End 2010

• Ensure greenspace is a central consideration in all new Urban Development Areas and structure plan areas.

DIP ULDA, DERM

Ongoing

• Release a Queensland Integrated Waterway Monitoring Framework that will improve the quality, consistency and efficiency of waterways monitoring in Queensland and contribute to enhanced land and water management decision-making by government, industry and the community.

DERM

Mid-2010

• Investigate a ‘Most Sustainable Suburb’ initiative using social media networks to foster more sustainable living.

DPC DERM End 2010

68

Protecting our lifestyle and environment (continued) • Release Valuing the Things We Waste –

Queensland’s Waste Avoidance and Efficiency Strategy. The strategy will include policies and initiatives that aim to: • assist in dealing with the impact of population

and economic growth in South East Queensland on waste

• better manage and reduce greenhouse gas emissions, energy and water consumption, including opportunities to increase energy generation from renewable sources

• help identify and plan for waste management and resource recovery infrastructure needs.

DERM DEEDI End 2010

Connecting communities Action Lead

agency Support agencies

Timing

21. Set ambitious 20-year targets to guide the transformation of South East Queensland’s transport network, including an desire to: • Double the share of active transport trips

(cycling and walking) from 10% to 20% • Double the share of public transport trips from

7% to 14% • Reduce the share of trips by private vehicles

from 83% to 66%.

DTMR DIP, DERM Mid-2010

22. Seek Federal Government assistance to deliver a new river rail crossing in inner Brisbane that will benefit rail commuters throughout the region. Cross River rail will unlock capacity in the inner city to enable the rail network to be extended into new areas like the Sunshine Coast, Ripley, Kippa-Ring and the southern Gold Coast, and allow greater service frequencies throughout the network.

DTMR DIP Ongoing

• Finalise and release the draft ConnectingSEQ, the new Integrated Regional Transport Plan for South East Queensland. ConnectingSEQ will provide the blueprint for future transport needs, help tackle congestion and progress the vision of ‘15 minute neighbourhoods’ in South East Queensland.

DTMR DIP Mid-2010

• Conduct a trial of Green Pods for cyclists providing secure bike storage, lockers and end of trip facilities at Darra, Bald Hills and Varsity Lakes rail stations.

DTMR DIP Early 2011

• Release the new Queensland Cycle Strategy, which will aim to encourage more daily cycling trips by connecting the existing cycle network including working with local governments to deliver the principal cycling network, ensuring all major transport projects include cycling facilities, delivering end-of-trip facilities, and promoting cycling as an alternative to car use.

DTMR DIP End 2010

69

Connecting communities (continued) • Encourage local government to provide funding for

expanded public transport services and infrastructure, which could double the number of public transport services in some areas.

DIP DTMR Ongoing

• Pilot shared car-parking in a transit oriented community precinct to deliver more efficient use of land and greater community amenity.

DIP DTMR 2012

• Explore opportunities to rollout out wireless internet connection to major public spaces and major public transport stations.

DPW DIP, DTMR End 2010

• Work with the Federal Government to maximise the geographic reach of the National Broadband Network to strengthen regional economies and local employment opportunities, including aiming to provide optical fibre to all education, health and public safety facilities, all state and local government libraries, all local government council administration buildings, and a central facility in all hub towns.

DPW DEEDI, DIP, DET, Health, Communities

2011

70

List of acronyms used in this response ACT Australian Capital Territory AGIC Australian Green Infrastructure Council BCC Brisbane City Council CBD Central business district CEO Chief Executive Officer COAG Council of Australian Governments CPTED Crime Prevention through Environmental Design CRC Cooperative Research Centre DEEDI Department of Employment, Economic Development and Innovation DERM Department of Environment and Resource Management DET Department of Education and Training DIP Department of Infrastructure and Planning DPC Department of the Premier and Cabinet DPSIR Driving forces, pressures, state, impacts and responses DPW Department of Public Works DTMR Department of Transport and Main Roads EOB Environmental offsets bank FTE Full time equivalent GBR Great Barrier Reef GDP Gross domestic product HVDC High-voltage direct current ICT Information communication and technology IDAS Integrated development assessment system IRTP Integrated Regional Transport Plan NBN National broadband network

71

NSW New South Wales Q2 Toward Q2: Tomorrow’s Queensland QDC Queensland Development Code QLD Queensland QREP Queensland Renewable Energy Plan QTRIP Queensland Transport and Roads Investment Program RIP Roads Investment Program RNA Royal National Agricultural (RNA showgrounds) SEQ South East Queensland SEQIPP South East Queensland Infrastructure Plan and Program SME Small and medium enterprise SPA Sustainable Planning Act (2009) SPI State planning instrument SPP State planning policy TAFE Technical and further education TOD Transit oriented development UDA Urban development area ULDA Urban Land Development Authority UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation

72

Appendices Appendix 1: Summit Advisory Panel members Appendix 2: Consultation statistics/related events Appendix 3: Social market research Appendix 4: Summit program Appendix 5: Summit attendees Appendix 6: Summit communiqué Appendix 7: Summit workshop ideas Appendix 8: All growth management ideas (collated)

Appendix 1: Summit Advisory Panel members Bernard Salt

Bernard Salt heads the Property and Demographic Advisory group for KPMG Australia based in Melbourne. This group provides advice to business on issues relating to market demand, workforce planning and social trends. Bernard is also a best-selling author of three popular books including The Big Shift (2001), a columnist with The Australian and Melbourne Herald Sun newspapers, one of the most in-demand speakers on the corporate speaking circuit, and a regular commentator in the media on the effects of social and cultural change. Bernard conducted two international studies of the impact of generational change on business (for KPMG International) in 2007 and 2008 and has spoken extensively on this subject at forums throughout North America, Europe and Asia. Bernard has an academic background in history and geography and a career background in property planning and feasibility. For further information see www.bernardsalt.com.au or www.twitter.com/bernardsalt Brendan Gleeson

Brendan Gleeson is Director of the Urban Research Program at Griffith University, Queensland Australia. His research interests include urban planning and governance, urban social policy, disability studies, and environmental theory and policy. He has authored, co-authored and co-edited several books and has written numerous opinion pieces for the Sydney Morning Herald, the Courier Mail and the Canberra Times. He is co-author (with Nicholas Low) of Justice, Society and Nature: an Exploration of Political Ecology (1998), which received the prestigious Harold and Margaret Sprout award in 1999 from the International Studies Association. In 2006 Gleeson’s Australian Heartlands: Making Space for Hope in the Suburbs won the inaugural John Iremonger Award for Writing on Public Issues. Professor Gleeson has worked professionally in a range of countries, including Britain, Germany, New Zealand, the USA and Australia. In early 2002, Gleeson was appointed by the ACT government to act as a key adviser on a major restructuring of the territory’s planning and land development administration. He was a member of the ACT Planning and Land Council 2003-6 and is currently a member of the Board of the Queensland Urban Land Development Authority. He has most recently been appointed as a fellow of the Academy of Social Sciences and currently lives in the suburbs of Brisbane with his partner and their two children.

Appendix 1: Page 1 of 4 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Dyan Currie

Dyan Currie is the Queensland President and the National Honorary Secretary of the Planning Institute of Australia. She is a qualified and experienced Strategic and Development Assessment Planner and is currently the Manager of Land Use Planning for Toowoomba Regional Council in Qld. Previous to this she worked in rural and regional Queensland, mainly in Gatton and Thuringowa. Ms Currie has been a long term member of development industry organisations including a committee role with the Urban Development Institute and three years as the Chair of the South East Queensland Development Assessment Managers Group. Guy Gibson

Guy Gibson is the General Manager – Government Relations for Delfin Lend Lease, with responsibility for Delfin’s new business pipeline, several master planned community projects in the planning approval phase, and Delfin’s social, economic and education initiatives nationally. Between 2005 and 2008 he was the national General Manager – Affordable Housing and Sustainability for Lend Lease Communities. He had previously been Regional General Manager for Delfin in Queensland and Project Director of the North Lakes project. Guy joined Lend Lease in 1996 and prior to that had town planning roles with the Brisbane City Council and the National Capital Development Commission. Guy is a graduate of the University of Queensland Planning School. He is Immediate Past President of the Property Council of Australia (Queensland), and is a previous National Director of the Property Council of Australia. He is a member of ‘Urban Futures Brisbane’, a Board established by the Brisbane City Council to provide strategic advice to Council on planning and implementing Brisbane’s development future, and is also a member of BCC’s Infrastructure Council.

Appendix 1: Page 2 of 4 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Heather Ridout

Mrs Heather Ridout is Chief Executive of the Australian Industry Group - the leading industry association in Australia representing businesses in the manufacturing, construction, automotive, ICT, transport, defence, labour hire and other industries. She is a leading figure in the public policy debate and is a member of a number of policy setting and consultative groups including Skills Australia; the Business Advisory Group on Workplace Relations, Infrastructure Australia and the Henry Review of Taxation. She heads an organisation committed to helping Australian industry to meet the challenge of change. Its focus is on building competitive industries through global integration, human capital development, productive and flexible workplace relations practices, infrastructure development and innovation. Mrs Ridout has been three times acknowledged as one of Australia’s top “True Leaders” by the Australia Financial Review’s Boss Magazine and was also included in the newspaper’s “Power List” for 2008. She holds a Bachelor of Economics (Hons) degree from the University of Sydney and her appointments include Director of Australian Super which manages $28 billion in superannuation funds for 1.3 million members and more than 100,000 participating employers. She is also a member of the board of Electrolux Home Products.

Appendix 1: Page 3 of 4 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Ian Lowe

Ian Lowe is emeritus professor of science, technology and society at Griffith University, where he was previously Head of the School of Science, and holds adjunct appointments at two other universities. He works predominantly on policy issues affecting science and technology, especially in the fields of energy and environment. He is President of the Australian Conservation Foundation and a Fellow of the Australian Academy of Technological Sciences and Engineering. He directed Australia’s Commission for the Future in 1988 and chaired the advisory council that produced the first national report on the state of the environment in 1996. He chaired Brisbane City Council’s Urban Environment Advisory Committee for several years and also chaired its task force on climate change and energy. He is a member of the Australian Environmental Health Council and the Radiation Health and Safety Advisory Council. At the international level he has been a referee for the Inter-Governmental Panel on Climate Change, has attended three conferences of parties to the climate change convention, worked on the framework for the UN reports on the Global Environmental Outlook, was a member of the working group that developed the principles of “sustainability science” and was on the Australian delegation to the UNESCO World Science Congress. He reviewed final reports of the International Geosphere-Biosphere Program and the Millennium Assessment Project. In 2000 he received the Queensland Premier's Millennium Award for Excellence in Science and the Prime Minster's Environmental Award for Outstanding Individual Achievement. He was made an Officer of the Order of Australia in 2001 and received the Centenary Medal in 2003. He wrote a weekly column for New Scientist for 13 years and received the 2002 Eureka Prize for Promotion of Science. In 2009 the International Academy of Sciences awarded him the Konrad Lorenz Gold Medal for the most hopeful initiative toward a sustainable future. Michael Rayner

Michael Rayner is Principal of the Queensland architectural practice Cox Rayner. He is a member of the Queensland Premier's Smart State Council, Brisbane City Council's Urban Futures Board, the Queensland Government's Board of Urban Places and a Fellow of the Australian Academy of Technological Sciences and Engineering. He is Chair of the Built Environment Design Professionals Queensland branch, Chair of the Griffith University Architecture Advisory Board and is an Adjunct Professor at the University of Queensland. His awards include the Australia Institute of Architects National Urban Design Award for Thuringowa Riverway Townsville and the AIA National Commercial Architecture Award for James Street Market Brisbane. Well-known projects include the Kurilpa Bridge and Goodwill Bridge in Brisbane, and the Helix Bridge in Singapore. Major strategies which he has led for the Queensland Government are 'Smart Cities: Rethinking the City Centre' (2007) and 'Smart State = Design State' (2009).

Appendix 1: Page 4 of 4 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Appendix 2 – Consultation statistics Purpose of the summit and community engagement objectives The purpose of the Growth Management Summit (the summit) was to enable the community, stakeholders and government to move towards a shared vision for Queensland’s liveability, sustainability and economic growth. In order to reach this shared vision, three key communication goals were identified: 1. To increase awareness about the drivers of growth and support for the government’s

current growth management strategies 2. To generate interest in the summit from a wide audience; and 3. To collect evidence of the key values, aspirations, concerns and interests of the

community about population growth. To support the key goals, seven communication objectives were identified: 1. To increase awareness and understanding of the Queensland Government’s current

growth management strategy within the community and industry. 2. To increase awareness about the drivers of growth and the state’s role in managing

growth. 3. To nurture the relationship between state and local governments to ensure effective and

successful implementation of regional plans. 4. To nurture the relationship between industry and government to enable effective and

beneficial feedback on, and implementation of, the growth management strategy. 5. To effectively communicate regional planning as the best way forward in tackling growth

in Queensland. 6. To encourage community involvement in the government’s growth management strategy. 7. To encourage community participation in the summit by viewing the summit online and

submitting feedback. Eleven key communication messages were used throughout the summit. These messages related directly to providing information to the community about growth as well as how the community could have their say on growth. Key messages about growth: Queensland is Australia’s fastest-growing state, experiencing rapid population growth of

2000 extra people each week. As Australia’s fastest growing state, Queensland needs a contemporary system of

planning that is responsive to change and continues to deliver the lifestyle for which we are famous.

We have the tools, techniques and infrastructure available to give Queenslanders a greater quality of life.

In planning for future growth, we will not compromise the things we love about Queensland.

The vision for South East Queensland is a region of interconnected accessible communities – a future that is sustainable, affordable, prosperous, liveable and resilient to climate change.

Queensland is building now for our future needs: electricity, roads, public transport, schools, parks, community facilities and the security of our future water supply.

We are committed to creating liveable communities and improving quality of life for residents in growth areas.

Appendix 2: Page 1 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Key messages on how the community could have their say included: The summit will bring together planning, development, infrastructure and sustainability

experts and community to discuss growth, liveability and sustainability. The summit will provide an opportunity for all Queenslanders to discuss population

growth, the impact growth is having on our liveability and lifestyle and ways we can work together to influence, manage and accommodate it.

Find out more about population growth at www.growthsummit@premiers.qld.gov.au Watch the summit live online and have your say on the issues raised at the summit at

www.growthsummit@premiers.qld.gov.au Information provision and community engagement tools During the course of consultation, the Queensland Government provided information about population growth to the community through eight different channels including media releases and promotional materials. These tools served to raise community awareness about the breadth of facts, issues, challenges, opportunities and choices to be made around population growth. The full suite of information provision tools is listed below. In addition, the community was encouraged to get involved in the discussion about population growth and provide their opinions through ten different community engagement tools including a range of traditional community face to face engagement activities as well as an online community survey. The full suite of community engagement tools is listed below. Information provision tools: Summit website (www.qld.gov.au/growthsummit) Background paper Dedicated Facebook page Premier’s Twitter and Facebook Advertising (radio and print) E-newsletters Media releases Mail outs.

Community engagement/have your say tools: Get Involved survey Consult Queensland SEQ Futures online interactive planning tool People’s question time Voxpops Submissions Letters Summit Summit dinner-debate Other related events including regionalisation forums following the summit. A summary of each of these tools in terms of their broad communication purpose is provided below. Purpose of information provision tools: The Queensland Growth Management Summit Website The Growth Management Summit website was established to provide information to a broad audience including youth, regional centres and stakeholders. The website provided background information on key growth issues and concepts, gave details of the summit event and how the community could participate in the summit; and provided the ability for Queenslanders to ‘get involved’ and submit their thoughts and ideas on growth. Importantly, the website provided the ability for community members to watch the summit streamed live.

Appendix 2: Page 2 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Background paper The background paper provided a series of facts and figures on Queensland’s projected population growth to 2031 and defined the challenges and opportunities that population growth brings. The purpose of the background paper was to generate greater awareness on how Queensland’s population is changing, how this affects and contributes to our prosperity, sustainability and liveability, and to inform public debate in the lead up to the summit. Facebook Facebook is a social networking site where people can become a fan or join specific networks. A Growth Management Summit Facebook page was created as a key promotional tool. Postings were made to Facebook where ‘fans’ could learn about up and coming events, such as the summit, and be notified when new material became available on the website. Premier’s Facebook and Twitter The Premier is an active Facebook and Twitter user. The Premier posted updates and information on growth issues and announcements. These updates could be viewed by her existing followers. Advertising Advertising in media such as daily newspapers and radio was used as a key promotional tool to bring the community’s attention to the date and program of the summit. e-newsletters/ mail outs e-newsletters and mail outs were used to engage key stakeholder groups. The newsletters and mail outs provided useful information about the summit website and event. Media releases Media releases were used to promote details of the summit, related engagement activities, such as question time, and policy proposals in the lead up to the summit. Purpose of community engagement tools: Get Involved – online survey An online survey was developed to engage the community on what they like about living in Queensland and their thoughts on the impact of population growth for the state. The online survey was made available to community members from mid February through to 2 April 2010. The survey provided participants with the opportunity to respond to 79 multiple choice questions, rate 10 questions and provide open text comments. Consult Queensland – online discussion board The online survey was complemented by the availability of an online discussion board known as ‘Consult Queensland’. Consult Queensland enabled community members to post specific population growth discussion points and questions that fostered debate and a shared understanding on population growth. SEQ Futures – online, interactive scenario tool SEQ Futures is an online, interactive scenario modelling tool that communicates complex planning concepts in an easy and exciting way to the community. The tool was made available on the web site from mid March. It will continue to be hosted until mid June 2010 with the possibility of extension. The tool collects data on users’ priorities in managing growth and assists with increasing public awareness about the impacts and trade offs involved in land use planning policy decisions. People’s Question Time People's Question Time is a one hour question and answer session held each month addressing a particular topic of community interest in Queensland. The session is streamed live on the internet and Queenslanders can submit questions prior to and during the session. The question time held on 24 March discussed ‘the challenges and opportunities of population growth in Queensland’.

Appendix 2: Page 3 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Voxpops In preparation for the summit, four hours of Voxpops footages were recorded where Queenslanders put forward their opinions with regards to a series of questions on population growth. Submissions from stakeholders Via the website and in response to the background paper, community members and stakeholders were encouraged to send in submissions outlining their thoughts on population growth prior to the summit. Letters Community members were also encouraged to write to the Premier about specific issues, challenges, concerns, suggestions and questions that they wished to raise in the lead up to the summit. Summit The summit itself brought together community members, industry, government and stakeholders to discuss the many aspects of population growth and what it means for Queensland. The summit was hosted by Premier Anna Bligh and facilitated by Kerry O'Brien and Anna Reynolds. The summit composed a range of keynote presentations, facilitated discussions, and workshops all focused on the three key themes of prosperity, sustainability and liveability. Summit dinner-debate attendance The dinner-debate focused on ‘growth is not a dirty word’ providing a light hearted debate on the challenges that population growth brings. The dinner-debate was open to all Queenslanders at a charge. The dinner-debate was also live streamed on the web site. The dinner-debate allowed for panellists to put forward opinions for the affirmative and negative of growth and for the audience to vote on the opinions of each team. Events relating to population growth prior to the summit There were 22 events held across Australia in the period leading up to the summit on the topic of population growth or related matters. Over 2000 stakeholders were engaged in workshops, seminars and discussions conducted by local, state and federal governments, industry and environmental groups. Related events are documented below: Green Building Council Luncheon, Sydney (17 February) Committee for Economic Development of Australia – Post Copenhagen – where to from

here? (19 February) Property Council of Australia – 2010 Property Outlook with Michael Matusik (19 February) Urban Development Institute of Australia – Housing Affordability, the words on everyone’s

lips (19 February) Australia 21 Conference – Shaping Australia’s Resilience, Canberra (18 & 19 February) Green Cities Conference – Melbourne (22 to 24 February) Property Council of Australia – Downtown Breakfast with the Deputy Premier (25

February) Committee for Economic Development of Australia – Queensland Economic and Political

Overview (26 February) Community Cabinet – Innisfail and Mareeba (1 March) Australian Science Media Centre briefing on population growth (3 March) Urban Development Institute of Australia – The Economy (4 March) Property Council of Australia – The Great Growth Debate (5 March) Queensland Media Club – the State of Australian Cities (5 March) Planning Institute of Australia – social impact assessment forum (10 March) Urban Development Institute of Australia 2010 congress (8 to 11 March) Urban Development Institute of Australia – affordable, sustainable and innovative design

(12 March) Our future, your say forum (3, 8, 15 March) Local Government Association of Queensland – Public inquiry into the need for a

Queensland population policy (16 March)

Appendix 2: Page 4 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

4th Annual Qld Infrastructure Summit (18 & 19 March) Planning Institute of Australia – growth summit workshop (22 March) Local Government Association of Queensland – local government infrastructure and

planning symposium (22 to 25 March) Urban Development Institute of Australia – The Pace of Housing Construction in

Queensland (26 March) Overall consultation results Through all community engagement methods including the summit and related events it is estimated that 32,000 people have participated in some way on the topic of managing population growth in Queensland. The broad spectrum of stakeholders including community members and community groups, industry, local, state and federal government raised over 1,400 ideas across the three themes of prosperity, liveability, sustainability. The five top ideas, challenges and concerns centred around well planned settlement patterns, urban design, the promotion of regionalisation, shaping new communities sustainably and more accessible, active and public transport to reduce congestion. Specific results from consultation via each tool are provided below. Information provision statistics: Website Over 14,500 visits from more than 8,200 people have been made to the website in the lead up to and during the summit, with peak usage during the summit itself. This aligns with the summit being streamed live over the two day period, with over 10,000 online views of the summit web-cast. Visitors to the website come from 32 different countries including Australia, Canada, United States, the United Kingdom and India. 61 people submitted a question to be asked at the summit and 167 people registered an interest in attending the summit. Background paper Over 1500 people viewed the background paper available on the website. All summit attendees were emailed the paper, with hard copies also made available at the summit and summit dinner-debate. The background paper was also made available in hard copy to the Advisory Panel and Ministers and officers across government. Face book and Twitter 455 people became ‘fans’ of the growth management summit Facebook site. 424 fans were located in Australia, 210 are located in Brisbane. The remaining 31 fans spanned across the world, from countries such as the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, Japan and New Zealand. There were also 328 ‘tweets’ on Twitter over the 30 and 31 March. Advertising, e-newsletters, mail outs and media releases A number of advertisements about the summit were made available in state and local media. As from 22 February press advertisements were included in 16 Quest papers, regional daily papers and the Courier Mail. Online advertisements were also distributed in News Digital and the Courier-Mail on the 30-31 March and APN Digital the week commencing 14 March through 28 March. A total of 26 ‘Get Involved’ radio advertisements were broadcast over the 29 – 31 March on Nova, 97.3, Triple M, B105, 4BC/4BH, and the Radio Sales Network stations. A further 28 radio advertisements were broadcast at railway stations. The dinner-debate was also advertised in the Courier Mail on 20 March, the Business Acumen and Profit Business Sales Magazine. e-newsletters were published in the RACQ Road Ahead Eco special edition on 24 March. e-newsletters were also distributed to businesses in South East Queensland advertising the dinner-debate, people's question time and the summit website on 18 March. A follow up e-newsletter was distributed on 22 March.

Appendix 2: Page 5 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

A number of mail outs were sent to key government stakeholders informing them of the summit and associated events. Letters were sent to stakeholders regarding the dinner-debate inviting them to 'get involved' and attend the dinner. Letters and posters were also sent to all non-government Members of Parliament providing information about how they and their constituencies could get involved. Letters and posters were also sent to all Queensland mayors. In the lead up to the summit, seven media releases were distributed about the growth summit. These included the announcement of an high level advisory team to help Queensland stay ahead of growth; inviting Queenslander’s to get involved in people’s question time; incentives to encourage people to move north, announcing the results of the TNS market research and the SEQ Futures tool and two announcements around the draft Greenspace strategy. During the summit, a media release on the development of a Regionalisation Strategy was announced, including announcements on the development of regionalisation plans for Mackay and Rockhampton. Following the summit, eleven additional media releases were announced – The Premier welcoming the new Federal Minister for Population; an announcement around a new urban development area at Woolloongabba, Brisbane; and an initial announcement of forums throughout the state to inform development of the Regionalisation Strategy. This announcement was followed by six specific media releases providing details on the regionalisation forums held in Townsville, Cairns, Bundaberg, Mackay and Gladstone. Two media releases were also announced regarding the signing of a Memorandum of Cooperation between the Premier and the Mayor of British Coloumbia, Canada regarding the exchange of ideas on growth management including learnings of the Vancouver Winter Olympics to shape the Commonwealth Games bid for the Gold Coast. The advertising, mail outs, e-newsletters and media releases generated a total of 4643 articles and reports which mentioned the Summit, with a total audience/circulation of 80,876,166. Radio was the leading media type (2551 reports), followed by television (1490 reports), press (548 articles) and internet (54 articles). Community engagement statistics: Online survey The survey was available for completion between 25 February and 1 April 2010. 861 people took up the opportunity to complete the survey. Of the people that responded to the relevant demographic questions in the online survey a remarkable 60 per cent have lived in Queensland for over 25 years. 57 per cent indicated that they live in a low density suburb with a further 6 per cent selecting “Other” and specifying, for example, that they live in rural, acreage, mainly stand alone houses on larger blocks. 20 per cent indicated that they live in a mixed density suburb, 15 per cent live in mainly medium density and 3 per cent live in mainly high density suburbs. Respondents to the survey provided comments on a wide range of topics including availability of greenspace, infill development and housing density options. A summary of responses against each question follows: Rating Queensland in terms of liveability 87 per cent of respondents strongly agreed with the statement “I really enjoy living in Queensland” and when asked to rate their quality of life, 85 per cent rated their quality of life as either “Excellent” or “Good”. Respondents were asked to indicate how strongly they agreed or disagreed with a series of 18 statements. The statements reflected a range of reasons that other people have given for why they like living in Queensland. The statements that respondents agreed with most related to the good Queensland climate (85 per cent), the native flora and fauna (85 per cent), the relaxed lifestyle (83 per cent) and feeling safe in one’s own home (82 per cent).

Appendix 2: Page 6 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Effects of population growth The majority of participants (52 per cent) responded negatively when asked about how they feel about the effect of population growth for Queensland. Only 27 per cent thought that it would be “Good” or “Great” and 20 per cent thought that it would be “Neither good or bad”. The things that respondents thought would improve as a result of population growth included entertainment options, retail shopping options, and cultural experiences. They thought that the things that were likely to deteriorate the most were the flow of traffic, the availability of car parking and housing affordability and availability. The things that people expect to be unaffected by population growth included the availability of sporting and recreational options, their own standard of living, and education options (schools, universities). Housing densities Respondents were asked about the suitability of housing densities in different suburban and urban environments. Overall medium and high density was considered more suitable for inner city and major suburban locations and low density was considered more suitable for other suburban areas and the respondent’s own suburb. It should be remembered that 57 per cent of respondents to this question indicated that they live in low density suburbs and a further 6 per cent chose “other” and specified, for example, acreage, rural, mostly low density, etc. Medium density was considered most appropriate for major coastal tourism centres. Higher density housing Survey respondents were also given two open text questions and asked to comment on what they thought was positive and negative about higher density housing. Respondents recognised positive aspects of higher density such as: Lower infrastructure costs and better access to services Convenience to transport, services, work, shopping, etc and ease of getting around Greater cultural, lifestyle and artistic diversity and a richness of ideas Ability to use land, energy and water more efficiently Lower maintenance for residents Less traffic, congestion and parking issues Economic benefits such as jobs, economies of scale and affordability Vibrant communities and city scapes The ability to cater for a larger number of needs and interests locally. Perceptions of reduced liveability and sustainability were key concerns raised by respondents regarding the negative aspects of higher density housing. Issues raised most regarding the negatives of high density housing included: Lack of privacy Higher rates of crime Traffic, congestion and parking around mixed use communities Pressure on services (primarily public transport) Reduced sense of community and neighbourliness Increased rates of pollution, environmental degradation Lack of sufficiently large and well maintained greenspace/public areas Social problems Concerns about safety Noise Loss of amenity. Respondents saw urban and housing design as key to countering potential negative aspects of high density living. There was some support for legislating sustainable design requirements in new developments and for encouraging retrofit in existing buildings. There was also concern about the quality of building materials used and design of newer high density buildings with many respondents indicating that addressing these issues would make higher density housing more appealing.

Appendix 2: Page 7 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Investment in infrastructure and developing higher density housing along transport corridors was strongly supported. So too was the concept of ‘place making’ and ensuring that communities are built around good urban design principles rather than considering each individual development in isolation. ‘Walkable’ communities where people and families feel safe with good access to greenspace were advocated. High density housing was seen as a mechanism for minimising environmental degradation and concentrating the impacts of urban landscapes to smaller areas. This was also seen to have the benefits of creating economies of scale, efficiencies in energy, water and land use. Future community engagement on planning for population growth Survey respondents were asked how they would personally like to be involved in planning for issues related to population growth. Respondents were able to select multiple responses from a list of 11 options. Providing feedback via access to the website was the most preferred option. METHOD OF INVOLVEMENT # RESPONSES Providing feedback via access to a website 650 Participating in online surveys 603 Attending community information sessions 433 Accessing updates via online or publications 431 Providing feedback via access to an email address 368 Attending conferences or planning sessions 363 Providing feedback via local council 303 Participating in online forums 256 Providing feedback via access to a phone number 180 Other 67 No involvement 12 Don’t know 7 TOTAL 3673 Consult Queensland 74 people also sent in comments via ‘Consult Queensland’, with a total of 54 contributions accepted. The 54 respondents were located across the state. 19 per cent were located in regions outside South East Queensland. Respondents to Threaded Questions # Respondents Per centage Greater Brisbane 29 54% Sunshine Coast 9 17% Gold Coast 6 11% Darling Downs / SW Qld 4 7% Wide Bay-Burnett 3 6% North Queensland 1 2% Far North Queensland 1 2% Mackay / Whitsunday 1 2% TOTAL 54 100

Participants to Consult Queensland were asked about what they like about living in Queensland. 15 per cent said they enjoy the quality of the natural environment and wildlife, 12 per cent like the relaxed lifestyle and sense of community and 9 per cent like the greenspace.

Appendix 2: Page 8 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Consult Queensland contributors were also asked to comment on two questions: “In what ways, if any, do you think population growth will positively affect Queensland? That is, what are the good things about it?” and “And in what ways, if any, do you think population growth will negatively affect Queensland? That is, what are the bad things about it?”. Positive aspects that received over 5 per cent of responses were: 25 per cent Stimulate economy, business opportunities and employment 14 per cent Cultural diversity, new ideas and human capital 6 per cent Regional growth 6 per cent Investment in infrastructure 6 per cent Increase in the tax base 5 per cent Increase in Public transport and less reliance on private vehicles. Importantly, 19 per cent of contributors to this question specified that they saw no positives of population growth and 20 per cent of contributors said that the positives of growth could only be realised through effective planning. Negative aspects that received over 5 per cent of responses were: 10 per cent Infrastructure costs and pressures 10 per cent Land use pressures, urban density and sprawl 10 per cent Commute times, traffic congestion, car dependency 10 per cent Higher cost of housing/living 10 per cent Environmental degradation, loss of biodiversity and natural resources 8 per cent Water shortages 7 per cent Pollution and waste 7 per cent Social problems and crime 7 per cent Reduced lifestyle, quality of life and amenity 7 per cent Strain on services. Contributors in South East Queensland or outside of Queensland were asked what factors, if available/improved, might encourage them to relocate to regional Queensland. Consistent with the market research conducted by Debra Wilson Consulting in the lead up to the summit, jobs and economic opportunities topped the list followed by infrastructure, services and affordability. Contributions that received over 5 per cent were: 16 per cent Jobs, wages and investment by business 11 per cent Better infrastructure and community facilities 10 per cent Affordability 9 per cent Access to quality health, education and transport services 8 per cent Better lifestyle, quality of life and community spirit 7 per cent Lower density living and escape population pressures 5 per cent Diverse recreational and cultural opportunities. Of note, 8 per cent of contributors said that nothing would encourage them to relocate to regional Queensland and less than 4 per cent indicated that financial incentives and tax benefits would be a determining factor in this decision.

Appendix 2: Page 9 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

SEQ Futures Around 2200 people have used the SEQ Futures tool to date exploring the different options to accommodate expected population growth and the possible future impacts of such growth. These people come from 12 different countries including Canada and the United States. 922 people have rated priorities for growth management. Top priorities include: good public transport, protection of the environment, walkable and vibrant town centres, and jobs close to home. The full suite of priorities in the order rated by the 922 users is below:

Ranking Top priorities 1 Good Public Transport 2 Environmental Protection 3 Walkable Local Centres 4 Vibrant City – Town Centres 5 Jobs Close to Home 6 Lower Cost of Living 7 Amenities Close to Home 8 Lower Emissions 9 Less Traffic Congestion 10 Lower Water Use 11 Quiet neighbourhoods 12 Conserve Agricultural Land 13 Lower Government Spending 14 Large Houses 15 Large Properties

In terms of accommodating this growth, the majority of SEQ Futures users opted for a growth ‘containment’ model serviced by rail and bus transport. People’s question time People’s question time comprised of five panellists: the Premier and Minister for the Arts, Anna Bligh; Minister for Climate Change and Sustainability, Kate Jones; Minister for Infrastructure and Planning, Stirling Hinchcliffe; Michael Rayner –Principal Director, Cox Rayner Architects; and Greg Hallam – Executive Director, Local Government Association of Queensland. The moderator was Erin O’Brien, Associate Lecturer in the School of Justice, Law Faculty, Queensland University of Technology (QUT). A studio audience of 45 attendees made up of 13 industry representatives and 32 QUT students participated in the event. Question time was streamed live and watched by 1115 people. A total of 164 questions were submitted for the event. 148 of those questions were submitted via the growth management website prior to event, nine questions were submitted during question time and seven questions were put forward from the studio audience. 13 pre-submitted website questions were put forward during the debate and two questions live during the event. Questions put to the panellists and ensuing discussion was broad ranging and included discussion around whether there are options for working with the federal government to develop a population policy; the establishment of incentives to promote regionalisation; assessing options for improving infrastructure delivery and how higher density can be better planned. Voxpops The Voxpops video was shown prior to People’s question time on 24 March. It was also streamed at the summit over 30-31 March, and shown at the dinner-debate on 30 March. A series of Voxpops were also recorded at summit where attendees provided feedback on the summit proceedings. This feedback has been made available since on the summit website.

Appendix 2: Page 10 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Submissions Thirteen submissions were received on the topic of managing population growth from organisations including the Australian Industry Group, Chamber of Commerce and Industry, Council of Mayors (SEQ), Local Government Association of Queensland, Property Council of Australia (Queensland Division), Planning Institute of Australia (Queensland Division), SEQ Catchments, Brisbane Institute, Tourism and Transport Forum, Growcom, Cement Concrete and Aggregates Australia, Board for Urban Places and Australian Institute of Architects. Letters/emails to Growth Summit website 211 people sent letters to the Premier prior to and in response to the summit. Primarily, topics raised in the letters were around the SEQ Regional Plan urban footprint and the importance of protecting biodiversity and the environment whilst accommodating future growth. 51 people sent emails to the Premier via the growth summit website. The topic of these emails was generally around the need for well planned urban development, reducing congestion, planning for regionalisation of the state, and the protection of the environment in urban growth areas. Summit dinner-debate 340 people attended the summit dinner-debate on 30 March. Attendees were a mix of industry, business and community leaders. Attendees watched two teams debate over the myths, facts and opportunities around growth. Corinne Grant, comedian, broadcaster and presenter was moderator of the three panel members for both the affirmative and negative. Speakers for the affirmative included Councillor Paul Pisasale who made the point that it is possible to manage the impacts of growth so it doesn’t negatively affect the environment or our lifestyles. Shane Thompson, the second speaker for the affirmative stated that growth is an opportunity to deliver better functioning cities and more attractive urban design. Bernard Salt was the third speaker for the affirmative. Bernard said that he believes the no population growth agenda needs to be more specific about what they are seeking – that they simply say "no" without offering solutions, compromises or ways forward. He articulated the need for population growth to support national security and argued that there are significant areas of the country that are calling out for population growth. For the negative side, Councillor Bob Abbott countered the idea of growth bringing benefits by reasoning it can have negative impacts on the environment. He highlighted that there are communities that don't want rapid population growth, as well as those that do. Communities should be involved in deciding where population growth should be directed. Simon Baltais, the second speaker for the negative, contended that Australia needs to stabilise its population size to minimise growth's impact on Queensland's unique biodiversity and halt unprecedented flora and fauna species loss. He maintained that an ageing population is not a crisis, but simply a period of transition. Ian Lowe, the third speaker for the negative reviewed his team’s case by questioning the cost of population growth and urban development to the environment and our lifestyles. He cited that Queensland's Gross State Product is forecast at only 5 per cent higher by 2030 under increased population growth rates compared to a scenario where growth is restricted. After much applause, Corinne Grant declared the affirmative team winners of the debate.

Appendix 2: Page 11 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Appendix 2: Page 12 of 12 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Events following the summit Following the summit, on Tuesday 4 May 2010, Cabinet Ministers hosted eight forums across Queensland at Cairns, Townsville, Mackay, Toowoomba, Rockhampton, Gladstone, Bundaberg and Mount Isa to commence community engagement regarding the development of a regionalisation strategy for the state. Forums were attended by local government, industry, Regional Development Association Committee members and community leaders. In addition to the forums, the Growth Management Website, through a ‘Get Involved’ survey, provided Queenslanders with the ability to have their say on regionalisation. The survey focused on six key questions: 1. What should the State Government do to encourage regionalisation? 2. How can the regions be more involved in the regionalisation strategy? 3. What strategies would best encourage people to move to your region? 4. How can all levels of government partner to deliver stronger regions? 5. What might Government do to support more sustainable/liveable communities? 6. Do you have any other comments about regionalisation? The survey was open until 16 May 2010. Feedback from the forums and survey will lead to a draft regionalisation strategy for consultation by the end of 2010.

Prepared for: Department of the Premier and Cabinet

TNS consultants: Debra Haszard, Robyn Rutley

81195 : March 2010

Client contact: Julie Northage

Queensland Growth Management Summit 2010Social Research on Population Growth and Liveability in South East QueenslandMarch 2010

181195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Contents

� Research Background, Objectives and Methodology 2

� Community Attitudes Towards Living in South East Queensland 6

� Community Attitudes Towards Population Growth in South East Queensland 20

� Community Attitudes Towards Housing Density in South East Queensland 36

� Community Preferences for Liveability Options 48

� Community Preferences for Engagement with Government on Population Growth 57

� Conclusions and Implications 62

� Appendix: Sample Profile 69

Page No.

Research Background, Objectives and Methodology

381195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Research Background

� With South East Queensland (SEQ) having the fastest growing population in Australia, the Queensland Government has committed to working with industry and the community to address the challenges that come with this growth – liveability and sustainability.

� The South East Queensland Regional Plan 2009-2031 was issued in July 2009 and is the major planning document for South East Queensland aimed at addressing regional growth, change, land use and development. As such it covers a number of important issues associated with growth such as the management of: land supply/use; natural environment; natural resources; transport congestion; infrastructure; employment generation; climate change; and housing affordability.

� Given that South East Queensland’s rapid expansion is one of the Queensland Government’s biggest challenges, Premier Anna Bligh announced in December 2009 that an advisory team had been assembled to tackle population growth and “protect Queensland’s unique way of life”. In addition, she announced a Queensland growth management summit will be held in late March 2010.

� In advance of the growth summit, the Department of the Premier and Cabinet wish to gain a benchmark measure of current South East Queensland community attitudes towards population growth and ‘liveability’ in the region.

481195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Research Objectives

� The ultimate objective of this research is to understand, from a community perspective, the views on population growth and issues associated with this growth which will feed into planning for the Queensland Growth Management Summit.

� Specifically, the research is required to assist the Department’s understanding of the following:

2. The community’s preference(s) for engaging with Government on population growth i.e. how does the community want to get involved?

1. Community knowledge and attitudes towards population growth and liveability in South East Queensland.� Factors making SEQ a preferred place to live� Priorities for the community - ‘must-haves’ which need to be safe-guarded� Whether population growth is viewed favourably or unfavourably� What is likely to influence these views / what might make their views more positive� Community preferences for some liveability options.

581195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Research Methodology

Fieldwork period � 17 February - 24 February 2010

Methodology � Online survey amongst residents of South East Queensland aged 18+ years, using MyOpinions (Australia’s largest online panel)

Weighting

Sample size, quotas and margin of error

� Data is post weighted by age, gender and location (by postcode) to 2008 population estimates, based on Australian Standard Geographical Classification (ASGC 2006)2.

Average interview length � 16 minutes

±9.9%98West Moreton±8.0%150Sunshine Coast

±6.9%201Outer Brisbane±6.9%199Inner Brisbane

153

801

Sample Size (n=)

±7.9%Gold Coast

±3.5%(Determined by postcode)

Total

Margin of error1Region

1 At the 95% Confidence Level2 Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics, Population Estimates by Age and Sex, Australia and States (Cat. no.

3235.0.55.001). (QRSIS database maintained by the Office of Economic and Statistical Research (OESR)).

� Broad quotas set on age and gender

Community Attitudes Towards Living in South East Queensland

781195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Summary of Community Attitudes Towards Living in SEQ

� South East Queenslanders strongly agree that they really enjoy living in the region (mean score of 83.4 out of 100) and rate their quality of life highly (mean score of 78.7 out of 100).� Residents of the Sunshine Coast have significantly higher ratings for both enjoyment and quality of life (mean

scores of 88.2 and 83.2 respectively).

� It is ‘liveability’ factors that top the list of what South East Queensland residents say they value about living here: � the weather/warm climate;� the lifestyle, in terms of being laid back/relaxing and outdoors focused;� the great beaches, and accessibility to these; and � the sense of community and friendly people.

� Limiting population growth was raised spontaneously by some residents who said they value the current levels of population and development, and the fact that South East Queensland is currently not ‘overcrowded’.� ��������������� ������������������������������ �������������������� ������������������������������ �������������������� ������������������������������ �������������������� ������������������������������ �������������� ��������������������������� ������������������������������� ��������������������������� ������������������������������� ��������������������������� ������������������������������� ��������������������������� ������������������������������� ������� �������������� �������������� �������������� ���������������� ����� �������� ������� ������������ ��������� ����������� ������� �������� ������� ������������ ��������� ����������� ������� �������� ������� ������������ ��������� ����������� ������� �������� ������� ������������ ��������� ����������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������� ���������������������������������������� ���������������� ���� ����������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������

� While weather, lifestyle and beaches were prominent top of mind mentions, advanced statistical analysis shows that the key values which have the most impact on residents’ quality of life and enjoyment of life in SEQ are safety (both at home and in the community) and sense of community.� Other strong influences are clean air, ease of getting around, cost of living, education, character of housing,

relaxed lifestyle and range of flora and fauna.

881195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Quality of Life in SEQ

Q1b. How would you rate your overall quality of life in South East Queensland? Please move the pointer to the place which indicates your overall rating [My quality of life] (Single response). Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

2 2 4 8 9 22 23 30

92%8%

78.7

Total Negative (0 - 50) Total Positive (51 - 100) Mean Score

My quality of life

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

Inner Brisbane 79.2

Outer Brisbane 77.0

• BCC 79.3

• Greater Bris 74.8

West Moreton 77.1

Gold Coast 80.1

Sunshine Coast 83.2

� More than nine in ten South East Queensland residents rate their quality of life positively i.e. a score of 51 or higher out of 100; three-quarters give a rating of 71 or higher.

� The quality of life rating increases as length of time spent in South East Queensland increases:

� Up to 3 years in SEQ – mean score of 72.8� 3-10 years in SEQ – mean score of 76.9� 10+ years in SEQ – mean score of 79.7

(0) (100)

981195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Overall Feeling Towards Living in SEQI really enjoy living in South East Queensland

Q1a. Please indicate the extent to which you agree or disagree with the following statement by moving the pointer [I really enjoy living in South East Queensland] (Single response). Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

1 1 3 2 4 6 15 21 471

93%7%

83.4

Total Negative (0 - 50) Total Positive (51 - 100) Mean Score

Inner Brisbane 82.8

Outer Brisbane 81.8

• BCC 82.9

• Greater Bris 80.8

West Moreton 82.2

Gold Coast 85.3

Sunshine Coast 88.2

� As with quality of life, ratings for enjoyment of life in SEQ positively correspond with the length of time people have lived in the region:

� Up to 3 years in SEQ – mean score of 74.6� 3-10 years in SEQ – mean score of 80.8� 10+ years in SEQ – mean score of 85.0

� Enjoyment is rated slightly lower among students (mean score of 77.8) and those living in high density suburbs (mean score of 76.8).

(0) (100)

1081195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

What is Valued Strongly About SEQ (Unprompted) – 1

Q2. What are the main things you value about living in South East Queensland now that you would like to see remain in the future? (Open ended, multiple response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

1181195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

What is Valued Strongly About SEQ (Unprompted) – 2

Q2. What are the main things you value about living in South East Queensland now that you would like to see remain in the future? (Open ended, multiple response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

36%

26%

19%

12%

10%

9%

8%

7%

6%

6%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

19%

Weather/ climate

Relaxing/ laid back lifestyle

Beaches/ access to beaches

Community/ friendly people / family

Outdoors lifestyle/ access to outdoor facilities

Current population/ development levels

Open spaces/ freedom

Stores/ shopping

Entertainment facilities

Parklands (parks, recreation parks)

Public transport (access and options)

Bushland/ forest/ rainforest

Green areas (trees, leafy etc)

Housing density/ housing options

Access to facilities/ close to everything

Low traffic/ good roads/ infrastructure Note: only mentions of 5% or greater are shown

here. Other mentions are provided overleaf

Higher among those living on the Gold Coast (31%) and those with children (24%)

Higher among those in outer Brisbane city suburbs (9%)

Higher among those in West Moreton (26%)

Higher for those on the Sunshine Coast (21%)

Higher among those under 45 yrs (10%)

Higher among empty nesters (11%)

Higher among those living in Inner Brisbane (12%)

� On an unprompted basis, the most frequently mentioned values all relate to ‘liveability’.

� One in ten residents said they value the current population/ development levels of South East Queensland (this is beforethe survey made any mention of population growth).

� On a Nett basis, 12% mentioned something related to green spaces i.e. parks, bushland, forest or green areas. This is higher among outer Brisbane residents (17%).

Higher for those on the Sunshine Coast (36%)

1281195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

What is Valued Strongly About SEQ (Unprompted) – 3

Other things mentioned by less than 5% of people include:

� Access to good dining facilities/ food/ produce 4%� Safe environment/ safety 4%� Access to good hospitals/ good medical care 3%� Good employment opportunities/ jobs (general) 3%� School system/ education 2%� Maintained, clean waterways 2%� Clean areas, streets, neighbourhoods 2%� Bikeways 1%� Public libraries 1%� Good cost of living 1%� Nothing/ Don’t know 4%

� Other mentions of less than 1% each

����������� ������������������� ���������������������������������� ������������������� ���������������������������������� ������������������� ���������������������������������� ������������������� �����������������������������������

������������������������ �������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������!!!!������������������������������������������������ ���������������� ������������������������������������������������������������ �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������

����� �������� ������� �������� ������� �������� ������� �������� ������

����"������� �"������� �"������� �"������� ������ ����������� ����������� ����������� ������������� ����� �������� ����� �������� ����� �������� ����� �

���������������� ����������������� ����������������� ����������������� ������� ���������������� ���������������� ���������������� ����������

����������������������������������������������������

����� ��������������� ��������������� ��������������� ��������������#### ������ ����� �� �������� ����� �� �������� ����� �� �������� ����� �� ��#### ������������������������������������������������$�������� �%�� �����&���������������� �'�������������������$�������� �%�� �����&���������������� �'�������������������$�������� �%�� �����&���������������� �'�������������������$�������� �%�� �����&���������������� �'�����������####

�������!� ����������!������������������(����)������*��� ��������!� ����������!������������������(����)������*��� ��������!� ����������!������������������(����)������*��� ��������!� ����������!������������������(����)������*��� �$���+�� �, �� ���- ��� � �+����� � ���������. ������$���+�� �, �� ���- ��� � �+����� � ���������. ������$���+�� �, �� ���- ��� � �+����� � ���������. ������$���+�� �, �� ���- ��� � �+����� � ���������. ������

���������� ���������� ���������� ����������#### �� ���������������������� ���������������������� ���������������������� ����������������������������/������������������� ����� ����������0�� ���������� ��/������������������� ����� ����������0�� ���������� ��/������������������� ����� ����������0�� ���������� ��/������������������� ����� ����������0�� ���������� ��

������� ����������������+����� ���������������+���������� ����������������+����� ���������������+���������� ����������������+����� ���������������+���������� ����������������+����� ���������������+������ ������� ���������������/������������!�� ���� ������� ���������������/������������!�� ���� ������� ���������������/������������!�� ���� ������� ���������������/������������!�� �����

����""""��������������������������������������������1111���������������������������������������� �������� ������������������������������������1111����������������������������������������������� �������� � ������������1����������������� �������� � ������������1����������������� �������� � ������������1����������������� �������� � ������������1������

������ ����������� ������������ ����� �������� ����������� ������������ ����� �������� ����������� ������������ ����� �������� ����������� ������������ ����� ������

����0���� ����%���������0���� ����%���������0���� ����%���������0���� ����%��������������� � ��� ������ �������� � ��� ������ �������� � ��� ������ �������� � ��� ������ ��

� ����� �� � ����������� ����� �� � ����������� ����� �� � ����������� ����� �� � ��������������� � ��� ��� ������������ � ��� ��� ������������ � ��� ��� ������������ � ��� ��� �������

������������ ������������ ������������ ����������������

1381195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Plenty of jobsLots of different career

choices available

Wages are similar to elsewhere in Australia

Great health system

Character of housing is attractive

Great education system

Beaches, forest, city all easily & quickly

accessible

Multi-cultural population

It's easy to get aroundFeel safe when out and

about

Feel safe in own home

A real sense of community

Relaxed, laid back lifestyle is very appealing

Plenty of green space

Weather is fantastic

A range of native plants and wildlife

Air is clean and pollution free

Prosperity Liveability Sustainability

Q3. Here is a list of different reasons other people have given for why they like living in South East Queensland. Thinking about your own situation, please move the pointer to the place which indicates how much you agree or disagree with each statement. (Single response for each statement). Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

What Makes SEQ an Enjoyable Place to Live (Prompted) – 1 � This chart shows the strength of

agreement with respective statements about South East Queensland that respondents were prompted with. The further out from the centre of the chart, the higher the agreement that this characteristic exists in SEQ.

� When prompted, it is again ‘liveability’statements (in green) which have the highest levels of agreement in terms of what makes South East Queensland an enjoyable place to live.

� Data points for comparable wages and great health system do not appear on the chart given very neutral opinions held about them i.e. mean score of around 51 out of 100 on a scale where 0 is ‘completely disagree’ and 100 is ‘completely agree’.

� There were two statements that respondents disagreed (slightly) with and are therefore not shown in the diagram. These are:� Very affordable housing � Very reasonable cost of living

Disagreement is significantly higher among renters for both of these.

Strength of Agreement With Prompted Statements

1481195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

What Makes SEQ an Enjoyable Place to Live (Prompted) – 2Liveability Statements

Q3. Here is a list of different reasons other people have given for why they like living in South East Queensland. Thinking about your own situation, please move the pointer to the place which indicates how much you agree or disagree with each statement. (Single response for each statement). Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

2

3

4

4

5

3

3

2

3

1

5

5

8

7

8

8

9

12

10

12

15

14

15

19

14

15

19

18

17

19

24

22

22

19

21

17

38

35

25

30

24

20

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

Mean Score

81.4

78.5

75.6

The relaxed, laid back lifestyle is very appealing

There is plenty of green space –parks and bushland

The weather is fantastic

(0) (100)

73.0My family and I feel safe in our home

75.4Beaches, rainforest & city

centres are all easily and quickly accessible

71.9We have a multi-cultural population

Statements ranked highest to lowest

1581195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

What Makes SEQ an Enjoyable Place to Live (Prompted) – 3Liveability Statements Cont’d

1

2

4

3

3

11

13

2

4

3

3

7

9

3

3

6

4

7

7

12

7

7

8

8

7

13

18

5

5

5

5

6

6

8

11

15

9

15

16

14

11

18

21

17

17

20

14

12

18

18

16

17

13

12

8

20

15

13

13

13

7

6

15

13

18

15

13

8

4

2

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

Mean Score

64.9It’s easy to get around

Q3. Here is a list of different reasons other people have given for why they like living in South East Queensland. Thinking about your own situation, please move the pointer to the place which indicates how much you agree or disagree with each statement. (Single response for each statement). Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

(0) (100)

62.7There is a real sense of community

64.1There is a great education system – schools, universities

67.0

69.3

43.7

51.3There is a great health system –hospitals and GPs

The housing is very affordable

My family and I feel safe when out and about

The character of housing is attractive

Statements ranked highest to lowest

1681195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

What Makes SEQ an Enjoyable Place to Live (Prompted) – 4Prosperity Statements

2

3

6

7

3

6

6

4

8

9

12

9

11

15

15

7

9

9

8

15

16

17

15

17

16

11

15

16

17

12

9

14

10

10

7

14

8

5

5

2

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

58.4

Mean Score

64.7

There are plenty of jobs

There are lots of different career choices available

Q3. Here is a list of different reasons other people have given for why they like living in South East Queensland. Thinking about your own situation, please move the pointer to the place which indicates how much you agree or disagree with each statement. (Single response for each statement).Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801) * Asked only of those currently employed (n=424)

51.4Wages for the job I do are similar in SEQ to elsewhere in Australia*

50.1The cost of living is very reasonable

(0) (100)

Statements ranked highest to lowest

1781195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

What Makes SEQ an Enjoyable Place to Live (Prompted) – 5Sustainability Statements

Q3. Here is a list of different reasons other people have given for why they like living in South East Queensland. Thinking about your own situation, please move the pointer to the place which indicates how much you agree or disagree with each statement. (Single response for each statement). Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

11

2

3

2

8

3

5

11

14

18

19

19

17

19

19

25

13

1

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

Mean Score

75.7There is a range of native

plants and wildlife

(0) (100)

67.8The air is clean and pollution-

free

Statements ranked highest to lowest

1881195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Key Drivers of Residents’ Enjoyment of Living in South East Queensland

Feel safe in own home

Sense of community

Feel safe when out and about

Clean, pollution-free air

Easy to get around

Reasonable cost of living

Great education system

Character of housing

Relaxed, laid back lifestyle

Range of native plants and wildlife

Great health system

Affordable housing

Great weather

Different career choices available

Comparable wages with elsewhere in Australia

Multi-cultural population

Advanced statistical analyses were conducted to examine underlying relationships in the way respondents answered particular questions,

and in this case, see which variables have the most influence onresidents’ enjoyment of life in South East Queensland.

There are high levels of correlation among all the variables rated, and this overlap in correlation is taken into account in the individual levels of

impact shown in this chart.

Relative impact

� While earlier it was seen that the weather, laid back lifestyle and access to great beaches were all top of mind mentions of what people really enjoy about life in South East Queensland, further analysis reveals that these aspects place further down the list in terms of what really influences residents’ enjoyment and quality of life in the region.

� All of the variables charted are important as they have shown to have some overall impact. However in terms of relativeimportance, key values (and thus priorities) are safety (both athome and in the community) and sense of community.

� Other key influences on people’s quality of life in SEQ are clean air, ease of getting around, cost of living, education, character of housing, relaxed lifestyle and range of flora and fauna.

1981195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Inner Brisbane

1. Feel safe in own home2. Clean, pollution-free air3. Great education system4. Feel safe when out and about5. Relaxed, laid back lifestyle

Key Drivers of Residents’ Enjoyment of Living in South East Queensland – Top 5 per Region

Outer Brisbane (BCC zone)

1. Easy to get around2. Sense of community3. Feel safe when out and about4. Range of native plants and wildlife5. Feel safe in own home

Greater Brisbane

1. Feel safe in own home2. Feel safe when out and about3. Great education system4. Character of housing5. Relaxed, laid back lifestyle

West Moreton

1. Sense of community2. Feel safe when out and about3. Reasonable cost of living4. Character of housing5. Affordable housing

Sunshine Coast

1. Clean, pollution-free air2. Relaxed, laid back lifestyle3. Great weather4. Great education system5. Character of housing

Gold Coast

1. Sense of community2. Feel safe in own home3. Reasonable cost of living4. Feel safe when out and about5. Easy to get around

Community Attitudes Towards Population Growth in South East Queensland

2181195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Summary of Community Attitudes Towards Population Growth in SEQ� South East Queensland residents have mixed views about population growth in South East Queensland.

� On one hand, when asked how population growth will positively affect SEQ, residents primarily cited the economic benefits, particularly in terms of increased work opportunities/ a wider skills base (25%) and stimulation of the local economy as a result of competitive businesses and property prices (23%).

� On the other hand, one in four people (27%) said that there was nothing positive about population growth and didn’t want a higher population in SEQ.

� When asked how population growth will negatively affect SEQ, the dominant theme mentioned was infrastructure-related, in particular congestion and inadequate roads (31%), a strain on current infrastructure (24%) and a strain on public transport (10%). Residents also showed concern about crowds and queuing (16%), more competition for jobs (14%), a strain on health services (14%), a threat to wildlife and green spaces (13%) and less housing affordability (12%).

� Overall, the weight of opinion about population growth’s effect on SEQ is slightly unfavourable (mean rating of 47.4 out of 100, where 0 is ‘terrible for SEQ’ and 100 is ‘great for SEQ’).� Sunshine Coast residents had the lowest rating regarding the effect of population growth (mean score of 40.8).

� On the surface, the amount of traffic and availability of car parking were rated as being the worst affected by population growth. However, advanced statistical analysis reveals that sustainability related issues have the strongest impact on residents’ perceptions of whether population growth will be a good thing or a bad thing for South East Queensland. Most notably these include the health of waterways and marine life, air quality and the region’s water supply. Housing issues of density, availability and affordability also impact strongly, as does the amount of green space. � All of these are expected to change for the worse with long-term population growth in SEQ.

2281195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

���������� �� �� ��� �� ������� �� ���� � ������ � ��

�������������� ���������� ���� ��� ���������������

������������� ��������������������������� ������ � ��

� ���� �� ���� � ��� !� ���� � �� �������"�������# ��

������ ������ $������ ������% ��&��������������

' � �� �� �� � ������ � � � �� �� �� ������� ���

����������� ������ �������������������������

The following paragraph introduced respondents to the topic of population growth ….

2381195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Positive Effects of Population Growth for South East Queensland (Unprompted) – 1

Q4b. In what ways, if any, do you think population growth will positively affect South East Queensland? That is, what are the good things about it? (Open ended, multiple response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

2481195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Positive Effects of Population Growth for South East Queensland (Unprompted) – 2

Q4b. In what ways, if any, do you think population growth will positively affect South East Queensland? That is, what are the good things about it? (Open ended, multiple response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

8%• None / nothing positive

19%• Do not want more population growth / may lose jobs / existing infrastructure won't copeNegative (27%)

7%• Don't know8%• Other

1%• Governments made to think long-term / large scale investments necessaryPolitical (1%)

2%• Better schools / universities3%• Better hospitals / health systemServices (3%)1%• Greater community spirit1%• New ideas / different approaches4%• Improved community facilitiesSocial (6%)

1%• Improved / more diverse entertainment / leisure options e.g. dining, nightlife, festivals, concerts etc.

8%• More multicultural / cosmopolitanCultural (9%)6%• Better infrastructure (not roads or public transport)2%• Improved road network5%• Improved public transportInfrastructure (12%)2%• Will keep costs down2%• More people paying taxes / rates

23%• Better for the local economy / competitive businesses / property prices25%• Increased jobs / work opportunities / wider skills baseEconomic (43%) Higher mention of economic

benefits by those under 45 years (48%) and those who are currently employed (50%)

Higher negative response by retirees (36%)

Higher mention of multiculturalism by those in Inner Brisbane (14%)

Higher mention of infrastructure benefits by those who have lived in SEQ for over 10 years (14%)

2581195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Negative Effects of Population Growth for South East Queensland (Unprompted) – 1

Q4c. And in what ways, if any, do you think population growth will negatively affect South East Queensland? That is, what are the bad things about it? (Open ended, multiple response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

2681195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Negative Effects of Population Growth for South East Queensland (Unprompted) – 2

Q4c. And in what ways, if any, do you think population growth will negatively affect South East Queensland? That is, what are the bad things about it? (Open ended, multiple response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

4%• None / no concerns3%• Don't know5%• Other1%• State Government hasn't planned properly for population growthPolitical (2%)5%• Negative opinion of multiculturalism / mixed ethnicitiesCultural (5%)7%• Strain on education services14%• Strain on health servicesServices (16%)2%• Our region spreading beyond its borders8%• Greater environmental pollution13%• Threat to wildlife / loss of green space / bushlandEnvironmental (20%)2%• City will be less liveable / cost of living too high5%• Increased cost of living14%• Less jobs / more competition for jobsEconomic (20%)1%• Potential for ghettos / slums1%• Block sizes decrease7%• Not enough housing / not enough space 7%• Increase in housing density12%• Less housing affordabilityHousing (25%)1%• Big city mentality / less interest in social problems2%• Beaches will become over-populated / crowded3%• Loss of community spirit / small town atmosphere9%• Increased crime rate16%• More people / crowds / queuesSocial (28%)1%• Lack of parking / car parks10%• Strain on public transport24%• Strain on infrastructure (water / sewerage / waste / electricity)31%• Greater congestion / inadequate roadsInfrastructure (51%)

Higher among those on the Sunshine Coast (8%)

Higher among those in Greater Brisbane (18%)

Higher among those on the Sunshine Coast (25%)

Higher among those aged 45+ years (12%)

Higher among those under 45 years (17%) and those currently renting (18%)

Higher among those under 45 years (11%)

Economic concerns are higher among those new to their current home (<3 yrs) (25%)

2781195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Impact of Population Growth on SEQPopulation growth …

Q4a. Please move the pointer below to the place which best indicates how you feel about the effect of population growth for South East Queensland. (Single response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

10 10 13 9 18 13 8 5 68

50%50%

47.4

Total Negative (0 - 50) Total Positive (51 - 100) Mean Score

Inner Brisbane 47.5

Outer Brisbane 49.1

• BCC 50.3

• Greater Bris 48.0

West Moreton 46.2

Gold Coast 47.5

Sunshine Coast 40.8

(0) (100)

� Opinion regarding the effect of population growth for South East Queensland is polarised – as many people rated it negatively as those who rated it positively.

� The weight of opinion, however, is slightly more negative with a mean score of 47.4 out of 100.� Those on the Sunshine Coast are least positive about population growth (63%

rated it negatively; 37% rated it positively, with a mean score of 40.8).� Long time SEQ residents (10+ years) also view population growth less favourably

(53% rated it negatively; 47% rated it positively, with a mean score of 46.1)

2881195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Availability of jobs

Cost of livingMy own personal standard of living

Amount of traffic

Availability of car parking

Public transport system

Availability of housing

Housing affordability

Housing density

Health system

Housing block size

Character of housing

Amount of green spaceEducation options

Sense of community

Safety in local community

My personal quality of life

Sporting & recreational options

Marine & waterway health

Native plants & wildlife

Air quality

Waste management

Electricity supply

Water supply

Prosperity Liveability Sustainability

Effect of Long-Term Population Growth (Prompted) – 1

Q5. Here is a list of things which may change with an increasing population. For each one, please move the pointer to the place which indicates the type of change you think long-term population growth will have in South East Queensland as a whole. With long-term population growth, [statement] in South East Queensland will … (Single response for each statement)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

� Respondents were shown a list of statements and asked whether they expected each to change for the better or change for the worse with an increasing population.

� This chart shows the strength of opinion that respective statements are expected to change for the worse i.e. rated 50 or below out of 100 where 0 is ‘change for the worse’ and 100 is ‘change for the better’. The further out from the centre of the chart, the more that factor is felt to be negatively impacted as a result of a growing population.

� In particular, issues related to ‘sustainability’ (in blue) are expected to be negatively impacted by long-term population growth.

� Traffic and car parking as well as several housing related issues are also expected to be negatively impacted.

� The data point for sporting and recreational options does not appear on the chart given opinion about this is neutral i.e. mean score of 50 out of 100.

� Only three of the issues respondents were prompted with are expected to change for the better with an increasing population i.e. rated 51 or higher out of 100. These are not shown on this chart, but they are:� Retail shopping options� Entertainment options� Cultural experiences

What will be most strongly impacted by population growth

2981195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Effect of Long-Term Population Growth (Prompted) – 2Liveability Statements

Q5. Here is a list of things which may change with an increasing population. For each one, please move the pointer to the place which indicates the type of change you think long-term population growth will have in South East Queensland as a whole. With long-term population growth, [statement] in South East Queensland will … (Single response for each statement)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

6

4

9

9

13

14

3

4

6

10

7

4

5

5

7

13

13

5

5

9

12

10

19

5

7

7

10

8

14

18

19

15

17

14

15

24

24

20

20

15

9

18

17

17

10

10

5

9

8

8

5

3

3

9

8

7

4

4

3

2

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

Mean Score

60.8Entertainment options

(0) (100)

Statements ranked highest to lowest

61.4Retail shopping options

Cultural experiences 56.0

50.0Availability of sporting &

recreational options

44.3Education options (schools,

universities)

39.9My personal quality of life

3081195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Effect of Long-Term Population Growth (Prompted) – 3Liveability Statements Cont’d

Q5. Here is a list of things which may change with an increasing population. For each one, please move the pointer to the place which indicates the type of change you think long-term population growth will have in South East Queensland as a whole. With long-term population growth, [statement] in South East Queensland will … (Single response for each statement)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

18

17

17

20

25

26

9

10

13

16

12

12

13

12

19

18

17

12

20

20

21

18

20

8

10

13

12

7

12

9

11

9

7

4

4

11

10

9

4

6

3

8

5

4

2

4

3

4

1

2

1

1

1

3

3

3

1

3

2

15

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

Mean Score

(0) (100)

37.6The sense of community

30.4Safety in the local community

37.1The character of housing

Statements ranked highest to lowest

28.9

38.2Our public transport system

Availability of housing

28.7The amount of green space

(parks, bushland)

3181195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Effect of Long-Term Population Growth (Prompted) – 4Liveability Statements Cont’d

Q5. Here is a list of things which may change with an increasing population. For each one, please move the pointer to the place which indicates the type of change you think long-term population growth will have in South East Queensland as a whole. With long-term population growth, [statement] in South East Queensland will … (Single response for each statement)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

34

31

33

33

34

41

15

16

16

19

20

15

16

19

18

20

17

15

19

17

18

16

12

6

7

7

5

4

3

5

3

2

3

2

1

5

3

3

2

2

4

3

2

3

2

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

2

2

1

1

1

2

13

2

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

Mean Score

(0) (100)

21.5

23.7Housing block size

Availability of car parking

Statements ranked highest to lowest

23.6Housing density

19.6The amount of traffic

25.7Housing affordability

26.0Our health system (hospitals,

GPs)

3281195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Effect of Long-Term Population Growth (Prompted) – 5Prosperity Statements

Q5. Here is a list of things which may change with an increasing population. For each one, please move the pointer to the place which indicates the type of change you think long-term population growth will have in South East Queensland as a whole. With long-term population growth, [statement] in South East Queensland will … (Single response for each statement)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

15

11

24

9

14

13

11

16

17

18

16

7

15

8

13

15

7

12

9

8

8

6

3

4

2

2

3

2

2

8

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

41.7

Mean Score

Availability of jobs

(0) (100)

31.0The cost of living

41.1My own personal standard of living

Statements ranked highest to lowest

3381195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

19

21

24

28

21

26

12

14

15

16

15

19

19

18

15

22

19

18

18

20

19

21

22

9

10

11

7

11

8

8

7

4

5

3

3

6

6

3

5

3

3

4

3

2

2

1

2

1

2

2

1

1

1

3

2

2

2

1

2

13

Effect of Long-Term Population Growth (Prompted) – 6Sustainability Statements

Q5. Here is a list of things which may change with an increasing population. For each one, please move the pointer to the place which indicates the type of change you think long-term population growth will have in South East Queensland as a whole. With long-term population growth, [statement] in South East Queensland will … (Single response for each statement)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

28.8

Mean Score

26.6

Native plants & wildlife

Marine & waterway health

(0) (100)

27.6Our water supply

Our electricity supply 33.2

31.7Waste management

Air quality 27.2

Statements ranked highest to lowest

3481195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Key Impacts on Perceptions of Population Growth

Marine and waterway health

Housing density

Air quality

Availability of housing

Water supply

Amount of green space

Housing affordability

Safety in local community

Health system

Personal quality of life

Availability of car parking

Amount of traffic

Waste management

Housing block size

Personal standard of living

Sense of community

Cost of living

Character of housing

Availability of jobs

Education options

Public transport system

Sporting and recreational options

Entertainment options

Cultural experiences

Retail shopping options

Advanced statistical analyses were conducted to examine underlying relationships in the way respondents answered particular questions, and in this case, see which variables significantly influence residents’overall feelings about population growth in South East Queensland.

There are high levels of correlation among all the variables rated, and this overlap in correlation is taken into account in the individual levels of

impact shown in this chart.

Relative impact

� All of the variables charted are important as they have shown to have some overall influence.

� However in terms of relative importance, issues related to sustainability - in particular, the health of waterways and marine life, air quality and water supply - have the strongest influence on residents’ perceptions of whether population growth will be a good thing or a bad thing for South East Queensland.

� Housing related issues also impact strongly. These include density, availability and affordability.

� While green space was shown to not have a significant impact on residents’ overall enjoyment of life in South East Queensland, it does affect people’s perceptions of population growth on the region.

3581195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Inner Brisbane

1. Marine and waterway health2. Air quality3. Housing affordability4. Housing density5. Availability of housing

Key Impacts on Perceptions of Population Growth –Top 5 per Region

Outer Brisbane (BCC zone)

1. Health system2. Amount of green space3. Personal quality of life4. Housing density5. Water supply

Greater Brisbane

1. Marine and waterway health2. Air quality3. Housing density4. Availability of car parking5. Housing block size

West Moreton

1. Housing density2. Water supply3. Availability of car parking4. Waste management5. Health system

Sunshine Coast

1. Air quality2. Marine and waterway health3. Housing density4. Safety in local community5. Amount of green space

Gold Coast

1. Marine and waterway health2. Availability of car parking3. Waste management4. Housing block size5. Safety in local community

Community Attitudes Towards Housing Densityin South East Queensland

3781195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Summary of Community Attitudes Towards Housing Density in SEQ

� High density housing is considered to be best suited to Brisbane’s inner city. It has a mean suitability score of 72.6 on a scale of 0 to 100, where 0 is ‘Not at all suited’ and 100 is ‘Very well suited’.

� Medium density housing is seen to be best suited to major suburban centres with transport interchanges (mean score of 70.1) as well as major coastal tourism centres (mean score of 65.7), and to a lesser extent Brisbane’s inner city (mean score of 62.6).

� Low density housing is seen to be best suited to suburban areas (mean score of 74.4).

� The most attractive aspects of living in higher density are the closeness to amenities and/or work (21%), better use of space (13%), reduced reliance on private vehicles [more efficient use of public transport] (13%) and low home or garden maintenance (11%). However, on a spontaneous basis, three in ten people could not think of anything positive about higher density living.

� When asked about negative aspects of higher density living, the most common response was the feeling of being overcrowded or having no space (35%). Other concerns are noise levels (16%) and not having a backyard or garden (15%), particularly for those with children.

� Those currently living in low or medium density housing are most likely to consider moving to higher density under the following circumstances: if they wanted to be closer to the city or town centre (58%); if they wanted a lower maintenance house (57%); if they wanted a lower or no maintenance garden (56%); or if they wanted to reduce their travel time (50%).

3881195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

(���������� �� ����� ��� �������� ��� ��� � � �������)����� ���� ���� ���������% ��&��������������

The following paragraph introduced respondents to the topic of housing density ….

������������� ���

* ����������������������� � � ����� +���������� �����

� ������������� �)��+�������� �� ����� ��+���������� ����

� ����� ��������� ���

# ����� ���������������������� �+���������� ������ �+� �

�������� ���� � ��������� �� ���� �������

��� ��������� ���

, ���������������������������� ������������)�� �� �����

� ������ ��

3981195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Major coastal tourism centres

My suburb Other suburban

areas

Major suburban

centres (with transport

interchanges)

Brisbane inner city

0102030405060708090

100

High density

Suitability of Housing Densities

Major coastal tourism centres

My suburbOther

suburban areas

Major suburban

centres (with transport

interchanges)

Brisbane inner city

0102030405060708090

100

Medium density

Note: mean scores (out of 100) are charted, where ‘0’ is ‘Not at all suited’ and ‘100’ is ‘Very well suited’

My suburbOther

suburban areas

Major coastal tourism centres

Major suburban

centres (with transport

interchanges)

Brisbane inner city

0102030405060708090

100

Low density

Q6a/b/c. How well suited do you think high/medium/low density living is to … (Single response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

� High density housing is seen to be best suited to the inner city of Brisbane (within 5km of the CBD) – mean suitability score of 72.6 out of 100.

� Medium density housing is seen to be best suited to major suburban centres which have transport interchanges, such as Indooroopilly, Garden City, Chermside, Maroochydore and Robina – mean suitability score of 70.1 out of 100. � It is also perceived to be suitable for major coastal tourism centres (mean score of 65.7) and Brisbane’s inner

city (mean score of 62.6)� Low density housing is seen to be best suited to suburbs

� Suitability of low density housing to ‘my suburb’ averaged 76.5 while for other suburbs it averaged 74.4.

4081195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Suitability of High Density Living

Q6a. How well suited do you think high density living is to … (Single response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

4

6

13

26

42

4

6

12

10

3

6

6

18

11

4

10

8

17

9

3

4

4

5

5

9

13

11

7

5

15

21

15

5

4

16

14

14

4

6

16

9

10

2

3

29

12

13

4

4

2

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

72.6

Mean Score

58.9

55.3

27.2

31.0

The inner city of Brisbane, that is, within 5km of the CBD

Major suburban centres with train stations or bus interchanges e.g.

Indooroopilly, Garden City, Chermside, Maroochydore, Robina

Other suburban areas

My suburb or area

Major coastal tourism centres, such as Noosa, Coolum, Surfers

Paradise, Coolangatta

(0) (100)

Statements ranked in order of suitability

4181195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Suitability of Medium Density Living

Q6a. How well suited do you think medium density living is to … (Single response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

2

4

5

6

20

3

2

6

10

3

4

4

5

7

5

5

9

9

9

2

3

4

6

5

13

14

15

15

13

23

22

23

23

13

17

16

14

13

9

14

12

8

8

6

20

17

16

9

10

1

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

62.6

Mean Score

70.1

65.7

45.6

56.4

The inner city of Brisbane, that is, within 5km of the CBD

Major suburban centres with train stations or bus interchanges e.g.

Indooroopilly, Garden City, Chermside, Maroochydore, Robina

Other suburban areas

My suburb or area

Major coastal tourism centres, such as Noosa, Coolum, Surfers

Paradise, Coolangatta

(0) (100)

Statements ranked in order of suitability

4281195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Suitability of Low Density Living

Q6a. How well suited do you think low density living is to … (Single response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

5

2

10

12

43

1

9

7

18

4

3

11

13

12

3

5

11

16

8

2

2

5

6

3

6

9

10

12

3

9

16

11

14

5

13

13

11

7

2

13

16

8

5

1

45

32

12

7

3

2

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

21.6

Mean Score

45.9

50.8

76.5

74.4

The inner city of Brisbane, that is, within 5km of the CBD

Major suburban centres with train stations or bus interchanges e.g.

Indooroopilly, Garden City, Chermside, Maroochydore, Robina

Other suburban areas

My suburb or area

Major coastal tourism centres, such as Noosa, Coolum, Surfers

Paradise, Coolangatta

(0) (100)

Statements ranked in order of suitability

4381195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Positive Aspects of Higher Density Living (Unprompted) – 1

Q7a. What are the positive aspects, if any, of living in higher density? In other words, what do you like, or would you like, about it? (Open ended, multiple response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

4481195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Positive Aspects of Higher Density Living (Unprompted) – 2

Q7a. What are the positive aspects, if any, of living in higher density? In other words, what do you like, or would you like, about it? (Open ended, multiple response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

21%

13%

13%

9%

5%

4%

4%

3%

3%

2%

2%

1%

5%

10%

30%

11%

Being close to all amenities / where you work

Economical & better use of space / more people in one space

More efficient use of public transport / no need for car / saveon fuel

Low maintenance / no gardening

Access to CBD

Affordability / cheaper to rent / cheaper to buy

A feeling of community

Higher security

Good for elderly people / singles

Good views

More environmentally sound

Better facilities within the building e.g. gym, pool

Allows greenspace / bushland

Other

Don’t know

Don't like high density / see nothing positive

� The most attractive aspect of higher density living is deemed to be the closeness to amenities and/or work.

� Better use of space, the ability to use public transport (and thus less reliance on cars) and low home maintenance / gardening were the most common other mentions of what people like, or would like, about living in higher density.

� Those currently living in high density areas appear to like the higher security aspect, although given the small base size this is indicative only.

� Spontaneously, however, three in ten SEQ residents stated that they do not like high density housing or could see nothing positive about it.

Higher among those living on the Sunshine Coast (40%), those who have lived in SEQ more than 10 yrs (33%), empty nesters (46%), retirees (42%) and those in low density housing (35%)

Higher among those in inner Brisbane (20%)

Higher among those on the Gold Coast (8%)

Higher among those in West Moreton (33%) and those currently employed (27%)

Higher among those on the Gold Coast (9%)

Higher among those in inner Brisbane (9%)

Higher among students (37%)

4581195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Negative Aspects of Higher Density Living (Unprompted) – 1

Q7b. And what are the negative aspects, if any, of living in higher density? In other words, what don’t you like, or wouldn’t you like, about it? (Open ended, multiple response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

4681195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Negative Aspects of Higher Density Living (Unprompted) – 2

Q7b. And what are the negative aspects, if any, of living in higher density? In other words, what don’t you like, or wouldn’t you like, about it? (Open ended, multiple response)Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

35%

16%

15%

11%

11%

9%

8%

7%

6%

6%

5%

3%

3%

3%

12%

4%

5%

13%

Too many people / congestion / overcrowding / no space

High noise level

No backyard / no garden/ can't have pets

Could create a slum-like situation / crime / lack of security

Lack of privacy

Not enough space inside

Disputes / no sense of community

More traffic

Pollution / rubbish

Lack of car parking

Aesthetics look poor

More expensive / high body corporate fees

Not suitable for families

Bad for the environment / pressure on coastline

Pressure on infrastructure / water / surrounding services

Other

Don’t know

None / nothing

Higher among those with children (20%)

� Feeling crowded and having no space to yourself is the least liked aspect of higher density living.

� While there is only a small base of people in the sample who currently live in high density, their top four negatives were overcrowding / not enough space, high noise levels, poor aesthetics and disputes / lacking a sense of community. They also appeared more negative than other people about a lack of parking.

� There were no real differences in mentions according to the region people currently live in.

� Students were more concerned than other people about poor aesthetics of high density housing, lack of space inside and the environment.

Higher among retirees (16%)

Higher among students (14%)

Higher among students (25%)

Higher among students (21%)

Higher among those who have lived in their home >10 yrs (19%)

4781195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Circumstances Under Which People Would Consider Higher Density Living

30%

37%

57%

50%

58%

43%

42%

33%

29%

56%

37%

46%

69%

64%

67%

54%

54%

46%

36%

68%

Q7c. People choose to live in medium or high density housing for a variety of reasons, or due to changed circumstances in their lives such as those listed below. For each one please indicate whether you would consider moving to a higher density of housing than you currently live in.Base: Weighted: Those who currently live in low or medium density AND the situation applies to them. Base sizes vary for each statement.

28%

33%

50%

43%

53%

37%

35%

26%

25%

49%

If my children left home

If I entered retirement

If I wanted a lower maintenance house

If I wanted a lower or no maintenance garden

If I wanted to reduce my travel time

If I wanted to be closer to the city or town centre

If I wanted to be closer to restaurants, theatres etc

If I wanted to be closer to my work or schools/ unis

If I wanted to be closer to my family

If I wanted to be closer to sporting & recreational

facilities

Total Those currently living in medium density

Those currently living in low density

NB.Those currently in medium density are significantly more likely than those in low density to consider higher density for all circumstances except for children leaving home

Community Preferences for Liveability Options

4981195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Summary of Community Preferences for Liveability Options

� Respondents were shown a series of ‘liveability’ scenarios and in each case were asked to choose their preferredoption out of the two provided. This was not a trade-off exercise - there were only ever two options compared at one time - hence some apparent contradictions in SEQ residents’ preferences.

� Overall, South East Queensland residents prefer to (ranked by strength of preference):� Preserve green space, which will mean higher density in some areas (76%) � Live in lower density housing, even if it means having to live further out (69%)� Have higher density housing concentrated in certain areas (61%) � Have focus put on developing the public transport network rather than the road network (56%) � Spend less time commuting, which means decentralisation of retail, office and industry (54%)

� Sunshine Coast residents have the reverse preference for this option – they prefer to keep shops, offices and industry away from where they live, even if it means more commuting time.

� There is no clear preference between a stronger economy from an increasing population base (45%) and lower population growth (44%).

5081195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

-� ���� � ��� � � ���� � �� �� ��� �� % �� &�������������� ���� � �� � ������ ��������� ��������� ��� ������ ���������� ������ ��� ������������� ������� � ���� ���������������� ����� �����������

. ����� � � �� � ������ � ��� ��� / � ��� �� ����������� �������� ���� ���� �� ����� ���������� ��� ����������� ��� � ����� �

The following paragraph introduced respondents to a set of ‘liveability’options …

5181195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Liveability Statement Preferences – 1Proximity vs Density

Q8a. For each one please think about what it would mean for you personally, and choose your preferred option of the two. (Single response)Base: Weighted: Total respondents (n=801).

53

73

86

66

74

14

11

8

11

7

33

16

6

24

18

69 11 20

I’d prefer to live further out from the city or town centre if it means I can live on a larger property or in lower density housing

I’d prefer to live closer to the city or town centre even if it means living on a smaller property or in medium or

higher density housing

Nopreference

Overall

Inner Brisbane

Outer Brisbane

West Moreton

Gold Coast

Sunshine Coast

� The clear preference (69%) is to live further out if it means lower density housing. � This preference is higher still among:

� those living in West Moreton (86%);� families with children at home (79%);� home owners (73%); and � current low density dwellers (77%).

5281195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Liveability Statement Preferences – 2Green Space vs Density

Q8b. For each one please think about what it would mean for you personally, and choose your preferred option of the two. (Single response)Base: Weighted: Total respondents (n=801).

78

76

78

76

75

10

15

11

12

11

12

10

10

12

14

76 13 11

Nopreference

Overall

Inner Brisbane

Outer Brisbane

West Moreton

Gold Coast

Sunshine Coast

I’d prefer it if green space was preserved and building was done only in already developed areas which means higher density housing in some areas

I’d prefer it if there was less focus on preserving green space, and that building or development was

considered in these areas in order to maintain lower density housing

� Across the board, at least three-quarters of South East Queensland residents prefer to preserve green space which will mean higher density in some areas.

� There are no differences within any demographic or regional sub-group.

5381195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Liveability Statement Preferences – 3Decentralisation vs Travel Time

Q8c. For each one please think about what it would mean for you personally, and choose your preferred option of the two. (Single response)Base: Weighted: Total respondents (n=801).

65

55

44

52

37

6

12

12

10

12

29

33

44

38

51

54 11 36

Nopreference

Overall

Inner Brisbane

Outer Brisbane

West Moreton

Gold Coast

Sunshine Coast

I’d prefer a mix of shops, offices and industry close to where I live, if it means less commuting time

I’d prefer keeping shops, offices and industry away from where I live, even if it means more commuting

time

� Less commuting time appears to be the preference, although in West Moreton there is no clear preference while on the Sunshine Coast the preference is to keep retail and industry away from residential areas (even if it means a longer commute).

� Younger people (under 35 years) have an even stronger preference for less commuting time (65%).� There is a difference within ‘outer Brisbane’ residents between those who live within Brisbane City Council

boundary and those who live in greater Brisbane. Those within the BCC boundary have a clear preference for less commuting time (62%) whereas there is no clear preference among greater Brisbane residents (49% preferred less commuting and 42% were happy to travel for longer).

5481195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Liveability Statement Preferences – 4Mix of Density vs Pockets of High Density

Q8d. For each one please think about what it would mean for you personally, and choose your preferred option of the two. (Single response)Base: Weighted: Total respondents (n=801).

30

30

27

39

28

6

9

10

8

7

64

61

63

53

65

31 8 61

Nopreference

Overall

Inner Brisbane

Outer Brisbane

West Moreton

Gold Coast

Sunshine Coast

I’d prefer that all areas have a mix of different housing types e.g. stand-alone houses, townhouses, apartments

I’d prefer that higher density housing is concentrated only in certain areas

� A concentration of high density in certain areas is preferred over a mix of housing types across areas.� Long term residents of South East Queensland (more than 10 years) have an even stronger preference for

concentrating higher density in certain areas (65%), as do those currently living in low density suburbs (66%) or low density residences (67%).

5581195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Liveability Statement Preferences – 5Developing Road Network vs Public Transport

Q8e. For each one please think about what it would mean for you personally, and choose your preferred option of the two. (Single response)Base: Weighted: Total respondents (n=801).

27

35

41

38

34

10

9

8

11

8

62

55

51

51

58

35 9 56

Nopreference

Overall

Inner Brisbane

Outer Brisbane

West Moreton

Gold Coast

Sunshine Coast

More focus should be put into developing the road network

More focus should be put into developing public transport

� There is a stronger preference for the development of public transport over the development of the road network.

� No real differences exist between demographic and regional sub-groups.

5681195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Liveability Statement Preferences – 6Economic Growth vs Less Population Growth

Q8f. For each one please think about what it would mean for you personally, and choose your preferred option of the two. (Single response)Base: Weighted: Total respondents (n=801).

48

44

49

49

40

11

13

10

9

10

41

43

41

42

50

45 12 44

Nopreference

Overall

Inner Brisbane

Outer Brisbane

West Moreton

Gold Coast

Sunshine Coast

I’d prefer population growth if it meant a stronger economy

I’d prefer less population growth, even if it means a weaker economy

No clear preference

� Preference here is polarised, with as many people favouring population growth for a stronger economy as those favouring less population growth even if it means a weaker economy.

� People currently living in low density suburbs (47%) and those who have lived in South East Queensland for more than 10 years (47%) have a slightly higher preference for less population growth over population growth (41% and 43% respectively).

Community Preferences for Engaging with Government on Population Growth

5881195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Summary of Community Preferences for Engaging with Government on Population Growth

� Just under a third (30%) of residents rated the Queensland Government’s current management of population growth in South East Queensland favourably, that is, gave a rating of 51 or higher on a scale of 0-100, where 0 is ‘extremely poorly’ and 100 is ‘extremely well’. The average rating was 34.9.

� Ratings were significantly higher among inner Brisbane residents (mean score of 39.7) and significantly lower among Sunshine Coast residents (29.2).

� The community appears interested in being involved in planning for issues related to population growth – only 7% stated that they do not want any involvement.

� Two clear preferences for involvement are having a say through online surveys (41%) and accessing a website to provide feedback (34%). It should be noted that participants of this survey were sourced from an online panel, hence the popularity of online engagement methods, in particular online surveys, may be over-inflated.

� There are a number of other options that residents showed interest in, including: providing feedback via email; accessing updates online or in publications; providing feedback via local council; and attending a community information session in their area.

5981195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Perceptions of Queensland Government’s Management of Population GrowthThe Queensland Government is currently managing population growth in South East Queensland …

Q10. How well do you think the Queensland Government is currently managing population growth in South East Queensland? Please move the pointer to the place which best reflects your opinion. Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

81-90 90-10071-8061-7051-6041-5031-4021-3011-200-10

19 17 13 9 14 9 5 1 211

30%70%

34.9

Total Negative (0 - 50) Total Positive (51 - 100) Mean Score

Inner Brisbane 39.7

Outer Brisbane 34.9

• BCC 35.9

• Greater Bris 33.8

West Moreton 34.2

Gold Coast 34.9

Sunshine Coast 29.2

� Just three in ten residents rated the State Government’s management of population growth in South East Queensland favourably i.e. a score of 51 or higher out of 100. Inner Brisbane residents were the most positive (42% gave a score of 51 or higher).

� Conversely, ratings were significantly lower for: � Sunshine Coast residents – 20% rated the Government’s management favourably

(mean score of 29.2)� Empty nesters – 17% rated it favourably (mean score of 25.5) � Long-term SEQ residents – 26% rated it favourably (mean score of 31.8)� Those living in low density suburbs – 27% rated it favourably (mean score of 33.0)

6081195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

How the Community Wants to be Involved

69%

62%

38%

27%

26%

23%

19%

9%

7%

7%

36%

Q9a. Thinking about the level to which you want to be personally involved in planning for issues related to population growth, which of the following options, if any, would interest you? (Prompted, multiple response)Base: Weighted: Total respondents (n=801).

Having access to a website where I can give feedback or ask questions

Having access to an email address where I can give feedback or ask questions

Having access to a phone number that I can ring to give feedback or ask questions

Attending a community information session in my area

Attending conferences or planning sessions in the city (CBD) or town centre

Providing feedback or asking questions via my local council

Participating in an online discussion forum

Participating in online surveys

Accessing information updates online or in publications

Don’t know

Don’t want any involvement

� Residents indicated interest in a number of ways to be involved.

� The highest levels of interest lie in online surveys and accessing a website to provide feedback or ask questions.

� More than a third (38%) of residents showed interest in more ‘passive’ involvement –reading information updates either online or in publications.

� There is less interest in phoning as a means of involvement, though it was still chosen by one in five (19%) residents.

Higher among those aged 45+ (41%)

Higher among those aged 45+ (31%)

Higher among those aged under 45 (27%)

6181195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Preferences for Involvement

Q9b. Ideally, what is your preferred option for being involved? (Prompted, single response)Base: Weighted: Those who indicated they wanted to be involved in some way (n=684).

Participating in online surveys 41%Access to a website (to give feedback or ask questions) 34%

� When asked for their ideal option for involvement, two clear preferences emerged:

� Preferences mentioned by small proportions of people include:� Access to an email address (to give feedback or ask questions) 5%� Accessing information updates online or in publications 5%� Attending a community information session in a local area 4%� Providing feedback or asking questions via local council 3%� Attending planning sessions in the city or town centre 3%� Participating in an online discussion forum 2%� Access to a phone number (to give feedback or ask questions) 2%� Other 1%

Conclusions and Implications

6381195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

South East Queensland Priorities for Safe-Guarding

1) What makes South East Queensland a preferred place to live? 2) What are the community ‘must-haves’ which need to be safe-guarded in the future?

� South East Queensland has a variety of qualities which make it an attractive place to live. From a top of mind perspective, the things residents say they value about the region are mostly related to ‘liveability’.

� While residents agree that South East Queensland has fantastic weather, access to great beaches and plenty of green space, there are other factors that are shown to be more important in influencing residents’ overall enjoyment and quality of life in South East Queensland. Therefore, it is the following factors which can be considered priorities for safe-guarding into the future.

� Any changes in residents’ perceptions of these factors will have the biggest flow-on effect in terms of changing overall quality of life and enjoyment perceptions. � Safety (in homes and in the community) and sense of community are the factors with the highest relative

impact, marginally higher than the other factors.

� In line with having an outdoors culture, the waterways and marine life of rivers, bays and coastlines around the region play an important role and also need to be protected as the population grows.

Clean, pollution free air Ease of getting around Reasonable cost of living

Great education system Character of housing Laid back lifestyle

Range of flora and fauna

Safety in own homes Sense of community Safety in the local community

6481195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Overall Perceptions of Population Growth

3) Is growth viewed favourably or unfavourably?

� Opinion about population growth is polarised, but the balance is currently more unfavourable.

� On an unprompted basis, residents speak of their concerns about congestion, strain on infrastructure, strain on public transport, strain on health services, competition for jobs, crowding and housing affordability.

� It is likely that some of the negativity stems from people thinking of the current infrastructure and services catering for a larger population, and not how these would need to change with population growth. � A minority of residents, however, are optimistic that population growth will bring with it improved public

transport and road networks and better health and education systems.

����2 ��������������� ��������� ����������� ��������������������2 ��������������� ��������� ����������� ��������������������2 ��������������� ��������� ����������� ��������������������2 ��������������� ��������� ����������� ���������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������ �������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ �������������� ���������� ���������������������������� �������������� ���������� ���������������������������� �������������� ���������� ���������������������������� �������������� ���������� ��������������� ������������������� ������������������� ������������������� ��������

� It will be important for the government to acknowledge residents’ concerns and reassure them that expansion / upgrade of current infrastructure is fundamental to support a growing population.

� Residents can see the economic benefits of population growth, particularly job opportunities and businesses prosperity. Shopping and entertainment options as well as cultural experiences are also expected to change for the better with a growing population.

6581195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Key Influences on Views of Population Growth

4) What is likely to influence these views / what might make their views more positive?

� Key influences on residents’ views of whether population growth will be a good or a bad thing for South East Queensland are primarily related to: � Sustainability

� and Housing

� Therefore, residents’ views are likely to be most positively influenced by being informed of strategies or plans in place to manage these things listed above.

� Furthermore, information and education around how the following will be managed should also impact residents’views positively:� Safety in the local community – a priority for safe-guarding given it is so strongly related to quality of life and

enjoyment of living in South East Queensland, and is something residents feel could be compromised by population growth.

� How current services and infrastructure will be changing in line with a growing population. � Management of green space – while not shown to impact significantly on residents’ current overall

enjoyment of life in SEQ, it will become an important issue if green space is diminished due to population growth.

� It will be important to reinforce the economic benefits as well as other benefits that a growing population will bring in terms of enriched cultural, shopping and entertainment options.

Health of waterways/ marine life Air quality Water supply

Housing density Housing availability Housing affordability

6681195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Liveability Preferences

5) What are community preferences for future liveability options?

� The majority of South East Queensland residents currently live in low or medium density, but it is seen as inevitable that population growth will bring with it higher density living. However, high density living is not likely to be accepted in the suburbs. Preserving green space is important to SEQ residents, suggesting that residents would like to see urban sprawl minimised. Therefore, high density living is seen to be best suited to the inner city and to a lesser extent major centres with public transport hubs.� The Brisbane City Council’s recently announced plans to increase density (up to 30 storeys) in Milton and

Fortitude Valley1 are in line with what residents would expect in terms of the location for high density housing.��������� �������������� �������� � ������������� ������������ ������� �������������� �������� � ������������� ������������ ������� �������������� �������� � ������������� ������������ ������� �������������� �������� � ������������� ������������ ��)���������������)���������������)���������������)�������������������

� Findings from this study support the NIMBY principle and what we have learned from other research on this topic –residents accept that high density housing is necessary … so long as it is ‘not in my backyard’.� High density living conjures up images of crowding, lack of space and privacy, noisy neighbours and

importantly, concerns about security.� Long-term SEQ residents who have well established lifestyles will not be easily convinced about high density

living and will be reluctant to change their lifestyle in such a way. 33334*������������������� ����5�(�������%�������������������������4*������������������� ����5�(�������%�������������������������4*������������������� ����5�(�������%�������������������������4*������������������� ����5�(�������%��������������������������������������������� ������������ �������������������� ���������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������((((���� ����

����������������� �������� ���� ������� ���� �������������������������������� �������� ���� ������� ���� �������������������������������� �������� ���� ������� ���� �������������������������������� �������� ���� ������� ���� ��������������� ��� ����� ����� ����� ������� It may therefore be more practical for efforts to be put into encouraging residents moving into SEQ, particularly

younger people, to consider high and medium density living.� The attractiveness of higher density living is proximity to work, access to amenities, less reliance on private

vehicles (so long as the public transport system supports this) and low maintenance. ����*������������������������ ��� ���������������� ���� ��*������������������������ ��� ���������������� ���� ��*������������������������ ��� ���������������� ���� ��*������������������������ ��� ���������������� ���� �� �������� ������� ������������ �������� ������� ������������ �������� ������� ������������ �������� ������� ����������������

1 Courier-Mail, 3 March 2010, “30-storey towers for Valley, Milton as city plan approved”

6781195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Preferences for Engaging with Government on Population Growth

6) What are community preferences for engaging with government on population growth?

� South East Queenslanders are passionate about where they live, and are keen to be involved in planning for the future of the region, and specifically their local community.

����/������������ �� �������������� ���������������� ��������/������������ �� �������������� ���������������� ��������/������������ �� �������������� ���������������� ��������/������������ �� �������������� ���������������� �������������������������������� ���� ������������ ���������������������������� ���� ������������ ���������������������������� ���� ������������ ���������������������������� ���� ������������ ��������

� Residents are open to various methods of engagement with government.

� Online options are popular given an ever increasing penetration of online access as well as familiarity with, and use of, the internet amongst all age groups.� Publicising details of an online website where people can access updates on population growth planning and

where they can ask questions or provide feedback is likely to be well received. Online surveys and online discussion forums could also be considered either via this same website or through alternative means.

� More locally, residents could be encouraged to ask questions or provide feedback about their particular suburb and neighbouring suburbs through their local councils or to attend community information sessions in their local area.

6881195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

A note about Sunshine Coast residents …

� For residents of the Sunshine Coast, their choice to live where they do really is about the ‘lifestyle’. They rated their quality of life higher than residents of other locations and had the highest ratings in terms of their enjoyment living in the region.

� Sunshine Coast residents are happy to live further away and don’t want shops, offices and industry close to where they live. They are not fans of high density living.

� These residents are particularly against population growth, and were the group most likely to bring up population growth spontaneously, before it was even introduced in the survey.� ����������������������� ��������+� ��� ��0������������*������������������������� ��������+� ��� ��0������������*������������������������� ��������+� ��� ��0������������*������������������������� ��������+� ��� ��0������������*���������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������� �������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������� �� ���� �� ������������� ��������� � ��������������������� �� ���� �� ������������� ��������� � ��������������������� �� ���� �� ������������� ��������� � ��������������������� �� ���� �� ������������� ��������� � �������������%������ �����- ���0�����%������ �����- ���0�����%������ �����- ���0�����%������ �����- ���0��������� ����� �������������� �����+� ��� ��0�����4������������ �5�� ����)�� �������������� �����+� ��� ��0�����4������������ �5�� ����)�� �������������� �����+� ��� ��0�����4������������ �5�� ����)�� �������������� �����+� ��� ��0�����4������������ �5�� ����)������������������������������������������������������������������ ����+� ��� ��0���������������������, ���� ��&�� ���� ����������+� ��� ��0���������������������, ���� ��&�� ���� ����������+� ��� ��0���������������������, ���� ��&�� ���� ����������+� ��� ��0���������������������, ���� ��&�� ���� ���������� ���������'� ���������'� ���������'� ���������'������ ������������������������������ ��� ����������� �����+� ����������������������������� ��� ����������� �����+� ����������������������������� ��� ����������� �����+� ����������������������������� ��� ����������� �����+� ��� ��������0000������������������������������������������������������������ �������������������������������������������������������� ���������������� ������������������������������������

�������������� ���������������������� ���������������������� ���������������������� ������������� ����� �����������6������+� ��� ��0��� �������� ������ ����� ���� �����������6������+� ��� ��0��� �������� ������ ����� ���� �����������6������+� ��� ��0��� �������� ������ ����� ���� �����������6������+� ��� ��0��� �������� ������ ����� ����������������������- ���0�����������������������- ���0�����������������������- ���0�����������������������- ���0��������� �������������������������� ������� �����+� ��� ��0��� ����������������������������� ������� �����+� ��� ��0��� ����������������������������� ������� �����+� ��� ��0��� ����������������������������� ������� �����+� ��� ��0��� ��������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������� ))))������������������������

��������������������

� As such, a different strategy may be required in the planning for population growth in this region.

Appendix: Sample Profile

7081195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Male49%

Female51%

Location, Gender and Age

16%

50%

17%

4%

13%

Inner Brisbane

Outer Brisbane

Gold Coast

Sunshine Coast

West Moreton

Location (%) Gender (%)

Age (%)

25% within BCC boundary25% greater Brisbane

Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

10%

22% 19%15% 17% 17%

18-24 25-34 35-44 45-54 55-64 65+

51% <45 yrs 49% 45+ yrs

7181195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Employment Status, Household Structure

35%

18%

6%12%

5%

23%

2%

Working full time Working part time/casual

Student Home duties Unemployed Retired Prefer not to say

Employment status (%)

Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

Household structure (%)

21% 22%15% 14% 14% 11%

2% 2%

Couple, nochildren

Couple/singleparent, oldest

child 15 or under

Couple/singleparent, oldestchild over 15

Couple/singleparent, children

left home

Single personhousehold

Grouphousehold

Other Prefer not to say

53% Employed

7281195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Type of Home, Housing Density of Suburb

61%

16% 12% 8%3%

Stand-alone house on block>400sqm (approx. 16

perches)

Stand-alone house on block< 400sqm (approx. 16

perches)

Duplex or townhouse Apartment or unit complexup to 3 storeys

Apartment or unit complex4+ storeys

Type of home (%)

Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

Housing density of suburb (%)

3%

20%

65%

13%

Mainly high density (high rise flatsand apartments)

Mainly medium density (low riseapartments, townhouses or houses

on small blocks)

Mainly low density (stand-alonehouses on larger blocks)

Mixed density (mix of differenthousing)

Low density Medium density (36%) High density

7381195 Growth Management Summit Report_Final

Time in SEQ and Current Home, Own or Rent

2%

6%

5%

12%

23%

40%

19%

21%

15%

18%

11%

9%

7%

13%

Less than 1 yr

More than 1 yr, upto 3 yrs

More than 3 yrs, upto 5 yrs

More than 5 yrs, upto 10 yrs

More than 10 yrs,up to 15 yrs

More than 15 yrs,up to 25 yrs

More than 25 yrs

In SEQ

In currenthome

Length of residence in SEQ (%)

Base: Weighted: Total Respondents (n=801)

Whether home is owned or rented (%)

Rented37%

Owned or bought on a mortgage

63%

Please note that the data contained in this report has been prepared for the specific purpose

of addressing the items contained in the project contract between TNS Australia and the

Department of the Premier and Cabinet. It may not be suitable for other applications. The

use of this data for any other purpose should be discussed with the lead author. TNS accepts

no responsibility for unauthorised use of this data by a third party.

QueenslandGrowth Management SummitEvent program

8.30am – session one

WelcomeAuditorium 1, Level 2

Welcome to Country – Songwoman Maroochy

Address – The Honourable Anna Bligh MP, Premier of Queensland

Growth happens. Here in Queensland, one of Australia’s fastest‑growing states, it’s happening now. This population growth presents great opportunities for us, including providing jobs, enriching our culture and offering a strong basis for our economic future. Growth also presents some challenges for us all as well. The Premier will explore the opportunities and challenges related to growth, without compromising the things we love about the Queensland of today.

Address – The Honourable Wayne Swan MP, Treasurer of Australia

The Australian Treasurer’s release of the Intergenerational Report has ignited a fierce debate about our ageing and growing population. The Honourable Wayne Swan MP will speak about the challenges and opportunities of demographic change, the social and economic benefits of improving workforce participation, the need to act now to improve our future productivity, and how we turn recent economic successes into enduring prosperity for our nation.

Address – Bernard Salt, Advisor, KPMG and Advisory Panel member

What is making population growth such a hot topic at the moment? Bernard Salt will address the drivers, trends and predictions for Australia’s population with emphasis on the summit’s key themes of prosperity, sustainability and liveability.

Discussion – Q&A

Facilitated by Mr Kerry O’Brien

During this discussion summit participants will be able to pose questions to the Premier, Australian Treasurer and Bernard Salt. Questions will also be received live from the summit website.

10.05am – morning tea Queensland Terrace

10.30am – session two

Sustainability and prosperity Auditorium 1, Level 2

Address – Sustainability – Mr David Owen, staff writer for The New Yorker and author of Green Metropolis (via video link).

David Owen’s Green Metropolis: What the City Can Teach the Country About True Sustainability challenges much of the conventional wisdom about being green. In his address, David will share his experience of sustainability in a high density city and explore the relationship between density and sustainability.

Address – Prosperity – Mr Chris Richardson, Director, Access Economics

With much of the population growth discussion concentrating on sustainability, immigration and liveability, the economic benefits and impacts of growth are often overshadowed. Chris will investigate the relationship between population growth, economic prosperity and standard of living.

Panel discussion – Q&A

Facilitated by Mr Kerry O’Brien

During this discussion summit participants will be invited to pose sustainability and prosperity related questions to the panel, including both keynote speakers. Questions will also be received live from the summit website.

Panel members include:

• CouncillorBradCarter,Mayor,RockhamptonRegionalCouncil• ProfessorHughPossingham,Director,TheEcologyCentre,

The University of Queensland• MrChrisRodwell,QueenslandDirector,AustralianIndustryGroup• MsKarynWalsh,President,QueenslandCouncilofSocialService

12.10pm – lunch Queensland Terrace

30–31 March 2010 State Library of Queensland

Streamedliveon:www.qld.gov.au/growthsummit

Tuesday 30 March 2010

1.05pm – session three

Liveability Auditorium 1, Level 2

Address–Liveability–MrJimMcKnoulty,ImmediatePastPresidentof Greening Australia

In numerous surveys, Queensland residents have rated the state’s relaxed lifestyle, multiculturalism and overall quality of life as the reasonswhytheylovelivinghere.Jimwilldiscusstherelationshipbetween population growth and liveability and investigate whether population growth will inevitably impact on liveability and the creation of strong communities.

Panel discussion – Q&A

Facilitated by Mr Kerry O’Brien

During this discussion summit participants will be invited to pose liveability related questions to the panel. Questions will also be received live from the summit website.

Panel members include:

• MrDavidCant,ChiefExecutiveOfficer,BrisbaneHousingCompany• CouncillorPamParker,Mayor,LoganCityCouncil• MrMichaelMatusik,Director,MatusikPropertyInsights• MrGuyGibson,GeneralManager,GovernmentRelations,

DelfinLendLease• MrTobyHutcheon,ExecutiveDirector,QueenslandConservationCouncil

2.10pm – move to workshops

Group one Auditorium 1, Level 2

Group two Auditorium 2, Level 2

Group three Indemnified Gallery, Level 2

Group four Indemnified Gallery, Level 2

Group five Meeting Room 1.A, Level 1

Group six Meeting Room 1.B, Level 1

Group seven BoQ Collections Room, Level 4

2.20pm – session four

Prosperity workshop

3.15pm – afternoon tea Served in rooms

3.40pm – session four

Sustainability workshop

4.35pm – move to Auditorium 1, Level 2

4.40pm – session five

Local Government Auditorium 1, Level 2

Address–TheRightHonourabletheLordMayorofBrisbaneCouncillorCampbell Newman and Chair, South East Queensland Council of Mayors

Managing the opportunities and challenges of population growth is the responsibility of all levels of government. Representing the South EastQueenslandCouncilofMayors,LordMayorCampbellNewmanwilloutline the role of local governments in managing population growth and discuss the implementation of regional plans.

Closing remarks

Facilitated by Ms Anna Reynolds

5.05pm – day one concludes

Wednesday 31 March 2010 9.00am – session six

Introduction Auditorium 1, Level 2

Introduction, including a reflection on day one and overview of day two.

Facilitated by Ms Anna Reynolds

9.20am – move to workshops

Group one Auditorium 1, Level 2

Group two Auditorium 2, Level 2

Group three Indemnified Gallery, Level 2

Group four Indemnified Gallery, Level 2

Group five Meeting Room 1.A, Level 1

Group six Meeting Room 1.B, Level 1

Group seven BoQ Collections Room, Level 4

9.30am – session six

Liveability workshop

10.25am – morning tea

Served in rooms

10.50am – session seven

Compilation of summit papers workshop

12.10pm – lunch

Queensland Terrace

1.05pm – session eight

Finalisation of summit papers workshop

2.00pm – afternoon tea Queensland Terrace

2.30pm – session nine

Closing session Auditorium 1, Level 2

Presentation of summit papers

A nominated representative from each workshop group will present their papers to all summit participants, highlighting findings, solutions and ideas for managing population growth.

Discussion – Q&A

Facilitated by Ms Anna Reynolds

During this discussion summit participants will be invited to pose questions to the panel related to the summit papers. Questions will also be received live from the summit website. Panel members will include a nominated representative from each workshop group.

Final address – The Honourable Anna Bligh MP, Premier of Queensland

The Premier will address the ideas provided in the summit papers and outline how these ideas will be taken forward to help shape Queensland’s future.

5.00pm – summit concludes

Keynote speakersThe Honourable Wayne Swan MPTreasurer of Australia

TheHonourableWayneSwanMPwassworninasTreasureron3December2007andhandeddowntheRuddGovernment’sfirstBudgeton13May2008.WaynehasbeentheMemberforLilleyfrom1993to1996andfrom1998tothepresent.In2005,he published Postcode: the Splintering of a Nation, a well‑received book on economic and social policy in Australia. Before his appointment to his current role, Wayne was Shadow Treasurer for three years and Shadow Minister for Family and Community Services for six years prior.

Bernard SaltAdvisor, KPMG

Bernard Salt heads the Property and Demographic advisory group for KPMG Australia. This group provides advice to business on issues relating to market demand, workforce planning and social trends. Bernard is also a best‑selling author of three popular books including The Big Shift(2001),acolumnistwithThe Australian and Melbourne Herald Sun and a regular commentator in the media on the effects of social and cultural change. Bernard conducted two international studies of the impact of generational changeonbusiness(forKPMGInternational)in2007and2008andhasspokenextensivelyonthissubjectatforumsthroughoutNorth America, Europe and Asia.

David OwenStaff writer for The New Yorker and author of Green Metropolis

David Owen has been a staff writer for The New Yorker since 1991. Before joining The New Yorker, he was a contributing editor at The Atlantic Monthly and prior to that, a senior writer at Harper’s and a frequent contributor to Esquire. He is also a contributing editor at Golf Digest, and the author of a dozen books. He lives in northwest Connecticut with his wife, writer Ann Hodgman, and their two children.

Chris RichardsonDirector, Access Economics

Chris Richardson is a Director of Access Economics, heading up their Macroeconomic Group. As one of Australia’s leading macroeconomists, Chris’ expertise includes the Australian and global economies, federal budget analysis, property, ageing and industry trends. Chris is the author of Business Outlook, the Business Review Weekly’s Fundamentals column, and is often asked to comment on economic trends in wider media.

Jim McKnoultyImmediate Past President of Greening Australia

JimMcKnoultyisChairmanofRPSAustraliaEastPtyLtd(incorporatingConicsLtd)whichispartofaglobalnetworkofprofessionalsprovidinglocalsolutionsinenergyandresources,infrastructure,environmentandurbangrowth,employing4500staff.Jimspecialisesincreativepartnershipsbetweenthedevelopmentindustryandlocalauthoritiestoproducemoresustainabledevelopmentswhichareeconomicallyviableandsociallycohesive.JimistheChairmanofCitySmartPtyLtd,acompanysetup by Brisbane City Council to facilitate partnerships in promoting a sustainable future for the city. He is also a member of the Queensland Premier’s Climate Change Council, the Immediate Past National President of Greening Australia and was founding President of The Australian Green Development Forum.

The Right Honourable the Lord Mayor of Brisbane Councillor Campbell NewmanLord Mayor, Brisbane City Council and Chair, South East Queensland Council of Mayors

CouncillorNewmanwaselectedLordMayorofBrisbaneon27March2004.Acivilengineerbyprofession,CouncillorNewmanhada13-yearcareerasanAustralianArmyEngineer,retiringattheendof1993withtherankofMajor.AsLordMayorofBrisbane,Campbell Newman is drawing on his diverse experience to plan for Brisbane’s future. Councillor Newman is committed to making Brisbaneasmartthinking,easylivingcity.HisnumberonepriorityasLordMayoristogetBrisbane’strafficmovingbybuildinga network of cross‑city tunnels and improving the public transport system.

PanellistsDavid CantChief Executive Officer, Brisbane Housing Company

PriortocommencingastheChiefExecutiveOfficeroftheBrisbaneHousingCompanyin2002,DavidledtheteamthattooktheBrisbaneHousingCompanyproposalfrominitialfeasibilitytoincorporation.DavidcametoQueenslandin2000aftera20-yearcareerinthehousingassociationsectorintheUnitedKingdom.HispositionjustpriortocomingtoQueenslandwasasChiefExecutiveOfficeroftheNewIslingtonandHackneyHousingAssociation,anorganisationwithmorethan6000homesand250staff.DavidhasadegreefromOxfordUniversityineconomicsandpoliticsandaMastersdegreeintownplanningfromUniversityCollegeLondon.In2009,DavidwaspleasedtoacceptappointmenttothePrimeMinister’sCouncilonHomelessness.

Councillor Brad CarterMayor, Rockhampton Regional Council

CouncillorCarterwaselectedthefirstMayorofRockhamptonRegionalCouncilon15March,2008asanindependentcandidate.Elected on a platform of managing the economic growth of the Rockhampton region, Councillor Carter believes it to be the most liveable region in Australia. Councillor Carter’s personal vision for the Rockhampton region is that it will be a community with growth, lifestyle and an environment that is the envy of the rest of Australia. With extensive knowledge and experience in economic, business and regional development in regional Queensland, Councillor Carter (prior to being elected Mayor of Rockhampton Regional Council) was a senior executive and Director of the Department of Tourism, Regional Development and Industry.

Photo by Stephen Szurlej

Guy GibsonGeneral Manager, Government Relations, Delfin Lend Lease

Guy is responsible for Delfin’s new business pipeline, several master planned community projects in the planning approval phase, andDelfin’ssocial,economicandeducationinitiativesnationally.GuyjoinedLendLeasein1996andpriortothatheldtownplanning roles with the Brisbane City Council and the National Capital Development Commission. Guy is a graduate of the University of Queensland Planning School. He is the Immediate Past President of the Property Council of Australia (Queensland), and is a previous National Director of the Property Council of Australia. He is a member of Urban Futures Brisbane, a board established by the Brisbane City Council (BCC) to provide strategic advice to council on planning and implementing Brisbane’s development future, and is also a member of BCC’s Infrastructure Council.

Toby HutcheonExecutive Director, Queensland Conservation Council

TobyHutcheonhasworkedonenvironmentalissuesfornearly20years.HestartedatGreenpeaceasacampaignerontheNuclearFree Seas campaign opposing nuclear powered and armed ship visits to Australia – dividing his time between the Greenpeace office and the bows of nuclear warships. He subsequently ran Greenpeace Communications Division and was a member of the Greenpeace Olympics team which initiated the idea of the ‘green’ Sydney Olympics, working closely with the New South Wales Government to secure the games for Sydney. Since that time, Toby has worked for the New South Wales Government on waste issues and ran a consultancy advising business, government and communities on zero waste initiatives. Toby joined theQueenslandConservationCouncilin2004.

Michael MatusikDirector, Matusik Property Insights

Michael Matusik is no stranger to the residential property sector. He continues to provide great insight into the residential property market. Michael is Director of Matusik Property Insights, a Brisbane‑based company that is recognised as one of Queensland’s, and indeed Australia’s, leading specialists in new residential advice. Matusik Property Insights has been engaged in the master planning,design,feasibilityandpositioningofresidentialpropertyformanyleadingorganisationsandhashelpedaround500newresidentialdevelopmentscometofruition,includingSanctuaryCove,Brookwater,NorthLakesandCuttersLanding,tonamejusta few.

Councillor Pam ParkerMayor, Logan City Council

AsMayorofthesixthlargestcouncilinAustralia,bypopulation,andLoganCity’sfirstfemaleMayor,CouncillorPamParkerispassionateaboutbuildingstrong,caringcommunitiesandresponsiblyplanningforLoganCity’sbrightfuture.Firstelected asaCouncillorin1997,CouncillorParkerisdedicatedtomakingthenewLoganacityforfamilies,lifestyleandbusiness, and a city of opportunity for all. In addressing these opportunities, Councillor Parker is committed to responsible social, economic and environmental planning to ensure diverse lifestyle choices for current and future residents. She is also aware of the need to develop strong partnerships with all levels of government and sectors of the community, including the business community toplanforanddeliverinfrastructuretoensureabrightfutureforLogan.

Professor Hugh PossinghamDirector, The Ecology Centre, The University of Queensland

AfterattainingaRhodesScholarshipHughcompletedhisdoctorateatOxfordUniversityin1987.PostdoctoralresearchperiodsfollowedatStanfordUniversityandANU(asaQEIIFellow).In1991hetookaLectureshipinAppliedMathematicsatUniversityofAdelaideandwasappointedFoundationChairoftheDepartmentofEnvironmentalSciencein1995.InJuly2000HughescapedsouthernAustraliatodirectTheEcologyCentreatTheUniversityofQueensland.HughisaFederationFellow(2006–2010)andDirectorofaCommonwealthEnvironmentResearchfacility.Thelabincludessixpostdoctoralresearchersand14PhDstudentsworking on empirical and theoretical aspects of biodiversity conservation.

Chris RodwellQueensland Director, Australian Industry Group (Ai Group)

Chris is a member of the Premier’s Employment Taskforce. He is also Chair of the Skills Tech Australia Council and the Industry Capability Network Advisory Committee, as well as a board member of Queensland Workplace Health and Safety and the Trade Training Taskforce. Chris began his career as a graduate with the Department of Defence, working primarily in international and industry policy areas. His first stint with Ai Group followed immediately thereafter, having originally been seconded to Ai Group’s Defence Council. Chris holds a Bachelor of Arts (Communication) degree from Charles Sturt University and graduated with the prize for Political Science.

Karyn WalshPresident, Queensland Council of Social Service (QCOSS)

KarynWalshiscurrentlypresidentofQCOSSwhichrepresentsmorethan500memberorganisationsacrossQueensland.Karynhasworkedinthedevelopmentofcommunityservicesformorethan30yearsandiscurrentlythecoordinatorofMicahProjectsSouthBrisbane. Karyn is passionate about addressing the underlying issues of poverty and inequality in the lives of Queenslanders as an essential ingredient to a fair and cohesive society.

FacilitatorsKerry O’Brienappears by arrangement with Buttrose Communicators

Kerry O’Brien is one of the most prominent and respected names in Australian journalism. He has won many accolades, including the top award in journalism, the Gold Walkley. Born in Queensland, Kerry started as a news cadet in 1966. He has worked in newspapers, wire service and television news and current affairs, as a general reporter, feature writer, political and foreign correspondent, interviewer and compere. Kerry came to The 7.30 Report, after six years as compere/interviewer of the ABC’s highly respected Lateline program. Since December 1995, Kerry has been editor and compere of the national 7.30 Report. He also anchors and moderates the ABC’s election telecasts.

Anna ReynoldsAnna Reynolds has worked in the media industry for 25 years. She started in radio, working for many years for the ABC in Sydney and Brisbane. She also worked for the 7.30 Report. In all roles, she covered state and federal politics, as well as social issues. She has worked as a media advisor to government, and for the past 11 years, has been in senior editorial positions with Queensland Newspapers. She is now Managing Editor of NewsCentral, Queensland Newspapers new production hub. She has always had an interest in broadening community involvement in public debate, and for the past seven years has been involved in the Courier-Mail’s Our Future Your Say series on growth in South East Queensland.

ModeratorsKatrina Cutler, BBS

John Dengate, Twyfords

Su Groome, Arup

Max Hardy, Twyfords

Abigail Jeffs, Straight Talk Consulting

Simon McNeilage, McNeilage and Assoc.

Amanda Newbery, BBS

Leisa Prowse, Parsons Brinckerhoff

WorkshopsAll participants will take part in workshops which, over the two days, will discuss and debate a range of opportunities and challenges created by population growth.

Each workshop group will be tasked with preparing a solutions paper which will be presented by a nominated representative at the conclusion of the summit. The paper will outline the group’s ideas, solutions and thoughts for how Queensland can continue to manage population growth effectively.

The workshops will provide an opportunity to inform the development of the Queensland Government’s future growth management policies and strategies and/or the refinement of existing policies and strategies. They will examine issues across a range of sectors including economic, environmental and social in the context of emerging issues such as rapid population growth, climate change, ageing, housing affordability and increasing reliance on private vehicles.

Group one Auditorium 1, Level 2

Group two Auditorium 2, Level 2

Group three Indemnified Gallery, Level 2

Group four Indemnified Gallery, Level 2

Group five Meeting Room 1.A, Level 1

Group six Meeting Room 1.B, Level 1

Group seven BoQ Collections Room, Level 4

General information• Nobagslargerthan30cmx35cmx10cmarepermittedonLevels2

and3oftheStateLibrary.

• NofoodordrinksarepermittedwithinLevels2,3and4oftheStateLibraryunlesswithinapproveddesignatedcateringareas.

• Youwillnotbepermittedtorecord,photographorfilmthesummit.

• TheStateLibraryofQueenslandisasmokefreevenue.

• GettingtotheStateLibraryofQueensland:

By bus Cultural Centre Busway Station in Melbourne Street.

By train South Brisbane Station, corner of Melbourne and Grey Streets.

By CityCat CityCat and City Ferry terminals are located at South Bank 1 CityCat terminal.

Bycar Paidparkingisavailableatthefollowinglocalcarparks:

– Stanley Place car park

– Queensland Art Gallery/Queensland Museum car park

– Queensland Performing Arts Centre car park

– Brisbane Convention and Exhibition Centre car park

– South Bank Parklands underground car park.

Formoreinformationvisitwww.transinfo.com.auorphone131230.

Live webcast

All keynote presentations and panel discussions will be streamed live on the summit website (www.qld.gov.au/growthsummit).

This event has helped balance the earth

The greenhouse gas emissions associated with this event will be offset through Ecofund Queensland using Australian Government accredited carbon offsets from Queensland abatement projects. Ecofund Queensland is a Queensland Government initiative to expand Queensland’s protected areas and develop Queensland’s carbon industry.

Dyan CurrieQueensland President, Planning Institute of Australia

Guy GibsonGeneral Manager, Government Relations, DelfinLendLease

Professor Brendan GleesonProfessor of Urban Policy, Griffith University

Professor Ian LowePresident, Australian Conservation Foundation

Advisory panelThe Premier convened a panel of industry experts to provide advice on the key opportunities and challenges relating to population growth for Queensland and offer expert input into the summit organising process.

Michael RaynerArchitect, Cox Rayner

Heather RidoutChief Executive Officer, Australian Industry Group

Bernard SaltAdvisor, KPMG

DPC

_204

6

Appendix 5: Summit attendees

Queensland Growth Management Summit, Organisations represented Community representatives*# Premier of Queensland Federal Treasurer Deputy Premier and Minister for Health Treasurer and Minister for Employment and Economic Development Minister for Climate Change and Sustainability Minister for Community Services and Housing and Minister for Women Minister for Infrastructure and Planning Minister for Local Government and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Partnerships Minister for Main Roads Minister for Natural Resources, Mines, Energy and Minister for Trade Minister for Primary Industries, Fisheries, Rural and Regional Queensland Minister for Transport Agforce Queensland ANZ Retail Banking Arup Australian Conservation Foundation Australian Council of New Urbanism Australian Green Development Forum* Australian Industry Group* Australian Resident and Managers Association Australian Sugar Milling Council Australia TradeCoast BDO Kendalls Better Place Australia Bicycle Queensland Brisbane Airport Corporation Brisbane City Council* Brisbane Development Association Brisbane Housing Company* Brisbane Institute Buckley Vann Town Planning Building Services Authority Bundaberg Regional Council Cairns Regional Council Cement, Concrete and Aggregates Australia Centre for Subtropical Design Chamber of Commerce and Industry of Queensland Civil Contractors Federation of Queensland Committee for Economic Development of Australia Construction, Forestry, Mining and Energy Union Construction Skills Queensland Council of Mayors (South East Queensland) Council on the Ageing Queensland Courier Mail Cox Rayner Architects Deicke Richards Delfin Lend Lease Department of Communities* Department of Employment, Economic Development and Innovation Department of Environment and Resource Management

* More than one attendee from this organisation # Randomly selected from those that registered interest in attending via the website Appendix 5: Page 1 of 3 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Department of Infrastructure and Planning* Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Local Government Department of Public Works Department of Premier and Cabinet Department of Transport and Main Roads Engineers Australia Environment Business Ethnic Communities Council of Queensland Friends of SEQ GHD Gladstone Regional Council Gold Coast City Council* Green Cross Australia Greening Australia Griffith University* Growcom Gympie Regional Council Housing Industry Association * Infrastructure Association of Queensland* Institution of Surveyors and Town Planners Ipswich City Council* James Cook University Keep Australia Beautiful – Queensland KPMG* Library Board of Queensland Local Government Association of Queensland* Logan City Council* Mackay Regional Council Maiwar Aboriginal Corporation Macquarie Bank Maranoa Regional Council Mirvac Moreton Bay Regional Council* National Climate Change Adaptation Research Facility National Parks Association of Queensland National Trust of Queensland Neighbourhood Planning and Development Assessment Committee Parsons Brinckerhoff Planning Institute of Australia Property Council of Australia* Queensland Bus Industry Council Queensland Conservation Council Queensland Council of Social Services Queensland Farmers’ Federation* Queensland Major Contractors Association Queensland Resource Council* Queensland Tourism and Industry Council Queensland Treasury Queensland Water Commission Royal Automobile Club of Queensland Rail Back on Track Real Estate Institute of Queensland Redland City Council* Regional Development Australia – Ipswich and West Moreton Regional Development Australia – Mackay and Whitsunday Regional Landscape and Open Space Committee * More than one attendee from this organisation # Randomly selected from those that registered interest in attending via the website

Appendix 5: Page 2 of 3 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Appendix 5: Page 3 of 3 Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management Summit

Regional National Resource Management Groups Collective Rockhampton Regional Council Royal Australian Institute of Architects Real Property Data Scenic Rim Regional Council* South East Queensland Catchments South East Queensland Traditional Owners Land and Sea Management Alliance Somerset Regional Council* South Bank Corporation Springfield Land Corporation St Vincent de Paul Society State Library of Queensland Stockland Suncorp Sunshine Coast Regional Council* Sustainable Population Australia* Taxi Council of Queensland The Wilderness Society of Queensland Toowoomba Regional Council* Townsville City Council Townsville Enterprise Ltd Uniting Care University of Queensland* Urban Development Institute of Australia* Urban Futures Brisbane Urban Land Development Authority Urbis* Waste Contractors and Recyclers Association of Queensland Wildlife Preservation Society of Queensland Winton Shire Council Woods Bagot Youngcare Youth Affairs Network of Queensland * More than one attendee from this organisation # Randomly selected from those that registered interest in attending via the website

1111 - 1 - 1

Page 1 of 23

COMMUNIQUÉ Tuesday 30 and Wednesday 31 March 2010 State Library of Queensland, South Brisbane Queenslanders unite to discuss divergent views The Premier of Queensland, The Honourable Anna Bligh MP hosted the Queensland Growth Management Summit on Tuesday 30 and Wednesday 31 March 2010 in Brisbane. Queensland’s population could double by 2050. Population growth presents an opportunity to boost Queensland’s economy, vibrancy and diversity. But it poses challenges for the environment, lifestyle and creates more demand for infrastructure and services like transport and health. The summit was convened to respond to the community’s concerns about population growth and to identify new strategies to ensure long-term sustainable solutions for all Queenslanders. The event was facilitated by Kerry O’Brien and Anna Reynolds and addressed by the Honourable Anna Bligh MP, the Federal Treasurer, the Honourable Wayne Swan MP, and Lord Mayor Campbell Newman. It was attended by ten State Government Ministers and mayors from cities and towns throughout Queensland. These government leaders and members of the public joined international, Australian and local experts and leaders in planning, development, infrastructure, sustainability, industry and economics to debate the pros and cons of population growth and to develop a shared vision for Queensland’s future. Members of the public were selected at random from those who registered an interest to attend in early March. Thousands of Queenslanders have been directly involved in the summit and associated events. Other Queenslanders that could not attend the summit itself joined in the conversation with proceedings streamed live on the internet. Questions were invited both prior to and during the live streaming of the event. By the end of the summit, more than 10 000 Queenslanders had visited the Queensland Growth Management Summit website and almost 800 completed a survey. Another 1600 experimented with scenarios to accommodate future growth.

2222 - 2 - 2

Page 2 of 23

Key addresses Premier of Queensland, The Honourable Anna Bligh MP • Population growth is one of the biggest issues of our time. • Yet growth can also make Queensland more liveable,

prosperous and sustainable. • The Southbank precinct, the venue for the summit, is a great

example of the opportunities growth can bring. What was once an unattractive light industrial precinct is now one of the best urban spaces in Australia. It has one of the best public beaches, is home to 3000 people and has a range of cultural and entertainment venues.

• A population cap is not realistic. New research from Professor Martin Bell at University of Queensland indicates that we would need to export 10 000 Queenslanders each year for 40 years just to offset natural increase.

• The South East Queensland Regional Plan has been widely supported. It promises the answers to growth. But delivery of the plan requires constant monitoring and implementation can be improved.

• Four strategies for managing growth were articulated: o Greener communities: more open space, parks and recreation opportunities

within the urban footprint. A new 3.9 hectare riverfront parkland at Indooroopilly in the old government science precinct was announced. Idea for self-contained “15-minute neighbourhoods” where places to live, work and play can be reached within 15 minutes’ walk.

o Better public transport and infrastructure: capitalising on the critical mass of population to enable government to upgrade and transform our transport infrastructure and services.

o Better planning and approval processes: getting housing to market sooner and re-examining infrastructure plans and charging, creating more certainty for developers and more flexibility around payment timeframes. The Premier called for practical ideas including considering an overhaul of governance and legislation.

o Stronger regional growth. It was suggested that perhaps it is time to nominate a second capital city for Queensland, for example Townsville, and recharge the State by capitalising on new industry investment in the resources sector.

3333 - 3 - 3

Page 3 of 23

Federal Treasurer, The Honourable Wayne Swan, MP • The annual growth in Queensland’s population could fill Lang Park twice over. • It is not just the size of the population but the composition of the population that

creates the challenge. In 2050, one quarter of our population will be aged 65 years or older, compared to 13% today. As the population ages, there is an expected decline in the proportion of the working age population at a time when health expenditure costs will increase dramatically.

• The Federal Government predicts that Australia could grow from 22 to 35.9 million by 2050. This is based on projections only. It is not a population target or cap. The government has a responsibility to produce these projections so we can assess the challenge and the size of the issue ahead.

• Australia should not promote growth for ‘growth’s sake’. We should ensure population growth does not detract from social cohesion and impact our environment but recognise the contribution of population growth, along with increased participation and productivity, towards economic prosperity.

• Federal Treasury modelling has projected a $70 billion increase in real GDP to 2013-14 as a result of the resource boom and suggested that as a nation we should take hold of this momentum and build a policy and investment framework for the future.

• Further Treasury modelling has shown that if we limited the population growth rate to 0.8% per annum, we would exacerbate the ageing of our population and GDP growth would be limited by 17% by 2050.

• The Australian Government is investing in our major cities. It is funding new infrastructure and reforming skilled migration. State and Territory Migration Plans will identify and target skilled occupations in demand in different States and Territories. Infrastructure Australia is tasked with prioritising infrastructure where it is needed most.

• The answer is not to stop growing but to grow differently in order to manage the effects of growth on our environment and our lifestyles.

4444 - 4 - 4

Page 4 of 23

Chair, South East Queensland Council of Mayors, Lord Mayor Campbell Newman • There are seven policy imperatives that South East

Queensland Mayors agree should be progressed: o Population policy must ease pressure on

growth. A more effective Federal population policy for Australia is needed. It is the responsibility of the Federal Government to make the case for the level of population growth we need to offset the effect of our ageing population and keep our economy strong. State and local governments need access to this information to help plan for growth.

o The community must have a say on where and how growth occurs. State and Federal Governments, having set higher level policy and targets, should allow local governments, working with their local communities, to articulate where and how the growth will be accommodated. Some areas want more growth, some less and this should be respected.

o We all need to continue our commitment to the SEQ Regional Plan, urban footprint and SEQ Infrastructure Plan and Program. These plans need Federal Government financial support, including commitment for the additional infrastructure and services that our growing population demands.

o Develop a vision and partnership approach to planning for growth and infrastructure, including public transport. Local government seeks to be more involved with State and Federal governments on how infrastructure can be better planned, funded and delivered.

o Develop a better understanding of the relationship between housing affordability and housing choices. We need to ensure the balance of greenfield and infill targets is right and recognises market choices.

o Promote regional, sub-regional and rural economic development and jobs. This must involve policies of decentralising population growth and employment, both across SEQ and the State. This should include removing barriers to growth, increasing incentives, implementing infrastructure funding models such as value capture and possibly expanding the role of the ULDA in working closer with local government.

5555 - 5 - 5

Page 5 of 23

o Acknowledge and promote successes in planning and commit to continuous improvement.

o State and local government need to promote exemplar projects. We also need to assure residents that compact development in centres and along established transit corridors will ensure that 93% of Brisbane will not be materially affected by population growth, protecting the timber and tin character of Brisbane.

Australian Demographer and Author, Bernard Salt • UN projections show the world population will reach 9.2 billion people in 2070. At

this ‘peak humanity’ point, the globe’s population size is projected to plateau to between 8 and 9 billion.

• We should not panic in response to the recent population growth spike in Australia. This level of population growth is not expected to continue into the future – it is largely due to large numbers of temporary overseas entrants and ex-pat Australians returning home as a result of the global financial crisis. Since then temporary overseas entry requirements have been tightened up.

• The next 10 years will be vastly different. We need to make important decisions for the future now.

• Queensland is at the leading edge of the growth occurring in Australia. It has the largest growth of any of the States and Territories. Of Australia’s ten largest growing municipalities, six are in Queensland, five in the South-East.

• We will need to introduce a combination of other solutions to counter the effect of our ageing population such as working longer, paying more tax, raising our retirement age, increasing compulsory superannuation contributions, and reducing retiree benefits.

• To manage the effects of population growth on the environment and our lifestyles, we should provide water tanks and solar panels on every house, regionalise population growth, increase inner city densities particularly around public transport stations, halve the size of our house blocks, and create ‘mosaic’ cities which provide self contained centres with a mix of jobs and housing.

6666 - 6 - 6

Page 6 of 23

Briefing from International Journalist and Author, David Owen • David Owen presented a perspective on inner city living based

on his experience as a resident of Manhattan. He argued that compact living can lead to reduced reliance on oil consumption, and waste, demand for heating, cooling and electricity and a smaller carbon footprint.

• We are good at creating tools to address the impact on the environment of individual people, appliances, cars and buildings but we need a system wide response.

• It is not just about density. We need people and their destinations to be located in close proximity. He noted that there are more jobs in Brisbane CBD than residents limiting Brisbane’s potential for self-containment.

• Public transport is not viable without enough residents close by to support it. It is difficult to deliver public transport services without density and similarly density without public transport so we need to strive for both at the same time.

• We need to be careful that our solutions don’t make the problems worse. If we build more roads to counter traffic congestion, residents may switch back to their cars.

7777 - 7 - 7

Page 7 of 23

Briefing from Australian Macroeconomist and Author, Chris Richardson • Economic growth is a function of the ‘3 Ps’ – population,

productivity and participation. The three are all interconnected. Population has not shifted GDP significantly. Productivity is the biggest contributor to our economy. It is not everything but it is almost everything.

• The World’s developing countries are expected to have gains in their working age populations leading to greater productivity potential while developed countries are expecting losses. Australia is well positioned while we continue to add overseas migrants to our working age population.

• Strong population growth and committed infrastructure spending; along with the good health of banks, Australian Government stimulus packages, and a sharp drop in the Australian dollar (2008); all contributed to the prosperity of the Federal and State economies during the recent global financial crisis.

• While most of the developed countries will experience a slow recovery from the global financial crisis, Australia is well positioned because we export to the developing countries.

• Queensland and Western Australia will be the ongoing drivers in the Australian economy. Unlike other states, Queensland responded well to the global financial crisis through the government’s capital spend ensuring the economy and employment rate were able to recover quickly.

• Queensland’s economy is likely to recover in late 2010 and the recovery will be strengthened by the resource sector.

• Although there is current high population growth, this is expected to ease, and we will need to shift our focus towards boosting the participation and productivity of the work force.

8888 - 8 - 8

Page 8 of 23

Briefing from Environmental Planner and adjunct Professor, Jim McKnoulty • Liveability means different things to different people and our

views change over our lifetime. • The density of our housing is not a determinant of liveability.

Life in an apartment can mean more access to larger areas for recreation that you do not need to maintain, more everyday destinations in walking distance and more contact with neighbours.

• Car dependence is impacting on affordability and liveability. • Adaptable housing products enable residents to stay in a

house throughout their lifetime. We need to focus more on planning the neighbourhood and the street and less on planning individual sites.

• We need green space in high density areas to compensate for the private space people are giving up.

• Our regulatory system needs to be less process focussed. It currently focuses on individual problems rather than big picture outcomes, is hindered by competing agency interests and biased to engineering and infrastructure requirements. More consideration of high quality and detailed urban design is needed. We need to demonstrate to people what good design can achieve. A solution may be to provide more performance-based incentives for development leaders.

• We have the visions and the foundations in our regional plans. Implementing, monitoring and fine tuning is now what is needed. Smart growth leads to creative partnerships and good outcomes.

9999 - 9 - 9

Page 9 of 23

Record of discussion The summit comprised four panel discussions considering questions from attendees and others and a series of workshops seeking ideas and responses to pre-selected questions. Prosperity panel discussion

• There was a wide range of views about population growth’s contribution to prosperity. Some say that gross domestic product growth does not equal happiness.

• The role of the resources boom in Queensland’s prosperity was discussed, and that there will be continued strong demand for skilled employment.

• The challenge in planning for the resource regions was articulated, as well as the need to better align infrastructure investment and delivery to these regions.

• There was a call to attract more permanent and sustainable populations in resource communities through social infrastructure and service provision, countering fly-in fly-out characteristic of resource communities.

• Regional centres were identified as key players in the regionalisation of the State. • The contribution of the property and development industry towards Queensland’s

growing economy should be recognised. Prosperity workshop results – participant responses

10101010 - 10 - 10

Page 10 of 23

11111111 - 11 - 11

Page 11 of 23

There is confidence that growth will contribute to a stronger economy in Queensland but a lesser degree of confidence that growth will bring improved access to infrastructure and services. The desire to build our regions is very strongly shared by this group – with strong support for the idea, although there remains skepticism that this will relieve population pressures in SEQ.

12

Sustainability panel discussion

• Most speakers agreed the environment should be central to our considerations. • It was argued population growth in the past has led to a declining environment. There

is no certainty that we have stabilised the impact of growth on the natural environment. • It was suggested an urban footprint helps minimise the impact of urban sprawl on the

natural environment. • It was noted the current intergenerational report was the first report to include a review

of community wellbeing and environmental sustainability. • The importance of wildlife corridors was highlighted using current projects showing

different scales – from local developments through to linking regional national parks. • The audience questioned whether economic prosperity would come at a cost of

species loss, soil degradation and diminishing urban forests. • It was suggested Logan can take environmental pressures of growth off Brisbane and

the Gold Coast, and still maintain 70% of the City as ‘green space’. • There was debate of what takes primacy – it was argued the economy was a

subsidiary of the environment, and our lifestyles are a subsidiary of the environment. • The challenge of global oil reduction and the implications for future transport and

freight were highlighted. • Some solutions were suggested, including a plant at Dalby that is creating diesel

from coal-seam gas and CO2-digesting algae that produces enough biodiesel to deliver 30% of North Queensland’s diesel needs.

Sustainability workshop results – participant responses

131313

Our urban areas are clearly ripe for a transformation towards greater sustainability – with a very strong sense that growth can help bring about this transformation. And there is a belief technology and motivation will help mitigate the impacts of population growth on the environment, including impacts on waterways, air quality and natural habitats.

141414

Liveability panel discussion • The Premier suggested there needs to be a national population policy. There was

strong support amongst panellists for nationally consistent and accurate population growth forecasts so that states and local governments can plan for growth effectively.

• The need for a long-term infrastructure plan, with an investment plan, was supported by delegates. A question from a community member raised the challenge of how we supply infrastructure, such as schools, to support our growing communities.

• Whilst there was debate for and against growth, the SEQ community is split 50/50. • Housing affordability is a challenge, particularly the lack of affordable medium density

dwellings. There are opportunities for development assessment process improvements. But there are also greenfield supply challenges – both land and the lack of competition in delivery of housing. Delegates highlighted the need to recognise the full cost of our lifestyles, including travel.

• The public needs greater awareness and engagement in regional planning. There is a need to involve the community more in the choices we all need to make as we plan for growth. We need demonstrations of medium density development to highlight the positive benefits.

• There was debate over the veracity of evidence about the real cost of providing infrastructure to greenfield development as opposed to infill development.

Liveability workshop results – participant responses

151515

Our love of the motor vehicle needs to be rethought as this summit very clearly believes we need to reduce our reliance on them - and that we should create more compact cities to help us get around more easily. And our future is clearly mixed – but in a good way. The group clearly articulated a desire for a mix of housing choice – with a preference for medium density in appropriate areas, as well as high density in transport corridors.

161616

Snapshot of ideas from the summit The following represents a snapshot of some of the ideas proposed at the summit: Prosperity Regionalisation

• Promote the key features of the regions with business and industry to encourage investment.

• Investigate incentives for businesses to locate to the regions (e.g. stamp duty, banking and taxes).

• Market and maintain quality of life values of each region (e.g. access to nature, short travel time); and ensure any regionalisation strategy includes appropriate investment in cultural, lifestyle and entertainment opportunities, social resources, health and community services.

• Provide good connectivity to regions, including information and communications technology (ICT), public transport and affordable inter-city travel.

• Deliver a coordinated governance structure to support growth in the regions, including appointment of regional coordinators or Coordinators-General.

• Target new population growth at locations which already have the necessary infrastructure, or invest in quality infrastructure in order to attract interest of developers and people to locate in the regions.

• Provide career opportunities to attract and retain residents in regions (e.g. attract related enterprise, create “centres of expertise” and government career paths).

• Decentralise government offices/functions to regional cities and outside the central business district to drive population growth and regional jobs (e.g. establish a “reward points system” for rurally-based public servants and departments issuing expressions of interest to employees willing to relocate).

• Implement the Blueprint for the Bush.

Infrastructure and services • Use high speed broadband, water, power and transport to promote lower

consumption in the economy. • Build on existing infrastructure through multi-use and weekend use of infrastructure

and technology (e.g. use university facilities during holidays). • Capture uplift value from development to fund infrastructure. • Utilise Private Public Partnerships to support forward investment in infrastructure.

171717

Productivity • Encourage collaboration between businesses, research and education sectors. • Target education and research to meet community and industry need. • Establish a regional network of local small to medium enterprise business / learning

hubs and incubators. • Establish mentoring programs to transfer knowledge and skills from older/established

workers to emerging businesses. • Develop funding models (e.g. venture capital) to support innovation, research and

development into clean technology. • Streamline business and planning processes (e.g. development approvals) to

increase productivity. • Understand, develop and support stronger local economies (e.g. through diversified

industries and populations).

Sustainability

Sustainable urban development • Legislate to facilitate proactive compensation for environmental losses caused by

development. This concept could be extended to social impacts. • Plan, design and retrofit homes to reduce energy use and greenhouse gas emissions

through strong pricing signals, energy reduction strategy, real time information and regular reporting.

• Focus on precinct-wide ecologically sustainable development (as against building by building).

• Prioritise whole-of-life sustainability with emphasis on lifecycle over capital cost. • Embrace sustainable building design including natural ventilation and smart metering.

Implement through changing pricing structure, restructuring loans to reflect running costs of houses and legislative and banking change.

• Identify and maintain urban footprints. • Provide development bonuses for high performance environmental outcomes.

181818

Natural environment • Plan around defined ecological corridors and watercourses. • Extend the use of environmental levies to assist local governments, where necessary,

to map and prioritise habitat and ecological values and outdoor recreation (including local food production and the restoration of habitat). Use levies to fund councils to oversee the preservation and maintenance of these values.

• Understand the baseline to more precisely establish limits/capacity/impacts to ensure any developments balance human activity with the environment. Develop regulations that define criteria.

• Consider down-zoning vulnerable areas. • Fund protection of large scale high conservation value areas using biodiversity and

carbon offsets. • Create a more coordinated linked network of open spaces and environments within

the urban footprint. • Demonstrate concerted leadership to restore waterways.

Education, research and monitoring • Educate community to understand their individual and community impact on and

responsibility for the environment. • Education about and for sustainability – it is not an add on or elective, it is at the core. • Reward and incentivise research and development around environmental

stewardship. • Implement a ‘Small is Beautiful’ campaign to address conspicuous consumption, by

demonstrating it can be fulfilling to live smaller. • Focus the community to achieve sustainability targets for energy, waste and public

transport (e.g. Target 140) through targets, tools for households, engaging locally at the kitchen and staffroom tables, and monitoring and reporting to community on progress.

• Develop a charter of sustainability principles for three levels of government and personal responsibility charter.

• Undertake a five-yearly independent evidence based review of carrying capacity of the environment to inform integrated regional plans.

• Use economic drivers: pricing transport, water and energy for sustainability (e.g. tax deductible or user pays to encourage sustainable behaviour).

• Build environment stewardship by getting kids out of the classrooms and into the environment from a young age and promoting ‘hands on’ involvement in community projects.

191919

• Value ecosystem services on a whole-of-life basis. • Provide incentives to fund: transitional infrastructure to

harness new technology (e.g. mega-renewable energy parks and soil carbon farming).

• Adopt an adaptive management approach which responds to sustainability innovation.

Liveability

Transport

• Trial three integrated innovative public travel solutions using non-mass transit modes to provide door-to-door services.

• Establish targets to decrease private motor vehicle ownership per household, and increase proportion of public and active transport trips.

• Produce a cycle network plan in all regional plans, with state and local government to jointly fund retrofit of missing links identified in network.

• Increase percentage of transport spend on active transport. • Include active transport in all new community developments based on strategic

network plans. • Ensure all new urban roads to have safe bikeways and walkways. • Conduct an active transport audit in all schools. • Include end-of-trip facilities as a planning requirement for developments (e.g. work

place, shops, community centres, recreational places and storage in high and medium density living).

• Implement a policy of pricing for public transport to encourage use (e.g. free outside peak hours).

• Promote car pooling, smaller cars, motorbikes/cycling/walking. • Better utilise existing infrastructure (e.g. the Exhibition line, Beaudesert to City, and

Sherwood to Yeronga rail. • Extend ferry services with more stops and longer runs up and down the river. • “All you can eat” memberships to public transport (i.e. no-limit access passes). • Integrate well-planned feeder services with the rail network using coordinated bus,

light rail routes, as well as bicycles.

202020

Housing • Mandate model codes for inclusion in local government planning schemes for a

range of housing products – different lots, size. • Ensure state and local regulatory framework enables innovation in construction which

improves affordability (e.g. preconstruction, cottage building techniques, soundproofing, lifecycle and living costs, introduce ecological sustainable development).

• Free up under-utilised housing by relocating small households to new housing which meets their needs

• Partnerships with government on surplus land • Partnerships on discounted rentals across all levels of government • Realign social housing mix in middle ring suburbs to reflect changing demographics

and aspirations to remain in their existing community.

Settlement patterns • Create flexibility in zones to permit mixed use. • Promote the emergence of local hubs by:

o Making local public transport more accessible and convenient, which is more community focussed, less corridor focused.

o Improving local community infrastructure/social infrastructure o Local environmental improvements (e.g. street planting).

• Reform regulation to encourage innovation that is outcome focused. • Demonstrate through exemplary case studies that high density environments can

provide high quality amenity, convenience and personal fulfilment. • Lead community change in attitude by showcasing innovative and diverse examples

of the benefits of medium to high density living (e.g. demonstration projects, awards for projects and precincts, incentives for local governments to plan for and facilitate these developments).

• Incentivise acceptance of higher density living (e.g. use of First Home Owners Grant). • Increase housing occupancy through tax incentives, more flexible planning and dual

use housing. • Cluster mixed medium to high density housing around communally owned facilities. • Ensure density is located around public transport nodes where open space amenity

can best be provided. • Ensure infrastructure leads rather than follows development (i.e. “build it and they

will come”).

212121

Urban design • Extend six-star green ratings to precincts. • Embed urban design as fundamental to urban renewal in regional centres. • Build communities instead of just subdividing land. • Strengthen and promote ‘Queensland Design Strategy 2020’ in relation to

urban design. • Ensure community ownership of urban design outcomes. • Expedite delivery of five to ten “hot spots” to create models of urban quality . • Design rather than just plan growth precincts before they are released to market in

order to ensure delivery of quality, affordability and amenity. • Ensure the design of transport infrastructure is as important as the design of the

places they connect. • Design infrastructure giving regard to visual amenity, greenspace and

community connectivity. • Do an urban design critique assessment before and after development

of infrastructure. • Articulate design parameters for growth precincts in advance of detailed design. • Develop Queensland cities as world’s best practice in tropical and subtropical design. • Create an urban design tradition that is characteristic of Queensland. • Use Commonwealth Games bid on Gold Coast as an exemplar project for social

inclusion, sustainable design and active transport

Building social capital • Elevate community services planning to an equal status

as physical infrastructure planning and ensure both are done upfront.

• Fund programs which encourage social connectedness. • Ensure and retain diversity through the planning of diverse

residential spaces that appeal across age groups and income levels.

• Require and enforce Social Impact Management Plans. • Mandate mixed generational and affordability criteria

(e.g. minimum percentage of affordable housing for all developments, mix of housing types and co-location of facilities).

• Develop and mandate regional social plans.

222222

Regional planning • Make regional plans a one stop shop to incorporate all layers of State planning

policies (e.g. biodiversity, arable land, no-go zones, environmental linkages, economic hotspots etc).

• Expand the Urban Land Development Authority, including additional powers (such as compulsory acquisition and value capture) and sites, with more proactive partnership with not for profit agencies to develop affordable housing.

• No more greenfield development. • Develop a Strategic Growth Centres Framework that identifies proposals for

sustainable growth, to be overseen by a Queensland Regional Growth Management Authority and implemented by Regional Development Corporations.

• Protect good quality agricultural land from mining, forestry, urban sprawl and use regional planning to manage speculative development/rezoning.

232323

Next steps This summit has been the catalyst to get Queenslanders thinking about population growth. It has generated a range of new and exciting ideas from across the state about how all tiers of government, industry and the community can together forge the solutions required to deliver our shared vision for a liveable, prosperous and sustainable Queensland. Queenslanders can continue to contribute to this conversation by going to www.qld.gov.au/growthsummit where they can read more about the issues, explore future growth scenarios, and provide feedback, suggestions or ideas. By mid-April, the Queensland Government will release a record of summit proceedings including workshop outcomes, a podcast of the summit and presentation notes. By mid-May, the Queensland Government will release a full consultation report, including analysis of all consultation associated with the summit. This report will also outline the associated engagement including market research, SEQ Futures, scenario modelling, the Get Involved survey and public submissions - along with Government’s proposed actions to progress key ideas and initiatives. Effectively managing growth will require an ongoing partnership with all three levels of government. Local, state and federal governments each play an important role. But most importantly, the summit is the start of a dialogue with Queenslanders about the opportunities and challenges that come with growth, and an opportunity to shape the future of Queensland.

1 Page 1 of 58

Workshop outcomes This is an account of the workshop notes recorded at each of the seven facilitated workshops during the two days of the summit. This account is not Government policy. The account should be read in conjunction with the Workshop PowerPoint presentations that focus on each of the groups’ top ideas.

Prosperity Workshop 1 Top ideas: Strategic growth centres framework to encourage, manage or respond to population and economic growth We propose that government develop a Strategic Growth Centres Framework based on realistic, value case principles that encourage regional communities and/or local government authorities to identify proposals for sustainable growth. The following (suggested but not exhaustive) prerequisites to qualify for government support are: • identification of employment creating industries including relocation of government businesses • adequate future development space – industry and housing needs • sustainable population target options/limits • identified infrastructure needs/development plans • to support incentivise and encourage innovation, federal, state and local governments will

fund these plans through (eg.) – o differential tax arrangements (tax free zones, payroll tax, stamp duty, zonal taxes) o capital works subsidies o development bonds o low interest loans

To facilitate this plan government is to establish a Queensland Regional Growth Management Authority. Regional Development Corporations would be established to implement an approved Growth Centre Strategy.

Other ideas:

Q1 - What could we (ie. business/industry, community and/or Government) do to encourage population growth in the regions? • Remove the mandatory population/dwelling targets in the South East Queensland (SEQ)

Regional Plan and treat them as projections allowing Councils and their communities to determine the capacity of the region/city based on opportunities and constraints

• Establish a mechanism for a revolving local infrastructure fund

2 Page 2 of 58

• Understand not all regions are the same (eg. resource communities = low unemployment but not enough people vs. lifestyle communities = higher unemployment but too many retirees.

• Decentralise “government” jobs. But need to make sure it is logical for a department to be relocated

• Check land supply – are blocks being land banked? Opportunity for infill. SEQ is still a big area • Play to the strengths of the region – build on opportunity (eg. co-location of army base) • Reward development in appropriate locations – stimulate growth with fees, charges,

concessions incentives • Payroll tax/incentives for jobs in target location • Plan infrastructure to facilitate growth rather than try to fix a problem • Government departments (eg. Department of Transport and Main Roads) should be more

strategic instead of playing catch up • Help regions to develop their own capacity to “make their own luck” and deal better

with challenges • Use community planning/statutory regional plans to create a vision and more certainty • Build regional cities into “Tertiary” cities with all the infrastructure and social/liveability to

attract more people and expand that out to become Strategic Regions • Local govt must be included in planning major infrastructure (often this is driven by the state

with little consultation) • Don’t waste energy trying to “fight the tide” but encourage growth in appropriate areas • Hard to benefit from mining boom when workers want to fly-in fly-out • Best employees are often local – better to grow your existing residents so they can

compete for jobs • Affordability and loss of contact with family are major barriers to moving to regions • Can’t just offer one job – often a couple won’t move unless both have a job to go to • Lifestyle is still the reason why people stay in an area • Help with transition/moving costs • Exemption of stamp duty – offer tax breaks/grants • Regions have unique economic drivers that can be exploited to stimulate growth • Reduce costs of going there and establishing themselves • People naturally attracted to water (sea change) • Support regions in joint marketing programs to attract work • Support business relocating to more appropriate areas • Better infrastructure –water/sewerage/roads/drainage • Government should be less reactive and more strategic in planning and delivering infrastructure Q2 - How can we maximise the economic benefits of population growth while taking care of the environment? • Smart targets and reporting in Act and regional plans. Clearly define descriptions of the

meaning of sustainability targets and develop measurables ie. benchmarks that are linked to the descriptors

• Government to be less reactive and more strategic in decision making. Decisions to be supported by long-term planning processes which go beyond electoral cycles

3 Page 3 of 58

• Recognise existing plans eg. 80%/20% open-space balance in SEQ Regional Plan and manage environmental assets within the urban 20%

• Accounting for costs of population growth and opportunity effect of these on social investment • Valuing/pricing ecosystem services and preserving these • Avoiding expenditure on unsustainable “business as usual” models of growth • Abundance of regional resource assets results in underpricing and over-exploitation eg.

sandstone crushed to make concrete • Recognise all major regional sustainability indicators are going backwards • Expending too much on major infrastructure and not enough on green infrastructure • Need more environmental infrastructure investments • Need targets for sustainability objectives and cost of not achieving them • Marketing of value of ecosystem services and creating “owners” of ecosystem services • Better economic models that account for sustainability • Need better accounting of benefits of growth – why is Queensland Government in debt after

30 years of growth? • Lack of council understanding of growth and sustainability issues and lack of capacity

(skills/finance/tools) to manage • Problem of long-distance economic activity effects on the environment eg. upper catchment

effects on Moreton Bay • Redirect 1% of SEQ Infrastructure Plan and Program (SEQIPP) to green infrastructure • Need clear and extensive scientific based knowledge to establish current environmental

stressor and levers • Seek goal of zero net local, regional, global environmental load from population growth

Q3 - What more could we do to increase Queensland’s productivity, and to meet Govt’s target for a 50% increase in the proportion of Queensland businesses that undertake research and development or innovation? • Rebates and tax incentives (Federal Government) • Public access to data, costs of research for small/start-up business • Lead/attract Commonwealth research centres to Queensland (attracts people) • Selling/realising ideas - what are the barriers to international market and production? • Help business with shared interests to partner • Community sector has huge potential to contribute • Provision of affordable space in spatially aligned hubs/centres/corridors • Increase research and innovation in business? • Encourage partnerships between research organisations and business • Excellent Information Communication Technology (ICT) infrastructure • Regionalise centre associated with regional industry – Townsville/Gladstone • Spatial and non-spatial connectivity • Direct support by Government for research through scholarship, exchange, marketing and

promoting innovative businesses • Good decisions are stifled by 3-year election cycle

4 Page 4 of 58

Workshop 2 Top ideas: • Encourage population growth in regions:

o Now: inform and educate about each Qld region, as they are: o Articulate the realities and key features o Undertake broad engagement with local communities within the regions, all levels

of governments and throughout the country with business and other stakeholders • Encourage population growth in regions:

o Future: understand, develop and enact ‘functional economies’ (diverse industry base, size and diversity of population, endogenous in its effects)

Government leadership: moving functions as anchor, government owned companies (GOC) relocations

Hubs and Spokes idea: functional economy as an anchor – smaller communities serviced from there (health, education, other services)

• Requires good connectivity: ICT, public transport, regular visiting services, ecologically sustainable development (ESD)

• Increase productivity o State government should undertake an identification of key issues in consultation with

all relevant groups and publish relevant reports o State government should then undertake consultation to establish actions required for

productivity increases o Reconfirm and/or recalibration of policy initiatives for SEQ and regional areas to

achieve the required productivity outcomes while still achieving ESD o Research and development may be required to address areas of uncertainty and

opportunities for innovation o Streamline approval processes to encourage productivity and ESD through increased

simplicity and lower approval cost • Infrastructure

o State government should provide leadership to implement transitional infrastructure that will promote required change outcomes (ie. lower consumption economy), this includes the provision of high speed broadband, water, power and transport

o Create better delivery systems, including staged implementation of infrastructure delivery

o Search for new funding arrangements, consider models from elsewhere (eg. overseas) • Maximising economic benefits while taking care of the environment

o Plan around defined ecological corridors and watercourses o Extend the use of environmental levies to assist local governments, where necessary,

to map and prioritise habitat and ecological values and outdoor recreation (including local food production and the restoration of habitat). Use levy to fund councils to oversee the preservation and maintenance of these values

5 Page 5 of 58

Other ideas:

Q1 - What could we (ie. business/industry, community and/or Government) do to encourage population growth in the regions? Regional Planning • Develop long term plans – 5 to 10 years • Plan for required tertiary and high quality secondary facilities • Plan and provide required social infrastructure, including health, parks, education and

community facilities • Provide required infrastructure, including shopping, education, health and hard infrastructure

eg. roads, highways • Jobs need to be sustainable jobs • All development should be ecologically sustainable development • Maintain a Broad strategic horizon • If necessary encourage changes to local industries eg. Newcastle planned for changes to

attract people Regional promotion • Provide and promote opportunities for improved lifestyle and quality of lifestyle – this will

require cultural “anchors”, and the provision of quality urban and open space development • Provide and promote high quality tertiary and secondary education facilities • Promote affordable housing • Define and promote regional character • Developing a pull strategy rather than a push strategy – promote the vision for the region,

including education within the region, including characteristics such as vitality • Encourage advocacy for the region to communicate advantages such as friendliness, and

cleanliness of the towns • Good leadership is required to promote regionalisation and sell the key messages • Promote the benefit of shorter travel times for live, work and play (which is generally not

achievable in urban areas • Communicate quality of life factors and the perception of regional character Regional actions• Provide required high quality tertiary and secondary education facilities • If necessary ensure a critical mass of government departments relocating to underpin regional

development • Provide business development incentives (eg. payroll tax relief) • Provide jobs building on an area’s strength, and ensure diversity of jobs, and ensure jobs are

sustainable • Provide required social infrastructure, including health, parks, education and community

facilities • Provide all required hard infrastructure, including shopping, education, health and roads • Encourage affordable and diverse housing • Consider incentives such as lower rates and taxes, lower utilities costs and affordable health care Other • Consider requiring all overseas migrants to settle outside of metropolitan regions for specific period

6 Page 6 of 58

Q2 - How can we maximise the economic benefits of population growth while taking care of the environment? Urban design • Better and more clever urban design • Demonstrate obvious benefits of growth via good urban design • Provide incentives for sustainable and innovative design • Don’t specialise urban development – we need diversity of development • Undertake lifecycle analysis of housing and development, to better understand the real costs

of urban environment • Plan for “mosaic communities” • Encourage subtropical design for the built form that addresses regional requirements including

consideration of local climate and lifestyles – the requirements in South East Queensland will be different to those in Far North Queensland for example

Planning for environment • Consider the introduction of a regional environmental levy paid by all taxpayers • Acquire open space for ecological and recreational purposes • Ensure connection of ecological areas • Retreat from ecologically sensitive areas and water courses and concentrate on the high

ground • Encourage partnerships between developers, local and state government in master planning

communities • Plan all urban development around the environment, and value rural and agricultural land • Need to revisit the SEQ regional plan and its strengths and allocations, redefining if necessary

the “blunt edge” (go and no go zones). Ensure the regional plan remains relevant, current, and is followed

• The provision of environmental protections such as koala corridors can attract people and their money to appropriate development designed to protect the environment

• Population reform could be assisted by decentralisation Other • Advance initiatives in industrial ecology • Continue to ensure there is consensus on how “environment” is defined to make certain

relevant considerations in planning and development are undertaken

Q3 - What more could we do to increase Queensland’s productivity, and to meet Govt’s target for a 50% increase in the proportion of Queensland businesses that undertake research and development or innovation? Hotspots - location • Establish some research and development hotspots (including enterprise clusters) in rural

areas • Set up Bluesky enterprise incubators to attract defined enterprises to target locations Hotspots - sectors • Setup Bluesky enterprise incubators to prompt development of defined enterprise sectors • Target specific research and development sectors eg. green sectors, alternative energy, water

recycling, transport fuels

7 Page 7 of 58

Infrastructure • Reduce motor vehicle congestion in cities • Focus on high quality place making in both work places and the public realm (and

communicate the connection between these) • Offer free wi-fi in the public realm everywhere • Provide affordable rural drinking water • Continue to develop Broadband networks • Plan and provide required infrastructure, including roads and broadband Policy • Make it easier to get research and development grants • Extend partnerships between businesses and universities • Encouraging social diversity and productivity • Productivity requires healthy and physically active workers • Reduce red tape especially in the housing and construction sectors • Encourage skilled migration, not just any migration – including research and development • Ensure taxation policies encourage research and development Other • Expand uranium mining Workshop 3 Top ideas: • Clarify purpose, role and competitive advantages of each region, in consultation with the

community: o Expand regional plans to embrace environmental, social, economic and infrastructure

needs, o Plans to be recognised at all levels of government, o The plans must provide direction and an economic future for areas outside the Urban

Footprint, o Invest in health, education, cultural facilities to make regions attractive and places to stay, o Appropriate job creation, including regionalisation of government, o Promote unique liveability of regions

• Maximise facility use by many community groups with common functions. For example: o Education hubs (kindergarten, primary, secondary) o Health hubs (GP, dental, hospital) o Use education facilities for community recreation o Community clubs, scouts, common gardens, playgrounds o Co-location delivers land savings and reduces vehicle travel

• Prioritise existing infrastructure needs and deficits : o Rail links north and south, o More rail investment than road investment, o Investigate new approaches to funding infrastructure delivery, o new revenue streams are required for LGAs

8 Page 8 of 58

Prosperity quotes: • “There has to be a reality TV show in there somewhere”! • “If we get it right, it will put us on the map for investing and visiting” • “Who are the owners of these actions”? • “The state government has a role in bringing the parties together, but needs to recognise

other parties have expertise which must be utilised” • “Infrastructure plans are critical but some are lagging” Other ideas:

Q1 - What could we (ie. business/industry, community and/or Government) do to encourage population growth in the regions? • Fix up infrastructure issues and deficits in existing developments eg. public transport,

community infrastructure • Promote regions better

Prospectus would market the facilities, services and programs in a region and counter negative perceptions

• Continue the broadband rollout • Concentrate on existing areas earmarked for development and develop a staged

infrastructure plan • Simplify the approvals process • Follow the Growth Summit with financial commitments • Empower local governments and communities with resources and funding • Implement a resource rent tax. Tax funds provided for regions to fund the growth

management response • Stamp duty exemptions for first home buyers in regions • Target and prioritise regional centres – undertake a ‘regional scan’ • Invest in community infrastructure and assets in regional areas ie. health care, education and

training, cultural facilities such as museums, stadiums and convention centres • Develop comprehensive regional plans which are the pre-eminent documents for both State

and Federal government. Regional plans must go beyond just land use and infrastructure • Provide funds to implement regional plans • Clarify the purpose and role as well as the competitive advantages of each region. Leverage

off the natural assets and resources • Relocate Brisbane based departments to regional centres. Distribution based on particular

strengths/qualities of regions • Create regional centres as focal points for jobs or new employment opportunities • Decentralisation – both State and Federal government • Tax (payroll?) to businesses to relocate if they don’t need to be in the city • Enhance, support, maintain community infrastructure

9 Page 9 of 58

Q2 - How can we maximise the economic benefits of population growth while taking care of the environment? • Minimise the urban footprint • Reduce urban sprawl • Recognise that models exist to improve the environment and liveability through development • Acknowledge and reward exemplar development • Energy efficient buildings • Get banks to approach things differently. Utilise the Commonwealth’s influence to encourage

banks to finance projects • Improved recycling • Standards on buildings and licensing

Q3 - What more could we do to increase Queensland’s productivity, and to meet Govt’s target for a 50% increase in the proportion of Queensland businesses that undertake research and development or innovation? • Recognise the economic benefit and lead role of the development industry ie. job generation,

innovation, in build form and potential multiplier effects • Use technology to breakdown distances and also as catalysts for regional centres • Improve food production around regional centres Workshop 4 Top ideas: • Create regional productivity/ economic development programs; invest in research and

development and people o Regional network of local SME business / learning hubs and incubators o Mentoring programs to transfer knowledge and skills from older/established workers to

emerging businesses o Support micro to SME enterprises o Develop funding models to support Clean Tech innovation, technology and R&D (eg.

Venture Capital Fund) o Build on existing infrastructure, local assets and people through multi-use & weekend

use of infrastructure and technology (eg. Use uni facilities during holidays) • Decentralise government offices to regional cities and outside the CBD to drive population

growth and regional jobs o Appoint ‘mini’ Coordinators General to scope out needs and resources in each key region o State Government departments to issue expressions of interest to employees to

identify who wants to relocate o Look for the right locations – which places have the necessary infrastructure o Educate the Chief Executive Officers that in each region there is existing lifestyle

infrastructure (eg. Arts) • Establish a “reward points system” for rurally-based public servants (like teachers)

10 Page 10 of 58

• Develop a regionalisation strategy that delivers appropriate cultural and lifestyle services - Implement the Blueprint for the Bush

• Food security – need new models to deliver healthy local produce – not the fresh food (ripened in a truck)

• Decentralise government services (government to lead) o Leads to opportunities for private sector re-location/investment o Depth in labour market/job opportunities

Other ideas:

Q1 - What could we (ie. business/industry, community and/or Government) do to encourage population growth in the regions? • Make it more attractive for workers to take families with them and set up regionally

o Diversity in community o Jobs o Services (schools, health) o Viability – test of each location

• Service Surat basin from Toowoomba, Maryborough/Hervey Bay/Bundaberg • Attract business to regional areas to balance resources industry • Identity of regional areas – need to define and promote • Determine which regions want population and have capacity to accommodate population

(infrastructure) • People go to where the jobs are

o Government should decentralise o Economic development zones like in China and Italy o Infrastructure needed – broadband and transport o RPS regional office experience

• Lifestyle and affordability incentives (chicken and egg) o Cost of living/tax incentives o $3000 may attract

• Conduce and consider research – why relocate – jobs, lifestyle, close to family • Decentralise government services (government to lead)

o Leads to opportunities for private sector re-location/investment o Depth in labour market/job opportunities

• Incentives to live in regional centres/regions (seen as career limiting) o E.g. $3000 bonus for first home owner o Grants that pay over a period of time o House/land prices cheaper

• Strong regional plans with investment for infrastructure/services o Build and they will come – learn from private sector – opportunity cost

• Incentives for industries to move and stay • Tax benefits

o Tax incentives to relocate eg. stamp duty relief (staged) o Duty free zones in regions

11 Page 11 of 58

• Government infrastructure • Labour force mobility • Sustainable jobs in regional centres • Reinforce regional universities • Tax incentives to relocate eg. stamp duty relief (staged) • Duty free zones in regions • Foreign students to regions • Target migration on knowledgeable communities • Fully utilise existing infrastructure and upgrade cheaply • Mixed use land uses • Target migration on knowledgeable communities • Decentralise government – government leads the way • Appoint ‘mini- Coordinator-Generals’ in regions tasked to scope out needs/resources • Government ownership – Conduct expressions of interest across public service for regional jobs • Educate policy makers about benefits of regions • Look for right fit – Ipswich, Logan • Regional attraction program • Develop a regionalisation strategy that enables qual lifestyle services through:

o Strong leadership o Facilities o Hard and soft infrastructure o Investment attraction – private and public

• To consider the use of State lands suitable for residential development and to form partnership with such groups as the BHC with a track record

Q2 - How can we maximise the economic benefits of population growth while taking care of the environment? • How do we capture increased value of land without slugging developer or house buyer • State how you can create a ‘zero’ impact development

o fast track approvals for zero impact o maybe biodiverse tax on unsustainable development – tax or transfer

• Tax on unsustainable development – tax or transfer • Food security – need new models to deliver healthy local produce – not the fresh food

(ripened in a truck) • Serious triple bottom line assessment people • More open space in greenfield development • Identify high conservation areas and preserve • Improve design standards – development, transport, waste etc • High tech solutions • Focus on green economy growth

o Carbon economy – use price as a lever

12 Page 12 of 58

• Work closer to home o Broadband o Co-locate housing with workplace

• Sustainable housing solution o Multiple choices o State and local governments need to agree

• Densification • Public transport investment • Carbon economy – price is a lever • Containment through master-planned communities • Eco-business/tourism solutions – grow skills and businesses, small to large scale

developments/initiatives • Build protecting the environment into the cost/price • Transport –

o incentivise no car development o active public transport o capitalise on population growth by making active public transit the preferred means of

movement/commuting o Grants for private sector Small/Medium Enterprises (SME) end of trip facilities

Q3 - What more could we do to increase Queensland’s productivity, and to meet Govt’s target for a 50% increase in the proportion of Queensland businesses that undertake research and development or innovation? • Research and development • Queensland government partnerships to create clean technology venture capital fund and tax

gearing for clean technology research and development • Healthy community increases productivity – health and medical research to increase

productivity • More flexible working arrangements • Research and development grants

o tax breaks o award contracts from government to companies investing in R&D

• Business incubators o Target small/micro businesses for skills and training o Low/no-cost loans for small/micro businesses o Prioritise regional Qld as locations o Incubators/learning centres as popular/common as local libraries

• Offset against tax (already happening) • Joint funding partners • Make it easier for people to access • Business cluster mentoring for SME innovation • Productivity - shorter travel time by jobs closer to home • SME regional incubators and clean technology – funds • Regional productivity strategies and action plans - investing in research, development and people

13 Page 13 of 58

• Regional networks of local businesses/learning hubs and incubators o Mentoring programs to transfer knowledge/skills from older/established workers to

emerging businesses o Support micro, small to medium enterprise o Business cluster mentoring for SME innovation

• Mentoring programs to transfer knowledge/skills from older/established workers to emerging businesses

• Support micro, small to medium enterprise • Develop funding models to support innovation, technology and R &D

o Offset R&D costs against tax (already happening) o Joint funding partners

• Build on existing infrastructure, local assets and people o ie. universities, schools, libraries – partnerships o Multi-use of existing facilities and technology and skills (weekend and holiday use) o ‘Community campus’ – to support skills, education and local service delivery

Workshop 5 Top ideas: • Identify 5-10 ‘hot spots’ for regional development and

o Appoint regional coordinators to develop and lead the strategy o Support/attract growth in these areas by –

• employment creation strategies • delivering infrastructure (technology such as national broadband network,

transport, education, health etc) ahead of growth • providing quality services (and skilled people) in a timely manner

o Market and actively promote the hot spots • Regional city growth being an important part of solution was supported, noting that some cities

are keen for growth, but Government must invest in quality infrastructure in order to attract interest of developers and people to locate there

• Apply precinct-wide (rather than to just buildings) ecologically sustainable development strategies tailored to suit particular types of development (infill, greenfield, regional) and support and invest in green star design approaches

• Design infrastructure with consideration to visual amenity, green space and community connectivity and include an urban design critique assessment before and after the development of infrastructure

Prosperity quotes: • “We need to question the assumption that growth is good and the limitation of the summit’s

focus on only ‘managing’ growth” • “If growth is not challenged 80% of the community will be up in arms” • “Redefine ‘ageing population’ as ‘mature Australia’ and recognise the contribution they can

continue to make to prosperity”

14 Page 14 of 58

Other ideas:

Q1 - What could we (ie., business/industry, community and/or Government) do to encourage population growth in the regions?

• Refocus government funding for catalytic investments – eg. decentralise government, infrastructure

• Provide services in regions to suit the populations moving there • Assist attracting businesses to regions

o By reducing red tape through better whole of Government co-ordination o Payroll tax incentives o Certainty of delivery of infrastructure

• Liveability • Opportunities that exist need to be marketed • Focus on the identity of a region • Prepare Regional Economic Development Plans • Build on existing successful regions • Regional Cities development through quality infrastructure investment to attract interest of

developers and people to locate there • Governance – appoint regional coordinators; make regional plans the single document for all

State planning related policies • Hot spots – focus on 5-10 hot spots in SEQ and the regions and expedite their development

as models of urban quality

Q2 - How can we maximise the economic benefits of population growth while taking care of the environment?

• Assumption that population growth benefits will be spread equitably are of concern • Population growth rate must be below Gross Domestic Product (GDP) growth rate to achieve

a positive growth outcome • Growth related infrastructure provides opportunity for better environmental strategies • Also risk of poor Transport Orientated Development (TOD) outcomes • We need ‘pricing-wide’ mandatory ESD strategies underpinning all new growth precincts

whether greenfield or infill • Developers and authorities need to be as responsible for recurrent and life-cycle costs and

values as capital costs – change the structure of development • Flexibility to enable more diverse and affordable housing types and sizes • A plan is needed to quarantine certain natural environments from development and this needs

to be enforced and applied to all regions • Importance should be placed on recycling in high density areas • Need to put environment first and derive economic benefits from it rather than the other way around • Need to ensure arable land close to growth areas is also recognised as vital • Need a more cohesive conservation network of open space within the ‘urban footprint’ • There is a lack of rigour in implementing natural environment preservation • Issue of where industrial land goes with regard to pressures to maintain natural environment,

especially as it is being pushed out to make way for urban growth

15 Page 15 of 58

• Need to include ‘social’ environment in the definition of environment • Infrastructure is not being designed with the same care as for building and spaces but it is

arguably more critical to the quality of our environment • Need to better correlate the amenity and provision of open space to our built environments

Q3 - What more could we do to increase Queensland’s productivity, and to meet Govt’s target for a 50% increase in the proportion of Queensland businesses that undertake research and development or innovation?

Productivity • Better workforce planning strategies for ageing industries (eg. wages/conditions) • Flexible work practices and recruitment process • Address traffic congestion

o Passenger o Freight

• Greater skill recognition for migrants and speed up the recognition or up skilling process • Try to broaden economic base. Use the mature workforce – A “better attitude” is needed to

mature Australians o Better facilitation of flexible arrangements o Change attitudes of employers

• NBN – National Broadband Network • Extend National Competition Policy processes • Streamline regulation and create nationally consistent regulation • Focus on long term unemployed to get them back in the workforce

R&D innovation • Attracting businesses to Queensland • Taxation relief • Govt incentives – eg. to Cooperative Research Centres and universities. Encourage greater

role for State Govt • Use Australian Research Council grants • Seed funding for start up businesses • Better intellectual property protection • Lever off benefits/supply chain of mining industry eg. mining services • Value innovation by attacking the tall-poppy syndrome • Broaden industry target areas for innovation – eg. environmental sustainability, tourism • Form clusters of like enterprises at a regional level – eg. SA wine industry screw tops, Cairns

tourism – to rise above competition • Address the ‘lack of risk ‘ appetite • Pilot studies for new innovations - think more proactively

16 Page 16 of 58

Workshop 6 Top ideas: • Market regions as attractive destination for business and residents

o Identify barriers o Investigate incentives – for businesses to locate, stamp duty, banking, taxes … etc o Invest in existing business and infrastructure o PPPs to support forward investment in infrastructure

• Attract and retain residents in regions o Career opportunities, eg. decentralise government agencies, attract related enterprise

and create “centres of expertise” o Quality of life – maintain access to nature, short travel time, etc; and grow

entertainment, social resources, health and community services o Affordable intercity travel

• Plan to protect good quality agricultural land o from mining, forestry, urban sprawl o Has not been effective to date o Use regional planning to manage speculative development/rezoning o Determine supply chains and critical dependencies – not site by site decisions

• Capture uplift value from development to fund infrastructure o Create charging system for land uplift o Mechanism levy some benefit to state/council from individual benefit gained from re-

zoned land o Landholders who benefit need to contribute

• Encourage collaboration between businesses, research and education sectors o Target education and research to meet community and industry need

Prosperity quotes: • “Frustrated with delivery and implementation of plans and infrastructure – theory but no

commitment to deliver” • “Infrastructure funding and delivery is a critical challenge in a climate of fiscal constraint” Other ideas: • Encourage collaboration between businesses and research and education sectors to identify

needs – target education and research to suit community and industry need • Regional towns – create quality of life that attracts and keeps residents, especially young

people eg. jobs, short travel times, access to nature, quality health services, entertainment, affordable inter-city travel, social resources

• Plan to protect good quality agricultural land • Define the capacity/limits for growth – get the federal government to stabilise population within

capacity • Build cross-fertilisation between export industries and on-shore based activities/business • Reduce dwelling targets in SEQ Regional Plan and thereby force people to move elsewhere • Consider/review early childhood learning – do kids benefit? At what cost productivity?

17 Page 17 of 58

Scandinavian model? • Learn from Townsville Enterprise – one of the largest economic development organisations in

Australia self funded by business. Lessons learnt? • Identify small-medium size enterprises with potential to innovate and grow – develop funding

to support them ie. incubators • Develop and implement an environmental vision for each region with focus on open space

and conservation – regional open space system and corridors. Should be funded to enable purchase of strategic sites (eg.. pine forests on Sunshine Coast) including rehabilitation and revegetation if necessary. Also develop urban open space system

• Multidisciplinary teams and partnerships (State, Local, business and community) to deliver • Build partnerships with overseas schools, learning institutes and business • Identify and invest in strategic regional hubs – industry, technology and transport • Forward investment in infrastructure in key regional centres – attract private investment,

public-private partnerships – attract residents • Provide tertiary scholarships for high priority skills to work in regions after graduating Workshop 7 Top ideas: • Regional population policy developed by the three levels of government and the community

o Government to champion lifecycle analysis (in-out boundaries) to capture existing and planned spend - capital expenditure, operating expenditure efficiencies and collateral damage avoided

o Value adding to existing industry, new markets, new industries, new jobs – to deliver holistic societal benefits (economic, environmental, health and ecosystem support systems)

• Spend directed to outcomes by all three levels of government – spend determined with local communities in region

o Infrastructure support is essential to deploy innovation at infrastructure scale eg. algal synthesis to bio-diesel

• Deliver infrastructure now in a way that can transition to new technologies as they become available to serve the future

o Queensland - world leader in renewables o Tax incentives to invest in renewables o Government facilitates the option to invest a percentage of the institutional (super

and pension) into low carbon goods and services including renewables to drive next technology area

• Real dollar value in environmental/ecosystem services o To develop a methodology for the full dollar evaluation of the environment in a

whole of life basis for consideration in growth management strategies (eg. China GDP and environmental degradation) and include costs of positive externalities (eg. waste, greenhouse gases, desertification and soil sterility)

18 Page 18 of 58

• Queensland comparative advantage o Mega-renewable projects (maybe even on regional basis) o Minerals processing, manufacturing, base-load electricity (and High Voltage Direct

Current (HVDC) grid), solar, thermal, geo-thermal, marine, wind, algal bio-diesel o Value add to resources and commodities o Transition to low carbon/zero carbon energy o Take advantage of 6th generation technology era o Soil carbon and agriculture

Other ideas: Q1 - What could we (ie. business/industry, community and/or Government) do to encourage population growth in the regions? • Policy development (methodology)

o Creation of diverse economies in regional location – through local facilitation o Long term approach coordinated o Development of regional development policy/policies with involvement of Federal,

State and local government and local communities o Adoption of decentralisation strategies for Queensland

• Taxation/bonus scheme incentives o Support first home owners grant o Incentive based o Tax based historical approach o Existing community also must find them attractive

• Public sector o Broadband o Decentralisation of agencies

• Private sector o Initiatives - incentive based

• Services and quality of life o Infrastructure support essential

• Lead not following • Innovate and deploy Q2 - How can we maximise the economic benefits of population growth while taking care of the environment? • Look at economic benefits of environment (ecosystem services) • Coal royalties – renewable • Queensland world leader in renewables • Minerals processing and manufacturing and HVDC grid • Solar, thermal, geo-thermal, marine • Pricing true cost to provide an income stream • Innovative and sustainable fit-out of infrastructure for growth • Provide legibility in new sustainable communities

19 Page 19 of 58

• Determine ecological carrying capacities for regions • Massive quick development in beautiful places to general incomes • What Queensland can offer – energy, food, water, manufacturing, amenities, dwelling • Best practice urban design • How do we do this differently, how do we improve what we have done in the past • Factor in environmental infrastructure • Fund environmental protection more adequately • Borrow to fund environmental assets to improve intergenerational equity • Real dollar value on environmental/ecosystem services • Further development of triple bottom line approach to corporate responsibility to improve

quality of outcomes • High standards for sustainable development • Invest in efficient transport, particularly passenger and freight rail • Sustainable development accreditation for development industry • Streamline approvals for sustainable development models • Communications and broadband to reduce commuting • Environmental ecosystem vision to be mapped and funded from development and community

streams and carbon and vegetation offsets • Land use and planning integration • Spreading community and environmental dividends of population growth and resources boom

– policy and conditions of approvals, partnerships, direction of royalties into social facilities • Fly-in fly-out (FIFO) – invest in some FIFO costs to local facilities and reduce costs

o Rail and freight support o Support surrounding larger regional cities with infrastructure o Strategy to look at base load of towns o What was industry prior to mining industry – maintaining and investing in social and

agricultural resilience • Gross feed in tariff and HVDC grid connection to larger areas • Stop being stupid, selfish – need ecosystem support Q3 - What more could we do to increase Queensland’s productivity, and to meet Govt’s target for a 50% increase in the proportion of Queensland businesses that undertake research and development or innovation? • Research and development – how do small groups undertake this? – Perhaps levies for joint

R&D corporations – help to pull businesses together • Intellectual property loans – need to promote investment, people are moving offshore for more

support • Who invests? – pool business innovation as a response to constraints • Is innovation a result of competition or collaboration eg. Google versus Microsoft • Tax incentives for growth industries? – but we can’t glass ball the future • Government grants for innovation? • Is it about people? • Innovation – coming from within organizations – be prepared to take risk

20 Page 20 of 58

• Very hard to break through barriers • Costing externalities into all resources – developing new markets in response to appropriate pricing • Who pays costs through? Is it the marginalised who pay more? • Attract new researchers • Better education • Other means of productivity? • Develop capacity in human resources • Reduce regulation • Self funded incentives • Attract the workers not the businesses (they’ll follow) • Clustering of sunrise industries • Free carbon riders – level playing field • Investment certainty – predictability • Value adding – local, education, agriculture • Engagement legibility • R&D tax benefits • Corporate tax reductions • Labour cost versus energy cost • Tertiary exports • Lifestyle benefits • Entrepreneurial education program • Think differently • Prioritise education in innovation • Better teachers • More resources into TAFE • Focus on development of profit centre philosophy • Best practice analyses/study tours • Generate and publicise heroes eg. local champions (Australian awards) • Look at incentive base for rewarding developments of intellectual property • Electric vehicles

Sustainability Workshop 1 Top ideas: Environmental Offsets Bank State government to legislate for the establishment of an environmental offsets bank (EOB). EOB would facilitate a proactive compensation for environmental losses caused by development. The EOB will accredit a list of projects which developers, contractors and government can invest in to acquit the environmental impacts of their projects or operations which result in a net gain to the community

21 Page 21 of 58

Implementation: • legislate for a hypothecated fund • independent expert and representative board to be established • this board selects and accredits projects through a rigorous and transparent process • accredited projects maybe leveraged against co-investors such as local government • board manages the acquittal process and reports to the public annually Funding options: • percentage of asset sell-downs • percentage of major project costs • dollar for dollar co funding with government • corporate philanthropic • individual philanthropic • This concept could be extended to social impacts Other ideas:

Q1 - How should we plan, design and retrofit our homes and cities to reduce our energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions? • Encourage cycling, walking, active transport through design • High level of environmental performance for residential and commerce (old and new) • Planning mix for housing must include small houses and compact infill • Design public realm to have appropriate landscaping, environmentally friendly lighting audit to

put more or less • Increase community services eg. community liaison officer, events to increase use of existing

facilities, community meeting place • Re-engage community with care of facilities eg. community gardens, multi-purpose spaces for

women, men, teens, children, mixed use community spaces • Community should make decisions about what happens • Community based web-site • Mixed aged groups with variety of housing choice and services • High level of environmental performance required for residential/commercial old and new

buildings • City design is critical to integrate transport, housing to achieve sustainability

Q2 - How could we reduce the stresses we place on natural systems so they may better deal with changing climate and urban development? • Commuter cycling, active transport to help minimise congestion – need better facilities

(safety/end-of-trip) • Cultural shift in attitudes to cycling required • Build resilience within natural systems, by making them as healthy as possible • Encouraging behavioural change through investment in behaviour change programs • Blanket ban on development in areas with climate risks – flooding, surges, etc

22 Page 22 of 58

• Reversal of unused planning permits in zones that are vulnerable to climate change • Education to increase community understanding of climate change, and practical dimensions • Is it possible to put a price on product packaging to pay for disposal costs? • Landscape planning necessary to better manage environmental processes eg. riparian

corridors, wildlife corridors, national parks, carbon offset reserves • Buying back ecosystems • Reduce the extent of urban development – consider long-term abatement of greenfield

development

Q3 - In what ways can business/industry and government encourage Queenslanders to make further changes to lifestyle in order to reduce impact on natural resources? • “Encourage” or “Legislate”???? • Climate smart is encouraging lifestyle change but we need long-term change in habits • Better availability of data to demonstrate usage (eg. compare with others) and tips to

reduce/modify (eg. put info on bill/tax invoice). Make sure information is simple to understand • Rather than regulate people – why not regulate products to ensure better standards • Address peak demand – innovation or price incentive • Encourage building design that facilitates better energy use • People will take up a new product if they understand the advantages • Building industries often see innovation as risk • Discourage “mono” style in housing design • Need a greater diversity in housing product • Government can educate people better about options and individual responsibility to make

better choices • Encourage more R&D to create better products • Encourage more confidence in people to try new ideas and better products Workshop 2 Top ideas: • Planning, designing and retrofitting homes to reduce energy use and greenhouse gas

emissions o State government recognises sustainability is about balanced planning for the very

long term. This can be achieved by the application of ESD principles, including: sending strong pricing signals (eg. utility prices) implementing a broad energy reduction/awareness strategy – targets, incentive

and rewards based. To be targeted to individuals/households Utilise real time information and regular reporting. (link between consumption

and price increases) Decentralisation of employment and services to reduce transport energy with

long term transition plans (5-10 years) o Promoting the emergence of local hubs via:

Local public transport improvement/accessibility making it more convenient. To be more community focussed, less corridor focused

23 Page 23 of 58

Improving local community infrastructure/social infrastructure Local environmental improvements eg. street planting Holistic urban design – incorporating encouraging diversity across precincts,

land uses, building types and reinforcement of local character Reform regulation to encourage innovation – outcome focused

• Reducing stresses on natural systems to better deal with changing climate and urban development

o Understand the baseline to more precisely establish limits/capacity/impacts to ensure any developments balance human activity with the environment

o Develop regulations that define criteria so that the above is clear and understood o Educate community to understand their individual and community impact and

responsibility o This will require support from the Premier to champion and coordinate to reach agreed

sustainability outcomes. Leadership will be necessary to make the difficult choices (Ie. retreat from waters/vulnerable areas). Manifested through down zoning in vulnerable areas

• Ways for business, industry and Government to encourage Queenslanders to make changes to reduce the impact on natural resources

o Education, - prep school through to tertiary, broader community. Education about and for sustainability, it is not an add on or elective, it is at the core

o Rewards and incentives for R&D around environmental stewardship o Sustainability is an integral test that should be applied to every action, individually and

collectively, public and private. Criteria to be established o Campaign – small is beautiful (lifestyle wise) – opposite of conspicuous consumption,

it can be fulfilling to live smaller o Demonstrating through exemplary case studies that living in high density environments

can enjoy high quality amenity, convenience and personal fulfilment o Implement a policy of pricing for public transport to encourage use – eg.

free outside peak hours o Promote car pooling, smaller cars, motorbikes/cycling/walking

Other ideas:

Q1 - How should we plan, design and retrofit our homes and cities to reduce our energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions? Planning • 15 minute village – walkable, work live play, everything within 15 minute walk Approvals• Fast tracking sustainability initiatives through councils • Avoid regulation that penalises innovation eg. black water mining Policy • Urban agriculture – reduce food to table distance • Increase the price of water and energy to their real value • Avoid regulation that penalises innovation eg. black water mining

24 Page 24 of 58

Infrastructure • Increase and improve access to public transport • Focus on areas with under utilised infrastructure • Create distributed energy and water systems • Water tanks • Cogeneration plants • Lots of bikeways and pathways, with shade • Smart meters – need more, consumption awareness • Cities – solar thermal power stations • Water and energy efficient appliance rebates • Greywater recycling (domestic) • Roof insulation (free schemes) • Scheme for solar power and hot water to be paid off on power bill Design • Better housing design and orientation • Greensmart homes scheme • Subtropical and tropical design and standards • Universal design principles and standards – building a house which suits people with

disabilities and can grow with the person (adjusts to life stages) • Diversity of housing designed for the environment it’s in • New estates solar orientation of subdivisions • Green star and National Australian Built Environment Rating (NABER) ratings Promotion • Encourage diversity and density of urban land uses • Encourage water recycling • greensmart homes scheme which rewards • Council leadership • Monthly awards for best low energy consumers or water use etc

Q2 - How could we reduce the stresses we place on natural systems so they may better deal with changing climate and urban development? Alternative energy • Seek alternative energy sources - offer rewards/incentive for projects employing alternate

energy sources • Subsidise research and development of alternative energy sources including wave energy,

tidal turbines (eg. Mackay) • all new high rises have solar panels Behaviour/culture • Don’t rely on the hardware to solve the environmental damage, focus on the software that is

individual behaviour • Changing community expectations and behaviour

25 Page 25 of 58

Controls and policy • Reduce waste stream into waterways • Ban smoking to eliminate litter into waterways • Ban single use plastic bags (advocate for biodegradable plastic bags) • Real cost pricing of all resources eg. ecological assets (native vegetation), pollution of air,

water and sewerage • Trade waste policy • Ecologically sustainable development framework – includes all of the above points Master planning • Appropriately locate development and review/reinforce the urban footprint • Retreat from waterways and floodplains • Recognise and identify the natural systems and seek to preserve them early in planning –

retreat from waterways • Understand the data and circumstances around the natural systems. Need to know the

baseline. Make appropriate allowances for fauna/flora protection. Measure up open space areas, based on floodplains etc (what is there and what needs to be allowed for)

• Invest in restoration eg. fund for nature assets, remove assets out of marketplace, declare parks and national parks, Birdsville to the bay

• Reduce the number of people applying stress to the system – number of people into an area should match the natural capacity of the area – case by case, location by location

Urban design • Emphasise existing by retro fitting • Urban greenery – all developments have gardens and food trees – also a buffer against heat

island effect • Design for climate resilience – future impacts of climate change

Q3 - In what ways can business/industry and government encourage Queenslanders to make further changes to lifestyle in order to reduce impact on natural resources? • Reduce the building footprint by increasing density and employing alternative building

typologies • More flexibility to planning regulations to allow for alternative building solutions • Focus development and redevelopment away from ecologically valuable and vulnerable areas

and corridors • Cultural change – education, awareness – eg. water consumption change • Incentive schemes (eg. rego) to help people change behaviour • Corporate responsibility around adopting and sponsoring local bushlands, wetlands etc • Educate about lower energy appliances • Lifecycle analysis of products and awareness of this information – responsibility for own waste

streams • Education about energy savings, water savings, consumption • Leadership to set strategies which work • Incentivise good behaviour eg. don’t get lazy as a result of the rain, use incentives if need be • Balance ESD outcomes against affordability outcomes eg. 6 star housing costs

26 Page 26 of 58

• Funding for research and development of innovation eg. changed urban environment drains are more environmentally friendly (engineering solution)

• Ongoing training for professionals, education at schools, unis and TAFEs integrated into curriculum, through peak bodies to aim for world’s best practice

• To encourage consideration of environmental principles in all education • Collaborative approach – all stakeholders need to be involved for delivery • Tangible education – showcasing • Advocacy • Pricing policy • Regulation – cross jurisdictional consistency (and all 3 levels) eg. one stop shop in Vic • Don’t need to be badged as green, can be badged as convenient, more sustainable • Agencies adopt best practice as exemplar to communities, including consideration of

retrofitting existing buildings (eg. lights off automatically) Workshop 3 Top ideas: • Energy reduction for existing housing stock

o Develop appropriate compliance levels for existing housing stock to reflect the energy requirements of new stock

• Create a model ‘mini-suburb’ in collaboration with all levels of government, developers and community to demonstrate how higher-density living can be developed in alignment with world-class, innovative ecological, environmental, community and economic principles

o Use the Fitzgibbon project by the ULDA as a template for other examples in regional centres • Find new ways to promote green cities, suburbs and towns such as the Verandah project that:

o Include existing native vegetation o Utilise natural materials rather than manufactured products o Indigenous plants only require harvested water o Maximise natural shade and ventilation

Sustainability quotes: • “Give someone $10 000 to spend on their home, and at the moment it would go towards the plasma” • “There has to be a day of reckoning where everybody puts their hand in their wallet to pay for

energy efficiency” • “The term ‘sustainability’ is misused”

27 Page 27 of 58

Other ideas:

Q1 - How should we plan, design and retrofit our homes and cities to reduce our energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions? • Greater incentives for solar, photo-voltaic equipment • Increase energy audits, climate smart • Develop and promote cheap, contemporary ‘old Queenslander’ houses that are energy

efficient, passive solar • Education – insulation, tanks, energy audits, water use reduction • Cycle-ways, public transport • Energy efficient vehicles • Recycled water – dual reticulation in housing developments • Acknowledging importance of wetlands, waterways • Build swails, riparian zones • Partnering in exemplary initiatives • Gas in every home • Economic dividend for growth to fund clean energies • Retrofit established homes at settlement to a realistically achievable star rating • Plan – reforming of waste • Design – energy efficient designs, educating home owners on energy use • Retrofit – incentives • Cities – urban design retain green canopy instead of wall to wall terracotta tiles • Stop bulldozing all the trees in new development • Green towns and cities/urban forest • Consider positioning/aspect of new houses to fit solar panels to maximise energy generation • Developments suitable for climate ie. capturing breezes • Houses on stumps • Compact forms served by public transport close to local amenities and employment • Broadband • Adaptable housing • Governance – ability to implement plans eg. SEQRP, fiscal levers, more community consultation • Incentives to downsize • Passive heating and cooling • One off capital cost to install air conditioning • Promote active re-use and adaptive technologies for new building materials ie. secondary

resources rather than primary resources such as timber and new extractive resources

Q2 - How could we reduce the stresses we place on natural systems so they may better deal with changing climate and urban development? • Higher densities (attractive) around public transport • Minimum density requirements around public transport – subsidise these nodes • Resume flood prone land for green space ie. Downey Park • Reduce or stop use of sprays on vegetation leading to downstream degradation

28 Page 28 of 58

• Produce carbon from waste wood chips • Houses on stumps = raised to limit potential damage from flooding, and naturally keeps house

cooler in summer • Protect koalas/wildlife • Better integration of urban environmental planning and natural resource management • Better implementation of regional plans

Q3 - In what ways can business/industry and government encourage Queenslanders to make further changes to lifestyle in order to reduce impact on natural resources? • Government grants for sales below $500k • Funding increase for catchment management groups • More proactive community engagement – education • Assistance to not-for-profit enterprises • User pays principle • Change culture from primary and natural resource reliance to secondary resource reuse • Mandate recycled content as a percentage in roadways/new development, engineered soils • Put organics back into soil degraded and food areas • Accept regeneration as a reverse logistic • Price signal for carbon • Lead by example -some local governments do, but Queensland State agencies don’t • Better education • Establish a central land use authority Workshop 4 Top Ideas • Target the community to achieve sustainability targets (eg. Target 140)

o Step 1 – determine Funding and resources for the campaign Targets for energy, waste and public transport Drivers for change Tools for households

o Step 2 – engage locally at the kitchen and staffroom tables o Step 3 – monitor and report to community on progress

• Capitalise on population growth by making public and active transport the preferred means of

transport o Quick Wins

Use existing infrastructure (eg. the Exhibition line, Beaudesert to City, and Sherwood to Yeronga rail

Extend ferry services (eg. More stops and longer runs up and down the river) “All you can eat” memberships to public transport

29 Page 29 of 58

o Longer Term Integrate well-planned feeder services with the rail network (eg. Coordinated

bus, light rail routes, as well as bicycles) “Build it and they will come” (put in transport early)

• Managing growth through an urban/ regional design process to implement our shared vision

o Integrate policy and vision from Federal, State and Local government o Deliver livable and affordable communities using clear implementation strategies o Identify and prioritise green spaces goals o Fund protection of large scale high conservation value areas using biodiversity and

carbon offsets Ideas with strong support: • Small scale solutions that are affordable and durable – what will make a difference? • Broadband to every home allows smart metering for conservation (benchmarking 140) • Lightly touch the landscape that infrastructure interrupts Other ideas:

Q1 - How should we plan, design and retrofit our homes and cities to reduce our energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions? • Use permaculture design principles

o Solar hot water o Plants over houses o Water tanks o Shade o Insulation

• Small scale solutions that are affordable and durable – what will make a difference? • Incentives are important to increase awareness • Design features – aspect of house/flat • Educate tradesman through program to teach about green design • Reduce house size • City – master-planned

o put infrastructure in up front (schools) o community facilities

• Broadband • Adaptable housing – adaptable over a life time • Transfer duty exemption – incentive to downsize • Passive heating and cooling • One off capital cost to install air conditioning to disincentivise air conditioning • Better domestic water use management • Live, work and play closer to home – containment • Incentives for no car developments • Focus on incremental action at neighbourhood level

30 Page 30 of 58

• Close off roads to cars • Solar cities program and other renewable energy sources • The Centre for Sub-Tropical Design has lots of research

o Better distribute to owners/builders to educate o Industry needs to lead

• Require energy costs of buildings to be released at point of leasing (divulging management costs can develop a market for efficiency)

• New homes/buildings – hyper-reward very low impact while increasing the penalties on irresponsible outcomes

o Life standards -testing what can be done through supply chain, industry is genuinely eager to do the doable right thing

o Lift minimum requirements on appliance and building standards (some products available in Australia are banned in Europe)

• Government lever of demanding 5 star new buildings should be leveraged including in regions if jobs are decentralised

• Reduce house size through State and local planning, engaging with developers with education outreach to build case for sustainability does not need to compromise profitability

• Fast track zero impact developments especially at scale • Bear in mind false economies if perverse behaviour follows retrofitting eg. insulation often

leads to increased use of air con • Bulk purchasing of solar PV, ideally following on from intensive kitchen table style

neighbourhood/community engagement • Invest in community engagement to deliver lasting outcomes – under this model we explain

the challenge, talk about what can be done, and get on with it building neighbourly reinforcing on the way

Q2 - How could we reduce the stresses we place on natural systems so they may better deal with changing climate and urban development? • Reticulation of houses with recycled water/grey water • Measurement of energy at all levels – people aren’t aware of it/don’t know what to do • Broadband to every home allows smart metering for conservation (benchmarking 140) • Solutions relevant to your environment • Better waste recycling • More green – reduce urban heat islands • Protecting waterway health • Reduce run off into waterways – urban and rural • Waste avoidance and recovery • Supply chain mapping – cradle to grave waste management • Density • Create and care for more public open space • Seek technological solutions • Multi use of existing infrastructure eg. schools pools • Need to look regionally at impact of major activities eg. farming

31 Page 31 of 58

• Research and development will revolutionalise how we use limited resources eg. coal seam gas and water injection

• Preserve nature and its systems by minimising impact ie. touch less of it • Lightly touch the landscape that infrastructure interrupts • Connect large scale high conservation value ecosystems

o Encourage development of developer biodiversity offsets to fund this activity • Regional plan reviews need to consider any proposals for revision of the urban footprint in terms

of the environmental and social dividends – what’s the community and environmental resulting benefit – can we stop making long term land owners who pay no capital gains tax rich?

Q3 - In what ways can business/industry and government encourage Queenslanders to make further changes to lifestyle in order to reduce impact on natural resources? • Education – waste campaign

o Lead by example – government and business • Early education – primary school • Urban development at highest standards • Aim for best practice as normal practice • Massive investment in public transport • Bicycle use – linked and safer, grants for changing rooms • Price – hit the hip pocket • Benchmarking at home/suburb/city level for energy/water bills • More flexible working hours • Address regulatory framework (awards systems) • Change workplace culture • Target setting and measurement eg. Target 140 • Master-planning will effect lifestyle change • Carrot and stick approach ie. education (and some financial)

o Penalties for non-compliance o Success of water preservation policy o Carbon Pollution Reduction Scheme

• Both existing and new dwellings o Develop educational programs about community infrastructure (Shared wind, solar,

gardens, large water storage) o Provide supplier incentives to deliver ‘cluster solutions’ in line with community

engagement programs • Eco-resilience

o Manage climate hazards and environmental footprint simultaneously o Maximise demand management/energy efficiency to support grid o Leverage mother nature to ratchet up our eco resilience as we build back –

acknowledging risk exposure and consumer choice • Support urban design competitions for best practice including the regions • Prioritise active transport with innovative biking solutions • Sponsor kitchen table thinking reality TV show

32 Page 32 of 58

Workshop 5 Top ideas: • Make regional plans a one stop shop to incorporate all layers of State planning policies eg.

biodiversity, arable land, no-go zones, environmental linkages, economic hotspots, koala SPP, noise SPP etc

o Needs integration and linkages across issues o Fine grain detail required o Needs to be in a virtual form for ease of use

• Develop a Charter of Sustainability Principles for the 3 levels of government using consistent methodology and a personal responsibility charter. The Charter could cover such things as transport, energy and water use, waste, activity centres, precautionary principle. Use the Charter for policy direction and reporting. It should be applied by developers, government and industry. The Personal Charter could be used to achieve cultural and paradigm change and incorporate user pays principles

• Undertake a 5-yearly, evidence-based, independent review of carrying capacity of the environment at national, state and regional levels. It should include cropping lands, marine and other natural environments, water, natural resources, energy, climate change mitigation and adaptation. It should be included as part of the Intergenerational Report

• Use economic drivers to achieve sustainability eg. pricing of public transport (free, tax deductable, or user pays), inner city congestion charges. If good design is built into developments initially it may be cheaper in the long term when comparing capital versus recurrent costs

Sustainability quotes: • “In response to growth, is the environment indispensable or is it to be viewed as collateral

damage?” • “Stabilising growth is a viable option” Other ideas:

Q1 - How should we plan, design and retrofit our homes and cities to reduce our energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions? • Better balance of transport system considering -

o active transport o public transport o between cars, trucks and trains o fuel use, land take, urban design, community health

• Regional activity centres to increase employment at train stations and busway linked by high speed public transport

• Increase density around centres (TOD’s, residential, mixed-use) • Legislate to support these changes

33 Page 33 of 58

• A paradigm change is required in relation to o car occasional use o virtual services o local facilities o care share schemes o electric cares o cycle to work o power-aassisted bicycles

• Housing o Planning flexibility o Water tanks o Smaller, wider range o Building standards o Universal/adaptable design

• Education and cultural change to understand and address impacts • National broadband

Q2 - How could we reduce the stresses we place on natural systems so they may better deal with changing climate and urban development? • Enforce ‘no-go zones’ and expand the definition of no-go zones which are ecologically

significant. Further action is required • Need to more strongly define natural open spaces and focus upon intersections with

movement corridors • Need to be scientifically supported and with focus on linking up natural environmental

corridors and habitats • We think this is the most critical issue irrespective of growth • Needs to be state-supported no just reliant upon local government ie. a joint approach • Climate change is more difficult but evidence exists of impact upon species – thus need for

scientific research • Developers need to be responsible in this eg. by requiring they stay involved over the long term • Gap between planning and what is really being developed • Significance of public transport in helping to minimise footprint (as well as its other benefits) • Need better waste and recycled waste management which is considered as a significant

sleeper issue • ‘Green for green’ sake mentality does not necessarily generate better environmental outcomes • Need better pre-development knowledge to inform developers of what is required to properly

conserve natural systems • Impact of climate change on flood – prone areas need to be prioritised • Importance of research – “when we know better, we do better and may be less afraid of

retrofitting cities and regions”

34 Page 34 of 58

Q3 - In what ways can business/industry and government encourage Queenslanders to make further changes to lifestyle in order to reduce impact on natural resources? • Improving understanding of costs for energy consumption/water etc • Targeted education • Possibly a national approach as big impact actions may need a national approach • Recycling/waste reduction requires a broad strategy • Need to connect individual behaviour with group behaviour through community standards. A

good example was Queensland’s water crisis • Business/government develop their own green charter • Manage through rebate/taxes • Gross feed in tariffs • Price point on natural resources ie. user pay • Tailor strategies for different household types • Better information for households • Free public transport • Prioritise the environment through ESD policies for all new growth areas and apply ESD

principles on a precinct wide basis rather than a building focus • Monitor the carrying capacity of the environment through 5-yearly independent evidence

based reviews to inform regional plans Workshop 6 Top ideas: • Concerted leadership to restore waterways

o Person or body with responsibility of coordinating and implementing existing policy o ‘Catchment by catchment’ o Use existing scorecards to prioritise o Start at regional plan – down to neighbourhood plans

• Sustainable Infrastructure to lead development o Public transport needs to be there from start o Green space contribution to regional open space targets o Set aside corridors for rail, bio-diversity etc o Fund with uplift charges

• Build environment stewardship • Get kids out of the classrooms and into the environment from a young age • ‘Hands on’ involvement in community projects • Changing building design

o Embrace sustainable design o Natural ventilation o Change pricing structure o Restructure loans to reflect running costs of houses o Smart metering o Will need legislative and banking change

35 Page 35 of 58

Sustainability quotes: • “Is sustainable growth an oxymoron” • “Need Federal vision for Australia that embraces regions and decentralisation” Other ideas: • Embrace sub-tropical design – manage site cover, increase green space at lot and

neighbourhood level, increase on-site infiltration, state and local government land, better design for natural ventilation (ie. explosion of air conditioning had changed building design – loss in natural ventilation)

• Change energy consumption through price and energy education/communication – Ergon demand management, smart metering, billing data comparisons

• Socially equitable public transport – fare structure to encourage maximum use of public transport ie. free travel for children and students

• Harness environmental offsets in meaningful ways – for water quality, for trees. State sanctioned eco fund. Needs to be rigorous, balance local impacts

• Concerted plan to restore waterways ‘catchment by catchment’ - Clean up industry impact on waterways

• All levels of government to adopt consistent standards – weeds, waterways, open space, sediment • Nuclear power pathway • Better design for natural ventilation (ie. explosion of air conditioning had changed building

design – loss in natural ventilation) • Mandate minimum energy efficiency rating for appliances purchased • Energy education/communication – demand management, smart metering, billing data

comparisons • Mandate offsets for air conditioning or mandate solar hot water • Facilitate collaboration between stakeholders to develop market placement of innovative ideas • Renewed public education campaign on litter/pollution • Active transport and connectivity – audit of regions • Plan incentive schemes to encourage business to invest in sustainability options for the long term • Government lead by example on encouraging energy conservation • Greater consistency state-wide on strategies to encourage water re-use/conservation • City farms and community gardens • Consider cumulative impacts of development eg. flooding • Need decisive decision making by local government on environmental matters • Clean up industry impact on waterways • Increase green space especially riparian • Environmental education – hands on prep to year 12 • Multi purpose green infrastructure – drainage, flooding, water quality, recreation, koala

36 Page 36 of 58

Workshop 7 Top ideas: • Use lifecycle analysis economics to value ecosystem services and provide incentives to fund:

o Transitional infrastructure to harness new technology o Mega renewable energy parks – minerals processing, manufacturing, base load

electricity (HVDC grid) o Soil carbon farming (regeneration & sequestration)

• Adopt an adaptive management approach which responds to sustainability innovation • Truly integrate environmental, economic and social considerations into design and development • Determine and work within carrying capacities • Master plans cannot be static • Identify and maintain urban footprints • Collaborate, innovate, understand, review and revise, adapt, tell people about it -

communications • Performance review using sustainability indicators • Transition to renewables

o Localisation/autonomous infrastructure to respond to climate change damage • Carrying capacities – dependant on living system, needs to respond to adaptive management

opportunities • Masterplans cannot be static • Concept of go/no-go zones not supported – it is about innovation and performance • World changes/preference change • No more greenfield development • Imperatives for change – self funded incentives, regulation/bonus based • Paradigm shift in urban design and implementation to improve sustainability • Typology = pattern – both at site planning level and building performance level • What is pre-approved = easy to supply • Encourage implementers to innovate • Penetrate the mass market - but one size does not fit all • Performance outcomes eg. AMCORD compact • Diversity of use for open space

o Safe and well lit, night time active leisure, street as lineal park, major urban parks, waterways, urban, regional parks, national parks, good pedestrian connections, urban plazas, active use, casual surveillance

37 Page 37 of 58

Sustainability quotes: • “We can not achieve sustainability without determining carrying capacities and resource limits” • “A different perspective in the group is that the summit is about making urban development

more sustainable while accepting people still need to live somewhere” • “Sustainability is not just about urban design and planning. Sustainability is about recognising

that we have to live within ecological limits and making decisions about how we do this throughout our life”

• “Sustainability and population growth needs to be considered integral with global and local climate change and peak oil power down”

• Einstein – “problems cannot be solved by the same level of thinking that created them” Other ideas: Q1 - How should we plan, design and retrofit our homes and cities to reduce our energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions? • Plan and design homes and cities • Regulation covers it now • Regulation inhibits new ideas eg. housing size • Major triage of all Qld/local planning laws – red pen aspects preventing innovation • No well managed State/Federal program that ensures innovation occurs • Smaller footprint houses • No new coal fired power stations • Qld to be leader in renewables • 1 and 2 person households • White roofs • Carbon planting • Gross feed tariff • Mosaic precinct planning • Massive investment in pedestrian Q2 - How could we reduce the stresses we place on natural systems so they may better deal with changing climate and urban development? • Map ecosystem network for preservation and rehabilitation projects • Protect good quality agricultural land and encourage intensive production in peri urban • Incentives for best practice agricultural and urban outcomes • Efficiency of resource use and incentives for efficient use of infrastructure – headworks

reductions based on reductions on reduction of resource use compared to average • Soil carbon • Value ecosystem services • Minimise the human impact on natural resource use • Densification and public transport • Harness carbon offsetting and finding vegetation offset policies to find ecosystem rehabilitation • Small footprint houses

38 Page 38 of 58

• Stop burning coal • Waste management • Reduce hard surfaces of city • More space for trees between buildings – encourages healthier habits • No new coal fired power stations • Qld to be leader in renewable • 1&2 person households • Solar on existing houses • White roofs • Carbon planning • Return carbon to soil • Don’t try to fit arbitrary population and employment targets – need to be based on

preservation of environment, lifestyle and economy • Determine carrying capacities and resource limits based on sustainability indicators • Coastline protection – planning to manage • Re-direct population growth to more ambient climates • Queensland to develop renewable energy based on air conditioner – gas based air

conditioner • Transitional strategies to renewable energy sources • Electric vehicles – renewable based – algal bio-diesel • Coastal planning must be based on most up to date climate change data • Invest in green infrastructure (natural environment) • Better species and habitat preservation strategies • Move to higher density living • Minimise the human impact on natural resource use eg. boardwalk in sensitive areas • Need diversity of parks (recreational parks not just national parks) • More effective environmental measures in new developments for flora/fauna for best

environmental outcomes • Who is enhancing the habitat of SEQ regional plan green corridors, where is incentive to

landholders? • Gross feed tariff • Mosaic precincts planning • Massive investment in pedestrian • Street trees and shop awnings • Invest in waterways • Regulate carbon neutral communities • Grey water mining • Digital workplace • Street solar orientation • Public transport • Beerburrum city • Remove acoustic barriers - plant bamboo • Edible gardens

39 Page 39 of 58

• Small housing with parks • Remove state land tax • 1770/Currumbin eco village • Start planning communities instead of houses • Set performance sustainability benchmarks for Yarrabilla • Retrofit • Progressive regulation to lift bar • Educate consumers about the benefit of retrofitting • Link densification policies to sustainability performance • Create a typology of sustainable, affordable design and development options – pre-approved • Differential pricing for electricity – moderate use =same cost, high use = increased unit cost • Common community areas – parks, pools, gardens (edible) • Software

o Encourage community organizations o Re-introduce social studies in education

• Encourage provision of services locally – dentists, doctors • Reduce public liability insurance impost • Investigate a Good Samaritan Act • Re-integrate aged care into city at inner suburbs • Introduce skill training for marginalised groups in community • Government enabled car/bike share schemes • Free public space • Don’t over consume housing – smaller houses, use public realm • Community gardens • Volunteering • Civic engagement – that the city is designed as an invitation to participate. Inclusion to

participate, inclusion of social amenities • Provide more community infrastructure • Concentrate amenity – make places • Protection, value and legibility of ecosystem services – don’t pipe a creek • Healthy ecosystem = healthy communities • Local communities where people want to be • Demonstrate true housing and transport costs • Promotion of diversity/flexible , adaptable civic space and sense of the city • Naked streets – reuse local streets for living • Love and live the street – they are multi-functional Q3 - In what ways can business/industry and government encourage Queenslanders to make further changes to lifestyle in order to reduce impact on natural resources? • Mega renewable energy parks consuming solar, marine or wind • Distributed local provision created by local community – supported by feed in tariff • Make policy as innovative as private sector eg. technology • Incentives low/ no carbon households

40 Page 40 of 58

• Reduce costs of public transport • Demand management • Congestion charge –oyster/octopus cards • Investment in public transport systems that are quality, attractive • Public space • Value ecosystems and amenities • System for social protection of environment • User friendly transport systems ie. facilities for communities • Make it socially acceptable to reduce impact • Tax deductibility for public transport • Business – salary sacrifice for public transport use • Business setting good example • Ban the Indy, ban fireworks • Gross feed in tariff and demand management, new technology selection choice • Drinking fountains not bottled water • Empower choice • Life cycle assessment food (seasonal, distance travelled, input/output boundaries) • Who pays – consumer of taxpayer or society if damage is irrevocable • How increase local produce • Timing of opening hours • Business

o Restructure different working hours - start/finish time for commuters o Encourage working from home

• Dematerialise society • Business selling services to society instead of goods • Reduce packaging • Government incentives for business by changing industrial relations landscape – flexibility in

work/life approach • Open the green door -fast track innovative, green business • Backyards initiative – use more sustainably, not just grass, not just pools • Remove income/regulation impediments to rental/sharing of housing eg. need to declare

income from rental room • Coordinated approaches to non car based access to major trip generating areas/facilities • Incentives for more efficient transport – bicycles, scooters, car share, smaller/more efficient cars • Remove fringe benefit tax on public transport – business to include public transport passes as

party of salary package • Promote/facilitate people – living closer to work, working closer to where live, work from home • Support for car share as part of public transport system and new well located development

41 Page 41 of 58

Liveability Workshop 1 Top ideas: Promote and support development of an integrated public transport system which provides competitively superior travel options to the private motor vehicle • Paradigm shift:

o planning for door to door transport rather than bus stop/train station to bus stop/train station o pilot/trial three integrated innovative public travel solutions in 2010/11 using non-mass transit

modes to provide reticulation services from mass transit node (eg. bus stop) to door (eg. home) • Targets:

o decrease in private motor vehicle ownership per household (eg. 10% by 2015) o Increase proportion of public and active transport trips in total trips (eg. 40% by 2015)

Create viable active transport (cycle, walking) network connecting communities • State government to produce cycle network plan in all regional plans • State and local government to jointly fund retrofit of missing links identified in cycle network

plan to timeframe (within five years) • Increase percentage of transport spend on active transport • All new community developments to include active transport based on strategic network plans • All new urban roads to have safe bikeways and walkways • Invest in fixing high conflict zone (cars/bikes/pedestrians) • Conduct an active transport audit in all schools • Planning requirement for developments to include end of trip facilities (work place, shops,

community centres, recreational places and storage in high and medium density living) Housing Affordability • Mandate model codes for inclusion in local government planning schemes for a range of

housing products – different lots, size • Having undertaken strategic planning make consistent development a lower level of assessment • Development bonuses for high performance environmental outcomes • Create flexibility in zones to permit mixed use Other ideas: Q1 - Can medium and high density living options be desirable and affordable? If so, how? • Government to educate the population about options in order to promote more informed choices • Infrastructure charges could be charged on an area basis rather than equivalent person. This

would reward higher density and penalise lower density • Dollar incentives to downscale eg. empty nesters

42 Page 42 of 58

• Review of planning schemes (local and state) to house population targets in low, medium, high density areas. Focus on integrated regional planning rather than specific precincts

• A legislative framework for alternative infrastructure charging options eg. pay upfront as at present or pay on sale based on a percentage of sale price with a set minimum eg. $22 000 upfront or x% of sale price with minimum of $15 000

• Invest in urban renewal/heart eg. Bulimba (Safe Communities Incentive Program) • Reduce timeframes for development assessment and provide greater clarity for community

about future outcomes/approved planning for an area eg. show community what outputs look like using 3D modelling. Role of developers to show what the output design looks like and role of government to market strategic plans and targets

• Performance bonuses for good urban design meet 6-star under green code. • Ensure affordable housing is integrated into development set targets of 10% of 10 000 units • Market benefits/services of high density to community • Selling desirability in terms of parklands • Review densities in low/medium residential and medium residential in areas close to

infrastructure/transport/recreation • Detail in local planning scheme to meet price points/affordability eg. (car parking above

ground and setbacks) • Incentives to add sustainable design elements to building codes • Social housing integrated into new developments • Social housing opportunities • Building performance bonuses to improve urban design elements, improve ventilation • Until first transaction is made why do Councils get paid up front when no infrastructure is

being used (group had varying opinions about this)? • Is there a mid point between developer having all the holding charges and council having all

the holding charges? • Need timing opportunities to encourage in-fill development • Possibility of deferring infrastructure charges? • Minimum infrastructure charge/lot then an extra charge to the developer (or a percentage of

sale price). This will incentivate both developer and council

Q2 - How can we promote community wellbeing, neighbourliness and safety in our communities? • Multi-purpose mixed use community spaces, reflecting diversity of interests and connected to

community infrastructure (eg. walking/cycling paths) • Walkable environments, cycleable – create shared zones • Community NOT divided by road or rail:

o lower speeds for local urban roads to 30km o design paths and bikeways for all communities o retrofit shade corridors and safe paths to existing infrastructure

• Fast trains to connect regions for freight and passenger • Encourage cycling, walking, active transport through design • Increase quality of public transport including comfort and busways • Transport needs to be designed to integrate with urban environment (multiple use)

43 Page 43 of 58

Q3 - What role do you think urban design should play in accommodating growth, (thinking about housing, suburb and infrastructure design) – including in the regions? • Location of satellite cities is key – the further out you go the more you will pay to get back into

the city. Therefore true cost of living in that home may be higher • SEQ is more like LA than New York – spread out. Harder and more expensive to get around • Need a mix of options • $3000 - $4000/SqM to build high density accommodation and $800/SqM to build low density

in suburbs • Can’t just construct high density building over train station and expect it to be a community • Planning schemes are too restrictive • Home-based business should be encouraged • Need to get certain yields • Code assessable applications need to be reviewed so that the process is easier and quicker • Free up assessment processes – eg. R30 principles • Need more robust and creative guidelines for urban design eg. if you have a small lot – just

don’t do a small house • Infrastructure charges – developers should be charged on area basis not per lot. This would

encourage a higher density and a lower cost per lot. Equivalent person is a flawed process. Need pricing structures that offer incentives to create higher densities

Workshop 2 Top ideas: • State and local governments to extend 6 star green ratings to precincts • State government to lead community change in attitude by showcasing innovative and diverse

examples of the benefits of medium to high density living – eg. demonstration projects, awards for projects and precincts, incentives for local governments to plan for and facilitate these developments

• State and local governments to ensure regulatory framework enables innovation in construction which improve affordability – eg. preconstruction, cottage building techniques, soundproofing, lifecycle and living costs, introduce ESD

• Urban design is of fundamental importance to urban renewal in regional centres • Elevate community services planning to an equal status as physical infrastructure planning

and ensure both are done upfront • Fund programs which encourage social connectedness • Adopting design processes and standards that create quality public space and ensure social

interaction, the outcomes to include provision of sufficient space for social interaction, physical activity and community recreation

• Planning that ensures and retains diversity in the communities eg. through diversity of residential spaces to appeal across age groups and income levels

• Urban design is of fundamental importance to urban renewal, new development in regional centres • The preferred approach is to design for the built community with all the desired characteristics

of diversity, supporting infrastructure, environmental quality and innovation

44 Page 44 of 58

• In order to do this, the planning process should be amended to replace subdivision planning with community concept design, with sub-dividing relegated to the task of issue of titles

• ‘Qld Design Strategy 2020’ should be strengthened in relation to urban design outcomes and promoted broadly

• State and local government regulation and legislation amended to place priority of community concept design over subdivision design – new procedure be based on concept Masterplan for urban development and renewal

• In regional centres these developments – with community engagement – will reflect the character of the community

• The preferred approach is to design for the built community with all the desired characters of diversity, supporting infrastructure, environmental quality and innovation

Other ideas:

Q1 - Can medium and high density living options be desirable and affordable? If so, how? • Desirable because of high levels of amenity (visual, services and location) • To focus of quality of public spaces between buildings – streets, open space etc • To encourage typologies which capitalise upon cottage building skills, eg. dual occupancy

townhouses • Aim to live work and play in close proximity, reduced travel distances • Desirable for whom? Development must demonstrate broader public benefit • Looking at lifecycle costs and living costs of the building • Opportunity to make high density more energy efficient and more appealing • Cost certainty – body corporate fees – rules and controls to make costs more certain • Sound proofing – vertically and horizontally, double glazing for insulation • Social interactions, sense of community – provide social and living spaces • Diversity of design – making sure it caters for different reasons for living in high density eg.

smaller units, but larger shared spaces • Review of regional plan expectations vs reality check (this question needed to be asked prior

to review of SEQ Regional Plan – learning for other regional plans?) • Preconstruction of units to decreases costs and traffic congestion during construction phase

(eg. tradesmen not on the road). Would also decrease on site waste • Design to accommodate different family structures – children grow up in units internationally,

why not here? Need better choice. Pets • Diversity of mix – match to life stages Q2 - How can we promote community wellbeing, neighbourliness and safety in our communities? • Retention of intergenerational mix via building diversity • Promoting social glue via land use diversity and activities in the public realm eg. street parties,

festivals • Demanding high quality urban design and good management of public realm • Social infrastructure to be equal to physical infrastructure • Making neighbourhoods very walkable via shade, amenity, sense of place, intrigue

45 Page 45 of 58

• Remove/review front fences to achieve neighbourhood outcomes – passive surveillance enabling, quality of place

• Making neighbourhoods safe, passive surveillance, good lighting, communal areas • Active programs to encourage cohesion, bushland care groups etc • Pathways, parks and active spaces • Encouraging pride in neighbourhoods, pride in where people live • More attention to place making of community areas – public, commercial and community

elements (eg. think of schools differently) • Better linkages across the communities – can see and walk in neighbourhood • Common sense – lack of it seen as a barrier to community engagement (eg. street parties

require indemnity insurance, so people take no responsibility for themselves/actions. NZ statute of liability limitations). Bigger issue in higher density areas

• Need to include above in both existing and new areas • Assessing community needs early on – what’s needed • World’s best practice in community creation • Reinforcing good core societal values – eg. lack of respect for neighbourhoods. Need good

spaces for entertainment • Compact, well serviced communities • Connectivity for youth – are the services there for the youth? Ensuring they’re not bored and

lost in the neighbourhoods, include in broader community eg. large skate park • Multiculturalism – blending into existing neighbourhoods eg. new types of shops etc, diversity

in neighbourhoods • Intergenerational living – households and communities • Safety of public spaces • Front veranda – increases feeling of safety • Introductions with neighbours – handshake – engagement with neighbours • Reinvigorate community eg. neighbourhood watch, resourcing community groups

Q3 - What role do you think urban design should play in accommodating growth, (thinking about housing, suburb and infrastructure design) – including in the regions? • Planning process – approach should be precinct planning, design should have greater

guidance, shared approach to the provision of all infrastructure – social, hard, green • Diversity of urban character, even within precincts • Pet parks and off leash areas • Trail heads in social spaces and to connect social spaces • Imperative • World’s best practice, emulate and repeat • Planning to enable for world’s best practice urban design to occur • Proper community consultation/involvement • Supported with appropriate infrastructure and funding arrangements to deliver • Accessibility of services eg. waste removal methods and timing • Define urban design – not just about landscape or aesthetics • Increase professional capacity in local government to advise on urban design

46 Page 46 of 58

• Master planning – design the built community not the subdivision • Personification of the region internally and externally – concept plan correct will then typify the

region for residents and visitors, makes a statement and can attract and encourage further innovation in the community. Increases community wellbeing

• Support Board for Urban Places – set standards for all public infrastructure, urban design charter, promote knowledge of Board’s activities

• Transparent, evidence based criteria to be applied to urban design for project approval • Make urban design options and intentions more accessible for the community eg. 3D

modelling • Design touches us all - strengthen relevance and exposure of Qld Design Strategy 2020 to

schools and community Workshop 3 Top ideas: • Introduce standardised infrastructure charges with a known increase (eg. ABS construction

index) each year to give certainty o Priority Infrastructure Plans are not workable and onerous and there is no certainty

to developers o In combination with a simplified approval process this will increase development

certainty, activity and affordability • Getting Transit oriented development (TODs) on the ground

o Accelerate efforts to commence and complete development of housing in TODs (around bus and rail)

o Premier’s department to lead • Disused government-owned land

o Offer opportunities to develop land to private developers or not-for-profit organisations such as the Brisbane Housing Company

• The government to work with new and existing communities to create unique and welcoming neighbourhood hubs/centres that foster cohesiveness, inclusiveness and respect (and also venues for consistent and effective government and community engagement on all issues that impact on the community)

• Commit to a 1-day summit in 12 months time with the same participants to report on the delivery of the summit outcomes - Publish and report the deliverables in a summit scorecard

Liveability quotes: “Liveability means… • Safety of community • Greenspace • Good education locally • Access to good facilities and amenities locally • Community pride • If we don’t get the infrastructure needs, funding and delivery right we will be back at the

growth summit next year with no progress”

47 Page 47 of 58

Other ideas: Q1 - Can medium and high density living options be desirable and affordable? If so, how? • Reform of headworks/infrastructure charges • Introduction of flat rate infrastructure charges (reduction of upfront charges) • Shortfall to be made up by alternative funding mechanisms • Streamlining approval processes, particularly those involving State government departments • Ensure consistency in decision-making and time to approve • Shared/part ownership • Need to use technology to open up 6-9 storey market • Medium and high density - provide more open space • High density requires high levels of amenity • Include more ‘town centres’ in green-field locations so density can be increased in these locations • Desirability depends on market demand

o Couples with children/no children have different preferences o Depends on proximity to railway station, etc (high density close to transport, shops etc) o Medium density should be away from CBD and developed around hubs o High/medium density needs to be better, smarter, more innovative

• Difficult to make high density living (eg. building with a lift) affordable • Medium and high density is desirable already amongst some people • Greater acceptance • Good design • Community facilities and mixed communities • Walkable to services

Q2 - How can we promote community wellbeing, neighbourliness and safety in our communities? • Slow the traffic – soccer ball on street, couches on footpath • Communal/shared use areas – community garden, open area at back of few houses together • Projects need ‘town centres’ to encourage more people into areas • Allow older persons to connect to communities • Easy access to services and facilities ie. town centres • Welcome to community (centre/processes)

o Information for new residents o Web portal o Regular BBQs etc o Café/place to meet/network o Encourage community integration eg. buddying, community garden

• Market incentives for developments to promote wellbeing eg. include community centre – Currumbin Eco-centre

48 Page 48 of 58

Q3 - What role do you think urban design should play in accommodating growth, (thinking about housing, suburb and infrastructure design) – including in the regions? • Challenge – what we design has to be affordable for younger households • Cater for changing demographics – variety of sizes of homes, places for older and frail

households near their current residences • Community mix • Need urban design to facilitate place making – turn a location into a community place • Making denser housing more affordable • Extending construction hours 5 – 10, 7 days a week – shift work (in appropriate places) • Progress payments • State land is an underutilised opportunity – offer it to development companies • Establish a centralised land authority • ‘Inclusionary’ zoning • Urban design needs to work at a level below the SEQ plan to decide what is best for SEQ.

Local government to implement. Similar for regional centres • Visit examples of good design Workshop 4 Top Ideas • Free up under-utilised housing by relocating small households to new housing which meets

their needs o Partnerships with government on surplus land o Partnerships on discounted rentals across all levels of government (eg. NRAS) o Realign social housing mix in middle ring suburbs to reflect changing

demographics and aspirations to remain in their existing community • Encourage renters into high/medium and offer long term contracts • Multiple housing types/density within local communities – encourage local transition

Other ideas:

Q1 - Can medium and high density living options be desirable and affordable? If so, how? • Yes, but we need strong community engagement • Yes, but it requires housing choice in all locations • Europe provides examples • Requires easy access to all services and amenities and public transport • Demonstrate utilising 3D modelling • Mix of residential typology to provide choice – new urbanism • Freehold not strata • Must be around transport and facilities – retail, greenspace, health and education • Means tested access? • Incentives for development to occur

49 Page 49 of 58

• Two tier routes – 2nd line item for long term incremental infrastructure charges • Farmers markets in high/medium density areas – create community through design and services • Work, live, play in your area (will not work for all) • Encourage renters into high/medium density by offering long term contracts • Look at people’s stage of life • Allowance for pets • Adaptable and flexible housing relevant to location • More demonstration projects – public/private partnership/Urban Land Development Authority • More mixed use with depth (no more 7/11’s!) • Loans for studio apartments – social investors • If you design for cars - you get cars!

Q2 - How can we promote community wellbeing, neighbourliness and safety in our communities? • Good design

o Streets o Communities o Community infrastructure o Developments and greenspace

• Creation of meeting points – gardens, blokes sheds • Master planning suburbs – realigning and widening streets, parks to reinvigorate • Good schools where people live (cut down on school run trips)

o Public transport/cycling/walking to school needs to be safe o Walking to school groups

• Social networking - cost of communications is prohibitive for some people, availability of communications

• Greenspace/wilderness • Engaging the community for small scale solutions – taking it to the kitchen table where local

communities are empowered to make local solutions • Community education program - target the community to meet a sustainability target

o Change my life – energy, waste, public transport o Methodology – determine drivers, set target, TODs for households

• Multiple housing types/density within local communities – encourage local transition • Medium density – safety, social connection • Ground floor facilities for social interaction • More walkable destinations • Improve retail environment due to density • Accommodate open space

o Provide quality and quantity o Urban forest/community gardens

• Urban forest/community gardens • Neighbourhood day • Street/block Christmas party • Need to have a commercial model to manage community facilities

50 Page 50 of 58

• Build urban renewal into existing and master planned communities ie. Rochedale • Active transport/reduce car use (roads and parking account for one third of urban land use

in Australia) o Rail, bus, bikeways, walkways o Safer recreational, community destinations, rapid transport velo-ways o Creating community infrastructure around active transport

• Every community/collection of suburbs has a focal meeting point/place – library/community centre – could use existing infrastructure

• Run programs/educate/share • Master planned communities have identity and draw on history, ensure mixture of incomes,

housing styles

Q3 - What role do you think urban design should play in accommodating growth, (thinking about housing, suburb and infrastructure design) – including in the regions? • Market research and community engagement to understand different needs region to region

and neighbourhood to neighbourhood • Good urban design is essential in regions as well as cities

o Transport o Connectivity

• To encourage world best practice • Need a simple filtering process to separate leadership from ‘regulation’ proposals • Good land use and urban planning • Managing growth through a regional process • Urban design to impact on our shared vision • Integrate policy and vision across State, Federal and local government • Linkable and affordable communities • Prioritise our greenspace • Goals and implementation strategy • Moving single tenants later in life plus partnerships for State

o Free up underutilised housing by relocating small households to new housing which meets their needs

o National Rental Affordability Schemes opportunities • To consider future use of State owned aged housing where households have only 1 or 2

residents. These residents could be relocated to new community housing that suits their needs and the vacated houses could be refurbished or redeveloped

• Meat on the bones – partnership with government re: surplus land • Design must lead – depart from many traditional delivery systems • Urban design is paramount

o Need to educate and communicate the importance o Reminded of poor urban design producing things like cul-de-sacs and inappropriate

streetscapes • Mandate preparation of a structured plan showing how each individual development integrates

with surrounding development • Ensure individuality in design

51 Page 51 of 58

• Ensure elements are incorporated in house/building design and allow creative use of materials • Educate builders and buyers on better design principles • Move away from house and land packages – boring, ugly cookie cutter design • Open home scheme for highly rated design Workshop 5 Top ideas: • Governance: key is coordination across govt departments to produce coordinated outcomes

o Generate an innovative strategy to foster affordability incentivise acceptance of higher density living eg. use of first home owners grant

o SEQ and regional cities can and should be models of environmental urban design as world’s best practice in tropical and subtropical design

Other ideas:

Q1 - Can medium and high density living options be desirable and affordable? If so, how? • Amenity and sense of community people need to be aware of the benefits – selling the story,

get rid of some of the myths • Community gardens would improve the image of higher density • Community accord – govt determines higher density area in return for dedicating transport

infrastructure or open space • The language is important – perception of losing value; needs to be modified connotation of

housing commission when you mention affordability • Provide diversity of housing choice at the right locations • There’s a need for different options and varying residential products • Need promotion of the benefits and positives of higher density living eg. cost of

living/transport. Understand cost of choices o range of housing choice – pre-conceived ideas of what higher density means

• Design must consider respect for current neighbourhood – community input in planning phase. Local area planning

• Codes for assessment need improvement • Urban design – design growth precincts in greater detail before market release to ensure

quality, affordability and amenity is delivered; the design of transport infrastructure should be regarded as important as the design of places they connect

Affordability • Incentives for living in medium/high density eg. first home owners grant for entering

medium/high density • Reduce provision of car parks in some developments • Engage financial sector to encourage alternate lending eg. Generation Y, friends buy together • Rate of change (to higher density) scares people off • Not enough dialogue on the issue • Cost of producing building is unattractive inducements: accelerate approval, infrastructure reduction

52 Page 52 of 58

Q2 - How can we promote community wellbeing, neighbourliness and safety in our communities? • Good Planning • Proper land use planning • Well lit streets • Urban safety • Recreational areas • Green space • Sport • Access to healthcare • Social economic opportunities • Investment and employment opportunities • Housing – affordable and transport access • Footpaths/cycle lanes • Fixing ‘broken windows’ • Neighbour pride • Neighbour groups • Community days/sporting days • Community welcoming • Long term resident medal • Awards – best house/best street • Regional community/social capacity building • Congregation funding – community status • Tax reform: Metro/industry • Up skilling of local community • Welcome to Australia

o skilled o refugee

• Shared zones • 40km resident streets • Good arterial roads so no ‘rat running’ • Cycle culture • Better urban streets • Trees in streets/shared gardens • Invest in greenspace

53 Page 53 of 58

How do we do it? • Implement 40km/h • Increase on road/off road cycle paths – compared funding • Party budget • Re-invigorate neighbourhood watch • Community welcoming committee • Retrofit greenspace

Q3 - What role do you think urban design should play in accommodating growth, (thinking about housing, suburb and infrastructure design) – including in the regions? • Quality of design for transport and movement infrastructure is critical to growth (it isn’t

currently good in many cases) • Collaboration of disciplines is vital • Certainty of growth corridors is vital as are the transport networks • Consider whole continuum of access to communities • Identify areas for density and acknowledge how living needs will change • Need to inform people better about living choices eg. single dwelling is medium density • We need exemplars of well-designed transit-oriented precincts (none to date, a problem!) • Regional cities want growth to be centralised to activate the heart • All growth precincts need to be designed in much greater detail and developer requirement

before being released, not just a ‘structure’ plan (including – community and movement services, neighbourhood watch amenities, open spaces and qualities, identity, housing diversity, scale and form)

• Urban design is the discipline to link built/social/spatial environments, but it is not valued enough • More design focus needed on different people who make up diverse and culturally rich

communities – background, age and aging, economic, disabilities) • Urban identity derives in all communities from linking old to new (consider what exists of value) • In government, there is still too much disintegration between departments (eg. QT, QR, DPW,

DIP, DERM) • In many areas, we need to preserve natural environments for their cultural value (too!) not

‘sanitise’ them for eg. with artificial lakes • Government needs to give greater actual support to councils to deliver growth precincts

especially WRT neighbourhood consultation • Government needs to help communicate with councils what is envisaged as urban design,

density, social and environmental outcomes • Key message is to prioritise urban design over 2-D planning show people what is really being

proposed and what is flexible so they can make informed consideration

54 Page 54 of 58

Workshop 6 Top ideas: • Require and enforce Social Impact Management Plans (SIMP)

o Proponents of new resource or new industrial projects required by law to undertake a SIMP o Develop and commit to a program up front to mitigate negative impacts o Must consider cumulative impacts

• Create an urban design tradition in Queensland o Public discourse & education in the community o Promote/showcase exemplar projects o Build capacity/skills with profession o Urban design at forefront of all projects including government projects

• Promote Social Diversity o Mandate mixed generational & affordability criteria o eg. minimum percentage of affordable housing for all developments, mix of housing

types & co-location of facilities • Use Commonwealth Games bid on Gold Coast as an exemplar project for social inclusion,

sustainable design and active transport o Design athletes’ accommodation to become a permanent community

• Expand the Urban Land Development Authority o Additional powers (compulsory acquisition, value uplift) & sites o More active player in the market o More proactive working with not for profit agencies to develop affordable housing

Liveability quotes: • “We don’t need population growth to drive improvement” • “Popular culture shapes behaviour – need more ‘Friends’ and ‘Seinfeld’ rather than

‘Neighbours’ and ‘Home and Away’” Other ideas: • Plan for neighbourhoods rather than dwellings - allow population ageing - more

intergenerational interaction – mixture of facilities and placement of facilities and services to encourage interaction between groups

• Showcase the successes and exemplar design, sustainable and community based projects - Educate community on good urban design – use example development (leaders), help community understand that no isn’t actually a choice regarding density, economic development (strategic) is dependent on good design – provide guidelines and examples

• Provide royalty discounts for mining companies who invest in reducing social impacts • Market higher density in terms of cost of living benefits rather than cost of housing • Big role for Urban Land Development Authority regarding value capture • Educate community on good urban design – use example development (leaders), help

community understand that no isn’t actually a choice regarding density, economic development (strategic) is dependent on good design – provide guidelines and examples

• Urban design is critical for accommodating growth, however, needs expertise to make it happen

55 Page 55 of 58

• Development needs to be lead by design (not currently the case) where design reflects needs and wants

• Gated estates are a problem o Safety – insufficient escape routes in case of fire o Community interaction – minimises interactions with people outside, not

necessarily encouraging neighbourliness inside o Increasing and cementing class divisions o Minimises intergenerational interactions

• Allow population ageing – more community volunteerism and surveillance, less crime, more intergenerational interaction

• Design communities for mixed generations, household types and lifestyles – mixture of facilities and placement of facilities and services to encourage interaction between groups

• Design green space so there are small parks easily accessible to all housing and connected with larger greenspace

• Flexible workforce comes at a cost – frequent moving reduces community connectedness • Provide opportunities to engage – community gardens, dog off leash areas, few non-

commercial opportunities in evenings, community hubs, neighbourhood planning, arts facilities for amateur drama/dance/music

• Problems in mining/defence communities etc – companies not interested in supporting families and communities, should be compelled to facilitated involvement in SES, CFA and provide community infrastructure

• Enforceable social impact management plans Workshop 7 Top ideas: • Design communities not just buildings

o Community planning to have stronger science and ecological base o Develop and mandate regional social plans o Prioritise social infrastructure planning o E.g. shared community facilities

• Better use of existing housing stock and community facilities o Densification by increased occupancy

Tax incentives More flexible planning Dual use housing

o Good local community engagement • Mixed medium/high density housing clusters around communally owned facilities at varying scales:

o Integrates community o Increases safety and security o Increased amenity o Supports mass transit

• Delivery – infill sites (government, brownfield): eg. ULDA as delivery vehicle • All – integrates community, increases safety, security and amenity and supports mass transit

56 Page 56 of 58

Liveability quotes • “Urban planning ideas have largely been middle-class ideas” • “Working people are being driven out by price - entrenching disadvantage” • “We must plan to re-integrate with affordable housing” Other ideas: Q1 – Can medium and high density living options be desirable and affordable? If so, how? • Yes, think Paris and Manhattan - design, comfort, access, choice • No liveable city is made of single storey buildings – ban it • All liveable cities have 2, 3, and 4 storey housing • Conversion of detached dwellings to dual key, multiple dwellings (tax concessions, more

flexible planning for existing dwellings) • Medium density model (density around pocket parks, communal pools, edible gardens, rear

entry lots, café/corner stores) • Increased community integration • Increased security/safety • Increased amenity • Design the community not just the buildings – environmental and human considerations • Science based/ecological platform • Mixed housing clusters around shared facilities • Urban land development authority delivery model • Pocket parks concept • Pool, edible gardens, cafes • Mandate regional social infrastructure eg. encourage duel purpose facilities eg. school pool for

community use on weekends • Reduce cost of constructing medium and high density dwellings (CRC research) • Introduce government financing mechanism to fund medium and high density development • Adapt existing housing – tax concessions for sub-letting (owner occupiers), reduce transaction

costs to encourage people to transition to more appropriate housing eg. ageing population • Eco-housing • Consider whole of life cost of residence/people – heating, cooking, cooling, transport • Co-housing • Reduced need for car parking • Community housing options are needed • Land supply is not the issue look at entire costs (infrastructure and environmental) • Incentive to invest in medium density housing • Price green-field infrastructure costs without subsidy – send price signals • Designs needs to include appropriate solar orientation • Master-planned communities must be orientated appropriately • Identify kernels of market demand - generation Z and Y

57 Page 57 of 58

Q2 - How can we promote community wellbeing, neighbourliness and safety in our communities? • Good design promoting privacy • Diverse recreational facilities • Diverse housing stock • Innovate social policy • Means tested social housing (new entrants, altered circumstances) • Safety included in urban design • Provision of community facilities for all ages • Standards, regulations, attractive neighbourhoods, sense of belonging • Dual purpose social infrastructure – sporting fields, water detention basin, school facilities –

grounds, buildings • Focus in investment on community wellbeing and crime prevention not police and punishment • Urban agriculture • Well lit bike and footpaths • Dedicated bikeways and footpaths • Encourage private sector shopping centre developers to include social, recreational and

community services • Government enabled car/bike share schemes • Free public space • Don’t over consume • Make planning more public Q3 - What role do you think urban design should play in accommodating growth, (thinking about housing, suburb and infrastructure design) – including in the regions? • Strategic linking, planning, design, • Architecture delivering outcomes • Functional urban design (precinct level sustainability measures eg. grey water re-use) • Urban design to facilitate fit into existing landscape (both large scale eg. long distance views

and local issues eg. vegetation) • Climate specific urban design • Change education system for urban for urban design to actually deal with the functional

sustainability issues not just aesthetics • Need a holistic solution to overall dwelling provision (need mid term process/transition) • Pre-approved building design to fast track building/development assessment process • Design for privacy • Individual metering for gas, electricity and water • Levy on new developments to fund affordable/social housing • Non strata titled institutionally provided market rental/rate housing stock • Natural green space • Regional social infrastructure plan • Accessible public transport • Local services (government and non-government)

58 Page 58 of 58

• Subtropical design (eg. open windows) • Extension services (paid volunteering, private sector and government) • Local decision making (community boards, community planning and decision making) • More ecological evidence in urban design • Open space needs to be designed • Urban design is not practised in Queensland – we do not consider the technical data, science

to reflect policy based science • Open space should be positively designed not left over • Improve quality of design and implementation • Walkable cities • No new suburban communities - build new development where public transport infrastructure

exists and is proposed to be enhanced • Direct growth to regional rail towns • Growth pressures is human desire • This question should be about planning not urban design • Use quality public realm materials which respond to local character - Ask existing community

what this needs to be including flora and fauna elements • Urban refits – re-use existing urban areas • Work within vegetation and environment in a respectful way • Focus on urban public space and urban parks including community gardens (softness) • City region not the city only (our place, our character) • Shade giving street trees • Pre-packed housing (attractive design) that will reduce dwelling costs • Inclusiveness • Allow maximum dwelling densities where viable • Shop top housing • Local supply of renewable energy/mega renewable energy parks and HVDC grid • Companies that design developments, build it and sells it • Street grid patterns – no dead end streets • Plan for screen planting, carbon planting, food planting

Appendix 8: Summit ideas

Idea Theme SourceThe government should be building the transport infrastructure before even considering whether or not medium or high density living is appropriate.

Connecting communities workshop 1

Serious planning and money needs to be invested in our main roads between Sunshine and Gold Coasts.

Connecting communities workshop 1

Our train system could be responsible for moving so many more people - especially commuter belt cities (eg. Toowoomba to Brisbane), but the lines don't exist, have infrequent services or have not had any investment for years. We need cross-city lines, and Investment in efficient transport, particularly passenger and freight rail

Connecting communities workshop 1

Traffic entering CBD should be tolled just like Singapore to reduce CBD congestion.

Connecting communities workshop 1

Cost of public transport for work purpose (including daily commute to work) should be tax deductible to encourage using public transport instead of making it more expensive. However, at the same time increase tax in petrol.

Connecting communities workshop 1

We need an upgrade to the rail network - a high speed service between Brisbane and the Gold Coast - a subway network between Bowen Hills / Fortitude Valley / New Farm / Brisbane / Spring Hill / 'Gabba / West End. More frequent buses and trains.

Connecting communities workshop 2

I think the best thing to do to improve it involves high frequency public transport systems (like light rail) which would allow easy movement to other areas of the city

Connecting communities workshop 2

Offer free wi-fi in the public realm everywhere Connecting communities workshop 2Invest in the digital workplace Connecting communities workshop 2Reliable and effective high-speed public transport system between all major Queensland towns and cities

Connecting communities workshop 7, online survey

Encourage cycling, walking, active transport through design

Connecting communities workshop 1

The north-south railway line is under-utilised. Accelerate construction of rail links to the coast and speed up the reconnection to Southport and Coolangatta.

Connecting communities Submission

Invest in software - encourage community organisations, re-introduce social studies in education

Connecting communities workshop 6

Shared streets for all modes, good urban design to encourage pedestrians and cyclists

Connecting communities workshop 1, workshop 5, workshop 6, workshop 7, submission

High speed rail or light rail to connect regions for freight and passenger and support decentralisation

Connecting communities workshop 4, online survey

Increase quality and comfort of public transport Connecting communities workshop 6Lower speed limits and penalise tail gating Connecting communities workshop 3, online

surveyPublic transport needs to be competitively superior to private vehicle use

Connecting communities workshop 1

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 1 of 41

Idea Theme SourceProvide for active transport: funding, veloways, link existing networks, well lit, shaded, dedicated paths, bike share schemes, grant for end of trip facilities for small and medium businesses, power assisted bikes, audits

Connecting communities workshop 1, workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4, workshop 6, workshop 7, online survey

More promotion, provision and funding of and more accessible, integrated rail and bus transport including reviewing financing models

Connecting communities workshop 1, workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4, workshop 5, workshop 7, online question, online survey, summit keynote and People's Question Time

Reduce car parking provision Connecting communities workshop 1Reduce 'rat running' by providing more arterial roads Connecting communities workshop 3,

workshop 6Car share schemes Connecting communities workshop 2,

workshop 7, submission

A regular passenger rail service between Toowoomba andBrisbane

Connecting communities workshop 4, online question

Better services and facilities for motorcycle and scooter transport: Queue jumps at intersections, designated corridors, parking areas and sheltered stop offs

Connecting communities workshop 2, workshop 4, online question

Transit lanes Connecting communities Online questionMore park and ride including multi storey parking Connecting communities Online question,

online surveyCongestion charging Connecting communities People's Question

Time, workshop 5Subway system like the London Underground to solve traffic congestion

Connecting communities People's Question Time

Build double-decker roads like the ones in Beijing to solve traffic congestion

Connecting communities People's Question Time

We need to maintain parking and vehicular access due to the absence of decent public transport and need for commercial vehicles to park; provide 2 on-site car spaces per apartment in mixed and higher density residential

Connecting communities Online survey

Energy efficient and electric vehicles Connecting communities workshop 3, workshop 7

Review public transport fares: Free public transport for all or for children and students or in off peak

Connecting communities workshop 2, workshop 5, workshop 7

Tax deductibility, higher vehicle registration or salary sacrifice to encourage public transport use

Connecting communities workshop 7

Stop road development Connecting communities Online surveyTrain drivers to drive responsibly Connecting communities Online surveyMotorways should be built outside CBD area for through traffic to go around.

Connecting communities Online survey

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 2 of 41

Idea Theme SourceCommunities not divided by road or rail: lower speeds for local urban roads to 30km, design paths and bikeways for all communities, retrofit shade corridors and safe paths to existing infrastructure

Connecting communities workshop 4,

Design more compact, affordable, walkable, well serviced communities to enable people to work, live and play in their area (note it won't work for all)

Connecting communities workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4

Ensure good urban design in regions as well as cities - transport and connectivity

Connecting communities workshop 4

Create more local communities where people want to be Connecting communities online survey

Need to set targets for sustainability, potentially in legislation or regional plans, and measure progress e.g. Target 140. The cost of not achieving the targets needs to be known.

Connecting communities workshop 1, workshop 4

Population growth needs to be tied to infrastructure delivery by tri-party written agreement

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Infrastructure hubs Delivering infrastructure workshop 1Population growth will improve the state's tax base and provide increased capital for core needs and infrastructure. This is reliant on the tax system sufficiently and equitably raising revenue and intelligent allocation of these funds for development

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Without constant infrastructure upgrade and maintenance places can turn into ghettos. Ratio of low income to high income should be the same as atypical of a normal suburbia.

Delivering infrastructure workshop 2

An increase in population absolutely requires an increase in the amount and quality of infrastructure

Delivering infrastructure workshop 2

without major investment in infrastructure, higher density living will be a shambles.

Delivering infrastructure Online survey

Multi use of existing infrastructure e.g. schools pools Delivering infrastructure workshop 1City – master-planned, put infrastructure in up front (schools), community facilities

Delivering infrastructure workshop 4

National broadband Delivering infrastructure workshop 1, workshop 3, workshop 5

Build on existing infrastructure, local assets and people i.e. universities, schools, libraries – partnerships

Delivering infrastructure workshop 6

Plan infrastructure to facilitate growth rather than try to fix a problem

Delivering infrastructure Summit keynote

Local govt must be included in planning major infrastructure (often this is driven by the state with little consultation)

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Enhance, Support and maintain better community infrastructure –water/sewerage/roads/drainage

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Government should be less reactive and more strategic in planning and delivering infrastructure

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Expending too much on major infrastructure and not enough on green environmental infrastructure investments

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Redirect 1% of SEQ Infrastructure Plan and Program (SEQIPP) to green infrastructure

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Affordable rural water – drinking/irrigation? Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 3 of 41

Idea Theme SourceFully utilise existing infrastructure and upgrade cheaply, fix up infrastructure issues and deficits in existing developments e.g. public transport, extend ferry servicescommunity infrastructure

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Concentrate on existing areas earmarked for development and develop a staged infrastructure plan

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Early/upfront investment in key infrastructure such as public transport to shape new community and use existing infrastructure more efficiently and effectively

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Innovative and sustainable fit-out of infrastructure for growth

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

Prioritise existing infrastructure needs and deficits : Rail links north and south, More rail investment than road investment, Investigate new approaches to funding infrastructure delivery, new revenue streams are required for LGAs

Delivering infrastructure workshop 1

State to provide leadership in delivering transitional infrastructure to encourage lower consumption economy

Delivering infrastructure workshop 2

Create better linfrastructure delivery systems, including staged delivery

Delivering infrastructure workshop 2

Rectify the situation where regulatory burdens coupled with the cost of doing business in Queensland has led to many infrastructure projects being subcontracted to overseas companies.

Delivering infrastructure Submission

Sustainable infrastructure to lead development Delivering infrastructure workshop 6Re-focus SEQIPP to facilitate development outcomes, including how prioritisation could facilitate affordable housing delivery

Delivering infrastructure Commission

Use PPPs to support forward investment in infrastructure Delivering infrastructure workshop 6

Focus on areas with under utilised infrastructure Delivering infrastructure workshop 2More sports facilities Delivering infrastructure workshop 5Elevate community services planning to an equal status as physical infrastructure planning and ensure both are done upfront

Delivering infrastructure workshop 2

Performance based incentives for development leaders Delivering infrastructure Summit keynote

Better linkages between the SEQ Regional Plan and the SEQIPP. Clearer commitment to when infrastructure will be delivered

Delivering infrastructure Summit keynote

Re-evaluate the split between infill and Greenfield development in Regional Plans to achieve a balance based on consumer preferences, community needs and aspirations, and construction economics, and focus on facilitating development in the urban footprint

Delivering infrastructure Submission

Strengthen the governance model supporting the SEQ Regional Plan and the SEQ Infrastructure Plan and Program as a true representation of a partnership between State and Local Government, engaging with the Federal Government; enabling timely implementation

Delivering infrastructure Submission, workshop 3

Appropriately locate development, including directing growth to areas which can manage it e.g. Logan, Ipswich, regional rail towns.

Delivering infrastructure workshop 2, workshop 7, submission

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 4 of 41

Idea Theme SourceSEQIPP and the draft Connect SEQ 2031 Integrated Regional Transport Plan need to be linked more closely to the Regional Plan, with a clearer commitment on when infrastructure will be delivered.

Delivering infrastructure Submission

Early transport infrastructure provision prior to urban development

Delivering infrastructure Online survey

There should be a Settlement Fee. If you want to come to Queensland to live pay a $35k fee for infrastructure and take the heat off the long standing Queenslander.

Delivering infrastructure workshop 7

Recurrent and life-cycle costs and values need to be made as responsible to developers and authorities as capital costs – change structure of development

Delivering infrastructure workshop 4

Introduce a standard set of infrastructure charges across SEQ which would be set at a fixed rate per dwelling or lot, set in conjunction with local governments and indexed on an annual basis

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Commission

Allow the deferral of payment of regulatory fees and/or charges until the property sale commitments are met

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Commission

Utilise tax increment financing (or other taxation incentives such as Local Infrastructure Financing Tools) to fund infrastructure provision in specified infill development areas

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Commission

Require more attention to upgrading existing local services and better access to health care of ALL types

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2 and 5

we need to restore the health of the hospital system, perhaps return proceeds of lotteries to funding health rather than it going into centralised revenue to get squandered on consultants that don't deliver and unnecessary public expenditure.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Value capture Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Adopt more equitable, efficient and transparent approaches to financing infrastructure and abolish inefficient infrastructure charges in favour of innovative infrastructure financing models within three years.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Submission

Engage with local government on issue of financing of infrastructure, including the role of the private sector and new revenue opportunities, and leverage opportunities through co-investment.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Submission

State and Federal Governments to provide financial support to local government to provide the necessary standard of infrastructure to meet growth requirements. This includes the need for the State to reconsider thedecision to abolish State subsidies for

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Submission

Better planning and approval processes: more certainty for developers regarding infrastructure plans, simpler infrastructure charges, reconsider payment timeframes for developer contributions for infrastructure, pay less in go areas and more in no-go area

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 5 of 41

Idea Theme SourceAlternative funding models for infrastructure: own the house and rent the infrastructure; user pays

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

More certainty regarding Infrastructure Australia funding and priority projects

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

More equitable infrastructure spending across the state to support regional economies

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Get banks to approach things differently. Utilise the Commonwealth’s influence to encourage banks to finance projects

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Establish a mechanism for a revolving local infrastructure fund

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Summit keynote

Mechanisms to capture value uplift from development to fund infrastructure

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Spreading community and environmental dividends of population growth and resources boom – policy and conditions of approvals, partnerships, direction of royalties into social facilities

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Introduction of flat rate infrastructure charges (reduction of upfront charges)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

Reform headworks/infrastructure charges Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

Shortfall to be made up by alternative funding mechanisms

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Remove disincentives to move house when people are ready to downsize their home (sales tax)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

A legislative framework for alternative infrastructure charging options e.g. pay upfront as at present or pay on sale based on a percentage of sale price with a set minimum e.g. $22,000 upfront or x% of sale price with minimum of $15,000

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Social infrastructure to be equal to physical infrastructure Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Appropriate infrastructure and funding arrangements to deliver on planning

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Better accessibility of services e.g. waste removal methods and timing

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Two tier routes – long term incremental infrastructure charges

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Good schools located where people live (cut down on school run trips) - Public transport/cycling/walking to school needs to be safe, walking to school groups

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Community accord – govt determines higher density area in return for dedicating transport infrastructure or open space

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4, workshop 5, workshop 7

Land supply is not the issue look at entire costs (infrastructure and environmental)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Introduce standardised infrastructure charges with a known increase (e.g. ABS construction index) each year to give certainty - Priority Infrastructure Plans are not workable and onerous and there is no certainty to developers.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

Recognition of the need to use infrastructure funding to assist achievement of desired settlement patterns (including regional development)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Delegate expectations

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 6 of 41

Idea Theme SourceFederal Government scheme to contribute to 'mid level' infrastructure which would enable the delivery of affordable and sustainable urban development

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Commission

Health/welfare and all publicly managed services to be resourced commensurate with the planned population.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Re-integrate aged care into city at inner suburbs Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Assess community needs early on – what’s needed Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Need to expand definition of no-go zones which are ecologically significant. May require further action

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

High density should be utilised to preserve more greenspace and as an opportunity to demonstrate sustainable outcomes e.g. highly energy efficient, water harvesting, waste removal, grey water recycling, solar or wind rooftop generation, green rooves

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, online surveys

Unless higher density living arrangements are made to be efficient and environmentally friendly then the negatives of such an arrangement out weighs the benefits

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

online survey

Mandate recycled content as a percentage in roadways/new development, engineered soils

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

Promote white roofs Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Water tanks and solar panels on every home Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Summit keynote

High level of environmental performance required for residential/commercial old and new buildings

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Summit panel

Planning, designing and retrofitting homes to reduce energy use and greenhouse gas emissions

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Recycled water – dual reticulation in housing developments

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4, workshop 6, workshop 7, online survey

Consider positioning/aspect of new houses to fit solar panels to maximise energy generation

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

Sustainable development accreditation for development industry

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Permaculture design principles - solar hot water, plants over houses, water tanks

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Embrace sub-tropical design – manage site cover, increase green space at lot and neighbourhood level, increase on-site infiltration, state and local government land, better design for natural ventilation (i.e. explosion of air conditioning had changed building design – loss in natural ventilation)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6

Remove acoustic barriers - plant bamboo Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Government should introduce legislation that ensures all new high-rise building comprise of 50% to 60% environmentally-friendly initiatives.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Online survey

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 7 of 41

Idea Theme SourceAdvance initiatives in industrial ecology Promoting liveable and

affordable communitiesworkshop 2

Water supply advances: smaller more efficient de-salination plants, better and new technology

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Summit panel

Promote active re-use and adaptive technologies for new building materials i.e. secondary resources rather than primary resources such as timber and new extractive resources.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6

Performance bonuses for good urban design e.g. better natural ventilation, meet 6-star under green code.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Incentives to add sustainable design elements to building codes

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

More multi-purpose mixed use community spaces, reflecting diversity of interests and connected to community infrastructure (e.g. walking/cycling paths)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Need more robust and creative guidelines for sustainable urban design e.g. if you have a small lot – just don’t do a small house

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

State and local governments to extend 6 star green ratings to precincts

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

State and local governments to ensure regulatory framework enables innovation in construction which improve affordability – e.g. preconstruction, cottage building techniques, soundproofing, lifecycle and living costs, introduce ESD

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Look at lifecycle costs and living costs when building Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

New buildings to have sound proofing – vertically and horizontally, double glazing for insulation

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

SEQ and regional cities can and should be models of environmental urban design as world’s best practice in tropical and subtropical design

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Incentives or rewards for exemplar sustainable and innovative design

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 3

Design public realm to have appropriate landscaping, environmentally friendly lighting audit to put more or less

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Cities – urban design retain green canopy instead of wall to wall terracotta tiles

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

Houses on stumps = raised to limit potential damage from flooding, and naturally keeps house cooler in summer

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

Fast track zero impact developments especially at scale Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Create a model medium density ‘mini-suburb’ demonstrating environmentally friendly principles (could be funded by developer) to show business/community etc how it could all work effectively – in conjunction with government (i.e. Fitzgibbon)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Link densification policies to sustainability performance Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Encourage provision of services locally – dentists, doctors Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 8 of 41

Idea Theme SourceReduce the building footprint by increasing density and employing alternative building typologies

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Using not-for-profit developers such as the Brisbane Housing Company to play a spearheading role in the operationalisation and roll out of transit oriented development (TOD) within Brisbane as not-for-profit sector could potentially guarantee pre-sales.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Submission

Recognise the housing industry will need to adapt their currently highly efficient cottage construction techniques to the production of higher density housing models.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Submission

On environmental grounds single story houses should be prohibited within the urban footprint. Equivalent floor area in a two - four story format would return half the building footprint to garden area improving sustainability.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Submission

In Brisbane develop around the nodes of Indooroopilly, Chermside, Mt Gravatt, Carindale, Brookvale and similar areas.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Submission

BCC and the Qld Government should scrap/cap inner city development like some of the other cities of the world to preserve limited open spaces and quality of life. Within reason high rise development should be allowed on old industrial sites

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Submission

More should be done to increase affordability and the amount of affordable housing, including:- integrating affordable housing into development through setting targets e.g. 10% of 10,000 units- include requirements in planning schemes to meet affordability needs e.g. reduced car parking- integrate social housing into new developments and levy new development to fund a portion of social housing- utilise prefabricated/preconstructed units to decrease construction costs (would also decrease site waste)- incentivise affordability of high density living e.g. through the use of the first home owners grant, tax concessions- reduce the cost of building through utilising CRC research, accelerating approvals and infrastructure charges reductions- provide investment incentives to encourage affordable and/or infill development e.g. Federal Government's HAF scheme- promote affordable, social and low maintenance housing in infill, medium and high density development- cap rent increases- promote the benefits of high density living e.g. close to transport, so lower car costs- encourage renters into medium/high density dwellings- offer long term contracts for leases or different types of te- amend planning and building codes to support developme- improve housing mix in the inner city, as sprawl is costly

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1, workshop 2, workshop 4, workshop 5, workshop 6, workshop 7, Commission, People's question time, Online surveys

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 9 of 41

Idea Theme SourceIn relation to high or medium density living, these types of housing should be more affordable through:- providing cost certainty, particularly with body corporate fees and rates- high density dwellings with lifts need to be more affordable- building in a proportion of low rent units (but low rent options shouldn't dominate the buildings)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 3, Online survey

Houses need to be designed to be affordable for younger households

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

Consider whole of life cost of residence /people – heating, cooking, cooling, transport

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Community housing options are needed Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Means tested social housing (new entrants, altered circumstances)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Disused government-owned land - Offer opportunities to develop land to private developers or not-for-profit organisations such as the Brisbane Housing Company

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3, workshop 4, delegate expectations

Free up under-utilised housing by relocating small households (e.g. single tenants in late life) to new housing which meets their needs and the vacated housing could be redeveloped or refurbished. Brisbane Housing Company could be utilised to relocate these public housing tenants

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4, submission

Partnerships on discounted rentals across all levels of government (eg. NRAS)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Build adaptable housing products that can suit a homeowner throughout their life. For example, housing that can be dual key or multi-unit housing as well as single houses

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Summit keynote, workshop 7

Continued research to ensure we have the balance between infill and greenfield right to maintain housing affordability

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Summit keynote

A lack of facilities, too few lifts, lack of shared spaces would make high density dwellings unpleasant and unlikely to promote harmony and a sense of community.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Online survey

Provision of affordable space in spatially aligned hubs/centres/corridors

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Encourage building design that facilitates better energy use

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Reduce house size through State and local planning, engaging with developers with education outreach to build case for sustainability does not need to compromise profitability

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Demonstrate true housing and transport costs Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Look at people’s stage of life Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Language is important – there is a perception of losing value; this needs to be modified as there is a connotation of housing commission when you mention affordability

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 10 of 41

Idea Theme SourceEngage financial sector to encourage alternate lending (e.g. friends buying together), including for smaller housing products (e.g. Brisbane Housing Company 25m2 product)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5, summit panel

Remove income/regulation impediments to rental/sharing of housing e.g. need to declare income from rental room

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6

Fund programs which encourage social connectedness, inclusiveness and cohesion, e.g. bushland care groups, neighbourhood watch

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 5, workshop 7

Promoting social glue via land use diversity and activities in the public realm e.g. street parties, festivals. Need to address 'common sense' issue - street parties need indemnity insurance, which is a barrier to developing social glue.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 4, workshop 5

More attention to place making of community areas – public, commercial and community elements (e.g. think of schools differently)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Queensland to be world best practice in community creation and innovative social policy

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 7

Need to reinforce good core societal values and neighbourhood pride – e.g. lack of respect for neighbourhoods. Need good spaces for entertainment

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 5, workshop 7

More pet parks and off leash areas Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Develop welcome to community (centre/processes) - information for new residents, web portal, regular BBQs, cafés/place to meet/network, encourage community integration e.g. buddying, community garden

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3, workshop 5

Assist older persons to connect to communities Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

Social networking - reduce cost of communications which is prohibitive for some people, increase availability of communications

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Engage the community for small scale solutions – take it to the kitchen table

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Community days/sporting days - party budget Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Regional community/social capacity building Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Urban identity derives in all communities from linking old to new (consider what exists of value)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Provide royalty discounts for mining companies who invest in reducing social impacts

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6

Allow population ageing in place – more community volunteerism and surveillance, less crime, more intergenerational interaction

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6, workshop 7

Problems in mining/defence communities etc – companies not interested in supporting families and communities, should be compelled to facilitated involvement in SES, CFA and provide community infrastructure

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 11 of 41

Idea Theme SourceEnforceable social impact management plans Promoting liveable and

affordable communitiesworkshop 6

Provision of community facilities for all ages Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 7

Dual purpose social infrastructure – sporting fields, water detention basin, school facilities – grounds, buildings

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Encourage private sector shopping centre developers to include social, recreational and community services

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Regional social infrastructure plans Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

The government to work with new and existing communities to create unique and welcoming neighbourhood hubs/centres that foster interaction, cohesiveness, inclusiveness and respect (and also venues for consistent and effective government and community engagement)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3, workshop 4, online survey

Preventative health programs Promoting liveable and affordable communities

People's question time

Closing the gap for the indigenous Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Summit panel

Providing new solutions for people on the edge (growing number of people impacted by poverty, mental health issues or have a disability)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Summit panel

Design of high density housing needs to be examined closely as does the social mix of residents - there's nothing wrong with poor and rich living in the same building

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Online survey

promote emergence of local hubs by local environmental improvements e.g. street planting

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Greater allowance for pets in medium/high density Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Need to have a commercial model to manage community facilities

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Run programs to educate/share Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

More social economic opportunities Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Awards – best house/best street, long term resident medal

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Investigate a Good Samaritan Act Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Empower local governments to develop their own local solutions

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Submission

Multiculturalism – greater blend into existing neighbourhoods e.g. new types of shops etc, diversity in neighbourhoods

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Welcome to Australia - skilled and refugee - community welcoming committees

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Societal harmony is enhanced by a renewed commitment to genuine policies of multiculturalism

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Delegate expectations

Intergenerational living – households and communities Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Empower local governments and communities with resources and funding

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 12 of 41

Idea Theme SourceIntroduce skill training for marginalised groups in community

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6

Educate policy makers Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6

Mixed aged groups with variety of housing choice and services

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Discourage “mono” style in housing design Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Improve urban safety and security through:- well lit streets- increased focus and investment in community wellbeing and crime prevention rather than policing and punishment- increase the safety of public spaces- increase the number of front verandahs - passive surveillance and leads to feeling of greater security

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 5, workshop 7

Reducing the speed limit might discourage 'rat runners' and also make the streets safer for the kids who live & play there.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Online survey

Key new policies such as Queensland Planning Provisions, the Smart Growth Code, and the rollout of electronic DA solutions need to proceed as full partnershipprojects between all levels of government to ensure their full workability

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5, submission

Planning process – approach should be precinct planning, design should have greater guidance, shared approach to the provision of all infrastructure – social, hard, green and should demonstrate integration with surrounding development

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 4, workshop 5

Development assessment and approvals are time consuming and need to be faster. The approvals process should be streamlined, suggestions include:- assessment involving State government departments needs to be streamlined- code assessable applications should be assessed faster- codes for assessment need to be improved- to increase assessment capacity, R30 principles should be used- increase consistency in decision making to ensure timely approvals- use transparent, evidence based criteria in assessment- provide a fast track process for sustainable developments- introduce pre-approved building designs to fast track approvals- expedite approval for eligible infill developments- introduce local development assessment panels

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1, workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4, workshop 5, workshop 7, commissioned work, submission

Good land use and urban planning needed to deliver good planning outcomes

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4, workshop 5

Provide guidance regarding planning mechanisms and processes to be utilised (i.e. better explanations of planning instruments and situations for each to be used)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Commission

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 13 of 41

Idea Theme SourceMandate a reduced time period for the drafting and enactment of planning instruments that affect housing affordability, particularly those which contribute to Structure and Master Plans

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Commission, submission

State agencies should only be involved in drafting of Structure and Master Plans and have no referral role, unless the application is a significant departure from the Plan

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Commission

Allow landowners to be involved in the drafting of Structure Plans and other planning instruments

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Commission

Institute a detailed land monitoring program for SEQ which would include detailed, publicly available information on the key growth areas in SEQ and establish land supply objectives

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Commission, submission, workshop 4

Greater recognition and coordination of State planning regulations which impact on developable land is required, particularly in key urban development areas

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Commission, submission

Address and reduce red tape/regulation especially for infill development, housing and construction

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 7, commission

More flexibility in planning regulations to allow for alternative building solutions e.g. black water mining

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

More demonstration projects – public/private partnership/Urban Land Development Authority, particularly to deliver infill sites

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Acknowledge and promote successes in planning and commit to continuous improvement: Inform the community more about the successes of more compact development.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Submission, workshop 7

Review of planning schemes (local and state) to house population targets in low, medium, high density areas, including the transition to higher density. Focus on integrated regional planning rather than specific precincts

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1, workshop 5, workshop 7

Review of regional plan expectations vs. reality check (this question needed to be asked prior to review of SEQ Regional Plan – learning for other regional plans?)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Introduce government financing mechanism to fund medium and high density development

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Using the ULDA model for greenfield areas Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Summit keynote

Increased competition in the development industry Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Summit panel

Remove the mandatory population/dwelling targets in the SEQ regional plan and treat them as projections allowing Councils and their communities to determine the capacity of the region/city based on opportunities and constraints.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Need to revisit SEQ regional plan and its strengths and allocations, redefining blunt edge (go and no go zones).

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Reduce dwelling targets in SEQ Regional Plan and thereby force people to move elsewhere

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 14 of 41

Idea Theme SourceMake regional plans a one stop shop to incorporate all layers of State planning policies e.g. biodiversity, arable land, no-go zones, environmental linkages, economic hotspots etc - needs integration and linkages across issues, fine grain detail required,

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5, submission

Open the green door -fast track innovative, green business

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Regional plan reviews need to consider any proposals for revision of the urban footprint in terms of the environmental and social dividends – what’s the community and environmental resulting benefit

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Reduce the extent of urban development – consider long-term abatement of greenfield development and minimising the urban footprint

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1, workshop 3

Stop using jargon to describe concepts such as transit oriented development and compact communities in the regional plan and refer to these concepts in a more peoplefriendly way which will assist in support for the concepts eg. connected communities.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Submission

Quality design of transport infrastructure Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Leadership and support (legislation?) for transit oriented development, especially jobs and services around public transport stops

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3, workshop 4, workshop 5, workshop 7, online survey

Close roads to cars and car free developments (examples and incentives)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6, workshop 7

Urban design is vitally important, particularly in accommodating growth:- it must impact on our shared vision- be better defined and valued, it is not just about aesthetics or landscaping- urban design expertise and capacity must be increased in local governments

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 4, workshop 5

Improved lifestyle or quality of lifestyle – cultural anchors, quality urban and open space

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

More flexible lifestyle design: sustainable apartments in inner-city area with “rural” feel and communal spaces

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Demonstrate obvious benefits of growth via good urban design

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Promotion of diversity/flexible , adaptable civic space and sense of the city

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Improve design standards and aim for highest standards for all developments and infrastructure e.g. transport, waste etc

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

The Urban Footprint and transit oriented development will only be successful and acceptable to the community if places are made that Queenslanders can value. As we live closer to one another, the design of the spaces between the buildings and the public realm becomes morecritical.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

online survey

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 15 of 41

Idea Theme SourceWe need to plan and design for communities and neighbourhoods holistically, rather than just developments. This means designing precincts, social infrastructure and facilities, public spaces, local character, infrastructure and preserving environmental quality in that design.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

submission, workshop 2, workshop 4, workshop 5

Support urban design competitions for best practice including the regions

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Infrastructure is not being designed with same care as for building and spaces but it is arguably more critical to the quality of our environment

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Focus on high quality amenity and place making in both work places and the public realm (need to explain connection) and provide open space in our built environments

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 5, workshop 7

Adaptability in design for buildings that can change configuration and provide income streams with life stage changes

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

submission, workshop 3

Universal design principles and standards – building a house which suits people with disabilities and can grow with the person (adjusts to life stages)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Lightly touch the landscape that infrastructure interrupts Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Provision of street trees, shared gardens and shop awnings

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7, workshop 4

Invest /build in urban renewal/heart in existing e.g. Bulimba (Safe Communities Incentive Program) and master planned communities

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

‘Qld Design Strategy 2020’ should be strengthened in relation to urban design outcomes and promoted broadly.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

In moving to higher density, the focus needs to be on quality of public spaces between buildings – streets, open space etc

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1, workshop 3

Encourage typologies which capitalise upon cottage building skills, e.g. dual occupancy townhouses

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Development must demonstrate broader public benefit Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Diversity of design and typology – make sure design caters for different reasons/choices and different family structures - for living in high density e.g. smaller units, but larger shared spaces, allow pets

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 3

Increase building diversity and design focus to retain intergenerational and cultural mix

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 4

High quality urban design and good management of publicrealm required

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Improve neighbourhoods through:- making them walkable via increasing shade, pathways and parks- increase amenity, sense of place and intrigue- making them safer, provide better lighting and passive surveillance opportunities (e.g. remove front fences) - planning and streetscaping to reduce noise and privacy issues

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, online survey

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 16 of 41

Idea Theme SourceGreater diversity of urban character and individuality, evenwithin precincts

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 4

Planning to enable for world’s best practice urban design to occur

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 4

Greater Support for the Board for Urban Places – Board to set standards for all public infrastructure, create urban design charter and promote knowledge of Board’s activities

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

In moving to higher density living, good urban design is key. High density urban design needs to:- complement the surrounding area- provide more open and green space- provide high levels of amenity- be smarter and more innovative- create communities (e.g. could encourage Farmers Markets)- ensure privacy- address sustainability/environmental outcomes- include or make public/active transport accessible and useable (e.g. protect from rain)- consider and address want the surrounding community want

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4, workshop 6, online surveys

Include more ‘town centres’ in developments, particularly green-field locations so density can be increased in these locations and people move to these areas

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 3

Provision of community facilities, meeting points, communal use areas (e.g. community gardens at the back of several houses) and mixed communities

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3, workshop 4

Need urban design to facilitate place making – turn a location into a community place

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

Urban design needs to work at a level below the SEQ plan to decide what is best for SEQ. Local government to implement. Similar for regional centres

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3

More mixed use with depth (i.e. no more 7/11’s!), with more ground floor facilities and better retail environments

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Master plan existing suburbs – realigning and widening streets, parks to reinvigorate

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Promote medium density – safety, social connection Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Master planned communities have identity and draw on history, ensure mixture of incomes, housing styles

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Promote good design and remind community of poor urban design producing things like cul-de-sacs and inappropriate streetscapes

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 3, workshop 4,

Ensure good design elements are incorporated in house/building design and allow creative use of materials

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Prioritise urban design over 2-D planning to show people what is really being proposed and what is flexible so they can make informed decision

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 17 of 41

Idea Theme SourceEducate the community on good urban design – use example development (leaders), help community understand that no isn’t actually a choice regarding density, economic development (strategic) is dependent on good design – provide guidelines and examples

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 5

Development needs to be lead by design (not currently the case) where design reflects the needs and wants

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4, workshop 5

Good design should promote privacy and safety, planning regulation may be need to mandate acceptable levels

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6, workshop 7

Architecture delivering outcomes Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6

Urban design to facilitate fit into existing landscape (both large scale e.g. long distance views and local issues e.g. vegetation)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Change education system for urban design to actually deal with the functional sustainability/ecological issues (e.g. grey water reuse) not just aesthetics

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Improve quality of design and implementation Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Use quality public realm materials which respond to local character - Ask existing community what this needs to be including flora and fauna elements

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Plan for screen planting, carbon planting, food planting Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

There is too much focus on primate city development in Australia, we have large open space to create lower population cities of up to 500,000 over a wide geographic area i.e. greenfield developments the size of Canberra dotted between major growth pole cities

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

The key is retain older style homes and character housing and mix with newer higher density building with mix use downstairs at reasonable rents that allow eclectic retail and food offers that provide character and culture to an area. This mix works in any suburb.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Providing opportunities for community services to be included in high rise precincts also needs to be considered. Identifying appropriate funding organisations to support the inclusion of community service facilities is still to be defined.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Scalable buildings with set backs are needed to be considered so that at the ground level, people do not feel they are within narrow, shadowed corridors.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

online survey

To enhance a sense of openness in dense urban environment lines of sight to open space or river views or bush are needed as are green or interesting open spaces. These are often lacking.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Designing buildings to enhance rather than detract from the character of the local area needs to be an important consideration in the approval of DAs/.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

online survey

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 18 of 41

Idea Theme SourceThere are no developer controls that stipulate quality residential building design and construction. These are important considerations if the Qld Govt expects people to accept higher density living.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

submission

The built form of a city needs to be designed not just a random agglomeration that results from available land and profit margins. Designers need to start by respecting and retaining as much as they can of the good aspects of the place they are building

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

online survey

Shading and through breezes I think need to be a consideration and something that is dealt with at a broad scale

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

online survey

Building codes and other associated legislation to mitigate social and environmental consequences of higher density living

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

online survey

The state government should provide some 'seed' funding opportunities for businesses to develop models that respond to this market. High rise buildings need to be designed so that they contribute to urban life and amenity. They should have a sculptural quality

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

online survey

Create a paradigm shift in urban design and implementation to improve sustainability

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

online survey

Better plan and design homes and cities Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1, workshop 5, workshop 6, workshop 7, submission

Subtropical, tropical design and climate specific design and standards

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2, workshop 4, workshop 7, online survey

Recognise that population growth, urbanisation and climate change are absolute universal, global issues that we cannot avoid and recognition that Queensland is ideally placed to respond positively to these challenges. We are in an ideal position to seek to explore and pursue creative design responses to these issues.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 6

Recognise Queensland, particularly SEQ, has distinctive characteristics of climate, landform and place, leading to unique situations that may well need unique solutions. Queensland's tropical and subtropical towns are different.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7, on line survey

Run a "City Vision 2050+ city design competition following the Summit to continue to engage the community about holistic design.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1, workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4, workshop 6, workshop 7, online survey

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 19 of 41

Idea Theme SourceBetter housing design and orientation Promoting liveable and

affordable communitiesworkshop 1, workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4, workshop 5, workshop 7, threaded questions respondent, online survey, summit keynote, People's Question Time

Strengthen relevance and exposure of Qld Design Strategy 2020 to schools and community

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

A open home scheme for highly rated design Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 4

Please keep ferny grove tavern open. Like arana leagues club, it is a great place to be. We celebrate many special occasions there. In the event that you 'win' will you improve, extend and/or expand the ferny grove bowls club ???

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Online survey

Government to be less reactive and more strategic in decision making. Decisions to be supported by long-term planning processes which go beyond electoral cycles

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Regulation – cross jurisdictional consistency (and all 3 levels) e.g. one stop shop in Vic

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Accounting for costs of population growth and opportunity effect of these on social investment

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Recognise all major regional sustainability indicators are going backwards

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 1

Funding for research and development of innovation e.g. changed urban environment drains are more environmentally friendly (engineering solution)

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

To learn how the Queensland Government is planning to "manage growth throughout the State"? (There is a statement "If you can't measure it, you can't manage it". What Measures or Indicators will be used to "ensure population growth contributes to rather than detracts"?

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Delegate expectation

Review all State and Local Government legislation to assess impact of proposed demographic change. We need to proactively address the social and legislative impacts of this event

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Online survey

Give us back the fuel subsidy - we're now paying more for fuel than Sydney.

Promoting liveable and affordable communities

Online survey

Remove state land tax Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 7

Reduce public liability insurance impost Promoting liveable and affordable communities

workshop 2

Each community takes responsibility for the majority its food supply, water supply, waste disposal, employment, aged care, health and education facilities. In such communities, the majority of activity is undertaken without the use of the motor car.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7, online survey

Implement the Rural Futures Strategy Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Submission

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 20 of 41

Idea Theme SourceImplement the Blueprint for the Bush Protecting our lifestyle and

environmentworkshop 4

Cogeneration plants Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Economic dividend for growth to fund clean energies Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

To see QLD commit to roll out large scale action projects that can help tackle climate change, food and fuel security, e.g. Solar thermal energy; biosequestration of carbon to draw down legacy CO2 from the atmosphere at the same time as rebuilding soil carbon levels and providing a natural 'boost' to agricultural productivity; scaling up commercial roll-out of algal synthesis of CO2 from coal-fired power plants (and other high emission sources) to produce biodiesel, animal fodder, soil fertiliser

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Cities – solar thermal power stations Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Seek alternative energy sources - offer rewards/incentive for projects employing alternate energy sources

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Subsidise research and development of alternative energy sources including wave energy, tidal turbines (e.g. Mackay)

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Greater incentives for solar, photo-voltaic equipment Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Produce carbon from waste wood chips Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Solar cities program and other renewable energy sources Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Bulk purchasing of solar PV, ideally following on from intensive kitchen table style neighbourhood/community engagement

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Both existing and new dwellings - Develop educational programs about community infrastructure (Shared wind, solar, gardens, large water storage); and provide supplier incentives to deliver ‘cluster solutions’ in line with community engagement programs

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Gross feed in tariff and HVDC grid connection to larger areas

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Gross feed in tariffs Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6, workshop 7

Nuclear power pathway Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

Transition to renewables - localisation/autonomous infrastructure to respond to climate change damage

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Stop burning coal and no new coal fired power stations Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Queensland to develop renewable energy based on air conditioner – gas based air conditioner

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Transitional strategies to renewable energy sources. Queensland to be the leader in renewables

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Investment in mega renewable energy parks consuming solar, marine or wind

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 21 of 41

Idea Theme SourceEnergy distributed by local community that they have created and supported by feed in tariff

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Create a gross feed in tariff with demand management, new technology selection choice

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Alternative fuels to cater to increased road freight associated with the resources boom

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Needs to look at coupling of decrease in per person consumption of water, energy, and non-seasonal food, with the increase in population density.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

online survey

Don’t rely on the hardware to solve the environmental damage, focus on the software that is individual behaviour

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Education to the community to :- increase their understanding of climate change, practical dimensions and long term changes in habits needed- understand individual and community impacts and responsibilities/impacts- better understand their options, including using new ideas and products - influence cultural change e.g. water consumption change- change their behaviours and decrease consumption, especially water and energy consumption (could use demand management, smart metering, billing data)- better use natural resources- reduce litter and pollution- understand the benefits of retrofitting eco-friendly appliances- use insulation, water tanks, low energy appliances, avoid waste generation and recycle

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 1, workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 5, workshop 6, workshop 7

Sustainability needs to be incorporated into the core of the education system - from prep to university and ongoing training for professionals - to aim for world's best practice

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 5, workshop 6

Ways for business, industry and Government to encourage Queenslanders to make changes to reduce the impact on natural resources - rewards and incentives for R&D around environmental stewardship

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Ways for business, industry and Government to encourage Queenslanders to make changes to reduce the impact on natural resources - campaign, small is beautiful (lifestyle wise) - opposite of conspicuous consumption, it can be fulfilling to live smaller

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Monthly awards for best low energy consumers or water use etc

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Provide incentives for good behaviour or behaviour change and to raise awareness e.g. for water, energy consumption, waste generation, no-carbon households

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 4, workshop 7

Encourage consideration of environmental principles in all education

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 22 of 41

Idea Theme SourceTangible education – showcasing Protecting our lifestyle and

environmentworkshop 2

Don’t need to be badged as green, can be badged as convenient, more sustainable

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Incremental action at neighbourhood level Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

The Centre for Sub-Tropical Design has lots of research - better distribute to owners/builders to educate, industry needs to lead

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Aim for best practice as normal practice Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Change workplace culture Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Carrot and stick approach i.e. education (and some financial) - penalties for non-compliance, success of water preservation policy, carbon pollution reduction scheme

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Target the community to achieve sustainability targets (eg.Target 140) - Step 1 – determine, Funding and resources for the campaign, Targets for energy, waste and public transport, Drivers for change, Tools for households - Step 2 – engage locally at the kitchen and staffroom tables - Step 3 – monitor and report to community on progress

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Sponsor kitchen table thinking reality TV show Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Connecting individual behaviour with group behaviour/community standards

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Tailor strategies for different households Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

Better information for households on resource use Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

Greater focus on demand management Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Greater value given to ecosystems and amenities Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Make it socially acceptable to reduce environment impact Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Change culture from primary and natural resource reliance to secondary resource reuse

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Better domestic water use management Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Rather than regulate people – why not regulate products to ensure better standards

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 1

Ways for business, industry and Government to encourage Queenslanders to make changes to reduce the impact on natural resources - sustainability is an integral test that should be applied to every action, individually andcollectively, public and private - criteria needs to be established

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Increase the price of water and energy to their real value i.e. send price signals to raise understanding

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 1, workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 5

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 23 of 41

Idea Theme SourceReal cost pricing/price points on all natural resources e.g. ecological assets (native vegetation), pollution of air, water and sewerage. Aim for user pays

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 6

One off capital cost to install air conditioning to decentivise air conditioning

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Price signal for carbon Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Bear in mind false economies if perverse behaviour follows retrofitting e.g. insulation often leads to increased use of air con

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Develop a Charter of Sustainability Principles for the 3 levels of government using consistent methodology and a personal responsibility charter. The Charter could cover such things as transport, energy and water use, waste, activity centres, precautionary principle. Use the Charter for policy direction and reporting. It should be applied by developers, government and industry. The Personal Charter could be used to achieve cultural and paradigm change and incorporate user pays principles.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Mandate minimum energy efficiency rating for appliances purchased

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

Mandate offsets for air conditioning or mandate solar hot water

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

Greater consistency state-wide on strategies to encourage water re-use/conservation

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

Encourage implementers to innovate Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Differential pricing for electricity – moderate use =same cost, high use = increased unit cost

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Address peak demand – innovation or price incentive Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 1

Measurement of energy at all levels, use smart meters – people aren’t aware of it/don’t know what to do

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop

Benchmarking at home/suburb/city level for energy/water bills

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

implementing a broad energy reduction/awareness strategy – targets, incentive and rewards based. To be targeted to individuals/households

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 1

Scheme for solar power and hot water to be paid off on power bill

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Minimise the human impact on natural resource use Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Address deteriorating air quality by reducing car usage rates

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

online survey

Greater emphasis should be placed on energy and water consumption efficiencies. Could pay rebates for water and energy efficient appliances

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

online survey, workshop 2

Broadband to every home allows smart metering for conservation (benchmarking 140)

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Seek technological solutions Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Require energy costs of buildings to be released at point of leasing (divulging management costs can develop a market for efficiency)

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 24 of 41

Idea Theme SourceCurb rural water use (rice and cotton industries) Protecting our lifestyle and

environmentsummit question

Plan incentive schemes to encourage business to invest in sustainability options for the long term

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

To protect the diversity of our environment, wildlife and flora, keep our special places free of open cut mining.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Buy back ecosystems Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Premier to champion and coordinate to reach agreed sustainability outcomes. Leadership will be necessary to make the difficult choices (I.e. retreat from waters/vulnerable areas). Manifested through down zoning in vulnerable areas

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Retreat from ecologically sensitive areas and water courses and concentrate on the high ground

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 5

In relation to waterways:- need to be conserved for their ecosystem services, as well as aesthetic values- acknowledge the important of wetlands and waterways- build swails and riparian zones- need to reduce urban and rural waste streams into waterways- need to protect waterway health- invest in waterways- plan to restore catchments, individually- increase funding to catchment management groups- decrease industry impact on waterways

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4, workshop 6, workshop 7, online survey

Stop bulldozing all the trees in new development Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Identify high conservation areas and preserve Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Plan to quarantine certain natural environments needs to be enforced and applied to all regions

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Connect large scale high conservation value ecosystems - encourage development of developer biodiversity offsets to fund this activity

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Need to be scientifically supported and with focus on linking up natural environmental corridors and habitats

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Harness carbon offsetting and finding vegetation offset policies to find ecosystem rehabilitation

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Better species, wildlife and habitat preservation strategies Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3, workshop 7

Preserving and reinstating wildlife corridors, ensure connection of ecological areas

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 7, summit panel

Maintain adequate urban forest cover and adequate soil area in cities

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

summit question

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 25 of 41

Idea Theme SourceBetter planning to maintain unfragmented wildlife corridors and refuges for nature, with new styles of housing development - including housing development regulations that require wildlife friendly features - will demonstrate that Queensland can have both growth and natural integrity. I want to see koalas - and sugar gliders and flying foxes - remain a part of our unique lifestyle into the future, and believe with good, innovative planning and new design it can happen. I also value Queensland's investment in research - medical, etc - but would like to see increased investment in cost effective environmental design (to stop the arguments about who pays for environmentally sound practice). Just protecting pockets of nature as national park, and succumbing to developers demands based on 'affordable housing' won't do it.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

online survey

National parks are places that should be conserved for the biological diversity, yet increased tourism is destroying their values, an increase in population will contribute to this.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

online survey

Hugely important is the conservation of remnant forests and other areas with natural ecosystem functions as well as reforested areas and 'green space'. Not so much for their aesthetic function - though this is all well and good - but for the priceless ecosystem functions which they fulfil. The cycling and filtering of water, the cleaning of breathable air (highly necessary in a city of distance commuters) and the fostering of biodiversity. With the risk of climate change breathing down our necks, conservation and expansion of these areas is vitally important so that growth doesn't further exacerbate their loss.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

online survey

Corporate responsibility around adopting and sponsoring local bushlands, wetlands etc

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Accept regeneration as a reverse logistic Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Backyards initiative – educate to use more sustainably, not just grass, not just pools

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Need to more strongly define natural open spaces and focus upon intersections with movement corridors

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Coastline protection – plan to manage Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Harness environmental offsets in meaningful ways – for water quality, for trees. State sanctioned eco fund. Needs to be rigorous, balance local impacts

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 26 of 41

Idea Theme SourceState government to legislate for the establishment of an environmental offsets bank (EOB). EOB would facilitate a proactive compensation for environmental losses caused by development. The EOB will accredit a list of projects which developers, contractors and government can invest in to acquit the environmental impacts of their projects or operations which result in a net gain to the community.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 1

Invest in restoration e.g. fund for nature assets, remove assets out of marketplace, declare parks and national parks, Birdsville to the bay

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Environmental ecosystem vision to be mapped and funded from development and community streams and carbon and vegetation offsets

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Enhance the habitat of SEQ regional plan green corridors, provide incentives to landholders?

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Minimize the human impact on natural resource use e.g. boardwalk in sensitive areas

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Landscape planning to better manage environmental processes e.g. riparian corridors, wildlife corridors, national parks, carbon offset reserves

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 1

We need to preserve natural environments for their cultural value not ‘sanitise’ them e.g. with artificial lakes

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Sufficient big trees for wildlife, cooling and air quality Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Online survey

Build resilience within natural systems, by making them as healthy as possible

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Reduce or stop use of sprays on vegetation leading to downstream degradation

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Eco-resilience - manage climate hazards and environmental footprint simultaneously, maximise demand management/energy efficiency to support grid, leverage mother nature to ratchet up our eco resilience as we build back – acknowledging risk exposure and consumer choice

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Carrying capacities – dependant on living system, needs to respond to adaptive management opportunities

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Map ecosystem network for preservation and rehabilitation projects

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Value ecosystem services Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Reducing stresses on natural systems to better deal with changing climate and urban development

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Preserve nature and its systems by minimising impact i.e. touch less of it

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Consider cumulative impacts of development e.g. flooding Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

Greater protection, value and legibility afforded to ecosystem services – don’t pipe a creek

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Soil carbon - put carbon back in the earth Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 27 of 41

Idea Theme SourceValuing/pricing ecosystem services and preserving these Protecting our lifestyle and

environmentworkshop 1

Regional environmental levy paid by all taxpayers Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Better fund environmental assets, including through borrowing, to protect and improve intergenerational equity

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

All levels of government to adopt consistent standards – weeds, waterways, open space, sediment

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

Creation of system for social protection of environment Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

No recycled drinking water please and no mass medication with fluoride. Please review the flawed decision to add this toxic substance into our community water supplies.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Online survey

Put organics back into soil degraded and food areas Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Urban greenery – all developments have gardens and food trees – also a buffer against heat island effect

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Address increased food prices and food vulnerability with a food strategy, including a % of urban agriculture and a % of agriculture within 100 km of the city

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

online survey

I like BCC's plans to increase urban and suburban garden initiatives, and would support any legislation that makes growing food and conserving resources in the home / apartment block easier.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

online survey

Urban agriculture – reduce food to table distance. This can be achieved through:- increased provision of local produce- city farms and community gardens

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 6, workshop 7

Improve food production around regional centres Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Need to ensure arable land close to growth areas is also recognised as vital

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Life cycle assessment of food production (seasonal, distance travelled, input/output boundaries)

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Need to value and protect good quality agricultural, rural and peri-urban lands

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 7

Encourage intensive production in peri urban Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4, workshop 7

Incentives for best practice agricultural and urban outcomes

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

More green and more shade – reduce urban heat islands Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Passive heating and cooling Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

New homes/buildings – hyper-reward very low impact while increasing the penalties on irresponsible outcomes, life standards, testing what can be done through supply chain, industry is genuinely eager to do the doable right thing, life minimum requirements on appliance and building standards (some products available in Australia are banned in Europe)

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 28 of 41

Idea Theme SourceHousing - planning flexibility, water tanks, smaller, wider range, building standards, universal/adaptable design

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 5

Create distributed energy and water systems Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Emphasis on climate smart/climate resilient suburbs e.g. water sensitive urban design, mitigate impacts of climate change

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Balance ESD outcomes against affordability outcomes e.g. 6 star housing costs

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Educate tradesman Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Government lead by example including consideration of retrofitting existing buildings e.g. to conserve energy use sensor lights - automatic off

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 6

Apply precinct-wide (rather than to just buildings) ecologically sustainable development strategies tailored to suit particular types of development (infill, greenfield, regional) and support and invest in green star design approaches

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

More space for trees between buildings – encourages healthier habits

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Diversity of housing designed for the environment it's in Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Energy reduction for existing housing stock - Develop appropriate compliance levels for existing housing stock to reflect the energy requirements of new stock

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Develop and promote cheap, contemporary ‘old Queenslander’ houses that are energy efficient, passive solar

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Retrofit established homes at settlement e.g. with solar panels. Consider use of incentives to achieve

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 7

Design – energy efficient designs, educating home owners on energy use

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Passive heating and cooling Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

More insulation Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 4

Greensmart homes scheme Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

State how you can create a ‘zero’ impact development – fast track, maybe biodiverse

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Tax on unsustainable development – tax or transfer Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

We need ‘pricing-wide’ mandatory ESD strategies underpinning all new growth precincts whether Greenfield or urban

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Government lever of demanding 5 star new buildings should be leveraged in regions if jobs are decentralised

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Developers need to be responsible e.g. by requiring they stay involved over the long term

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 29 of 41

Idea Theme SourceNeed better pre-development knowledge to inform developers of what is required to properly conserve natural systems

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Truly integrate environmental, economic and social considerations into design and development - do it and learn!

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Efficiency of resource use and incentives for efficient use of infrastructure – headworks reductions based on reductions on reduction of resource use compared to average

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Regulate carbon neutral communities Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Create a typology of sustainable, affordable design and development options – pre-approved

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

New estates should have better solar orientation and design for natural ventilation. This would reduce the use of air con

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4, workshop 6, workshop 7, online surveys

All new high rises have solar panels Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

More effective environmental measures in new developments for flora/fauna for best environmental outcomes

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Increase energy audits, climate smart Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Reduce hard surfaces in cities Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

We need to harvest the huge amounts of rainfall in the north of the state for the benefit of the whole state.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Online survey

Address increased greenhouse gas emissions by building energy efficiency standards are strengthened, public transport and other low emission transport options supported, and desalination expanded only after all lower energy water supply options have been exhausted

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Online survey

Find new ways to promote green cities, suburbs and towns such as the Verandah project that: Include existing native vegetation, Utilise natural materials rather than manufactured products, Indigenous plants only require harvested water, Maximise natural shade and ventilation

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Gas in every home Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 30 of 41

Idea Theme SourceThe negatives aren't inherent, they depend on how growth is managed. If we have the courage to really transform our city, do away with NIMBYism and the 'I was here first' attitudes, we can grow successfully. We need to plan sustainable integrated urban water management systems at a local/regional scale, viable alternatives to car ownership, new building standards to support cheaper housing, being prepared to redevelop whole precincts, and move on from the archaic Queenslander on large blocks of precious land.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Online survey

Environmentally & visually sensitive design can allow for medium density development that compromises tourism demand with preservation of the visual amenity.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Online survey

Promote grey water mining Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

The future of Brisbane is a green economy hub – with renewable energy and good public transport at the centre.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

submission

Market incentives for developments to promote wellbeing e.g. include community centre – Currumbin Eco-centre

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Individual metering for gas, electricity and water Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Local supply of renewable energy/mega renewable energyparks and HVDC grid

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Ways for business, industry and Government to encourage Queenslanders to make changes to reduce the impact on natural resources - demonstrating through exemplary case studies that living in high density environments can enjoy high quality amenity, convenience

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Partnering in exemplary initiatives Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Recognise that models exist to improve the environment and liveability through development

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Ban smoking to eliminate litter into waterways Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Lifecycle analysis of products and awareness of this information – responsibility for own waste streams

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Government to lead by example i.e. waste campaign Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

Dematerialise society Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 31 of 41

Idea Theme SourceThere is a need to address waste, options to address waste generation include:- ban single use plastic bags (use biodegradable plastic bags)- reduce packaging- reform waste- develop a trade waste policy- look at waste avoidance and recovery- map the supply chain from cradle to grave waste management- price product packaging to pay for disposal costs- recycling bins for public beaches and BBQ areas- stress important of recycling in high density areas- waste management and waste recycling

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Possibly a national approach to reduce impacts on natural resources

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Need better waste and recycled water management to encourage use

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 5

Drinking fountains not bottled water Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Encourage more R&D to create better products Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 1

Ensure that the mix of greenfield and infill targets is informed by the market. Also need to ensure that offerings by the development industry reflect the changing nature of the market (e.g. expectations of migrants, ageing population, more single person households).

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Submission

Introduce a blanket ban on development in areas with climate risks – flooding, surges, etc

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

The impact of climate change on flood – prone areas needto be prioritised

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

No more greenfield development Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Need to plan urban development around the environment Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Development should retreat from waterways and floodplains

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Recognise and identify the natural systems and seek to preserve them early in planning – retreat from waterways

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Reversal of unused planning permits in zones that are vulnerable to climate change

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 1

Food security – need new models to deliver healthy local produce – not the fresh food (ripened in a truck) model

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Issue of where industrial land goes with regard to pressure to maintain the natural environment especially asit is being pushed out to make way for urban growth

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4

More free public space Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 32 of 41

Idea Theme SourceThe westward growth strategy in SEQ is undesirable, leading to greater heating and cooling costs, magnified peak energy loads and accelerating greenhouse gas pollution. Focus growth within the north-south coastal region.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Submission

Inter-city gaps are currently unplanned, unloved and merely what is left over. Think instead of the region as one big vibrant city with the glasshouse mountains as a grand Central Park.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Submission

We must design our cities to mitigate the forecast impacts of climate change. As the incidence and severity of flooding increases, we need to retreat from floodplain areas, particularly in SEQ.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Submission

High quality greenspace is important, particularly in medium to high density housing where it is essential. More should be done to protect and provide greenspace, including:- promote the desirability of parklands- provide good sized greenspaces- accommodating greenspace/wilderness- providing an urban forest and community gardens- prioritise and invest in greenspace, particularly in existing urban areas- design greenspace so that there are small, easily accessible parks for all households (i.e. not 'left over' land)- better connect the spaces e.g. through trails and trail heads- increasing greenspace in greenfield development- increasing the diversity of greenspace- resume flood prone land for greenspace (e.g. Downey Park)- acquire greenspace for ecological purposes- invest in multipurpose green infrastructure e.g. drainage, flood plains- use the RNA showgrounds

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 1, workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4, workshop 5, workshop 6, workshop 7, online surveys, summit keynote, Jim McKnoulty, related event

More recreation areas and facilities should be provided, such as:- diverse recreational facilities- 4X4 WD parks- trail bike parks

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5, workshop 7, online survey

Greener communities: more open space, parks and recreation opportunities within the urban footprint.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Summit keynote

We need to preserve regional green spaces (not just talk about them), plan and provide new infrastructure - roads and public transport, new water and sewage systems, and community infrastructure such as new hospitals, schools etc.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Online survey

Diversity of use for open space - safe and well lit, night time active leisure, street as lineal park, major urban parks, waterways, urban and regional parks, national parks, good pedestrian connections, urban plazas, active use, casual surveillance

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Useful public space is critical for youth – there are many examples of disused spaces that could be put to better use in Brisbane.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Submission

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 33 of 41

Idea Theme SourceBetter integration of urban environmental planning and natural resource management

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Address deteriorating waterway health with water sensitive urban design

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

online survey

Focus on urban public space and urban parks including community gardens (softness)

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Seek goal of zero net local, regional, global environmental load from population growth

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

A commitment from the Government to determine national, state and regional carrying capacities, resource and population limits based upon agreed sustainability indicators. This could be included in the Intergenerational Report

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 4, workshop 5, workshop 7, online survey

Use growth to fund environment protection Protecting our lifestyle and environment

Summit key note

The State Government must remove the mandatory population targets in the SEQ Regional Plan and ensure any region is developed according to ESD principles and within the carrying capacity of that region.

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Climate change is more difficult but evidence exists of impact upon species – this need for scientific research

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Develop regulations that define criteria so that the baseline/capacity is clear and understood

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Utilise real time information and regular reporting (link between consumption and price increases) to demonstrate usage and encourage reduction/modification of use

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 1

Need clear and extensive scientific based knowledge to establish current environmental stressor and levers

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2, workshop 7

Understand the data and circumstances around the natural systems. Need to know the baseline. Make appropriate allowances for fauna/flora protection. Measure up open space areas, based on floodplains etc (what is there and what needs to be allowed for) to enable better understanding of impact of human activity

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Performance review using sustainability indicators and benchmarks

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Coastal planning must be based on most up to date climate change data

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 7

Marketing of value of ecosystem services and creating “owners” of ecosystem services

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 5

Better economic models that account for sustainability Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 6

Build protecting the environment into the cost/price Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Need to put environment first and derive economic benefits from it

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Look at economic benefits of environment (ecosystem services)

Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 2

Real dollar value on environmental/ecosystem services Protecting our lifestyle and environment

workshop 3

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 34 of 41

Idea Theme SourceAgree to establish a productivity strategy for Queensland that considers education training, effective use of mature employees

Shaping the future workshop 4

Grow the economy by innovative education, technological application and value-adding job prospects to increase productivity per capita enabling us to stabilise the population

Shaping the future workshop 4

Reduce business tax revenue by achieving efficiencies within the state public service.

Shaping the future Submission

Extend National Competition Policy processes Shaping the future workshop 3Streamlining a nationally consistent regulation Shaping the future workshop 3Reduce regulation Shaping the future workshop 4Establish an ‘Inclusionary’ zone Shaping the future workshop 3Provide opportunities to engage – community gardens, dog off leash areas, few non-commercial opportunities in evenings, community hubs, neighbourhood planning, arts facilities for amateur drama/dance/music

Shaping the future workshop 6

Ensure planning regulations enable development in areas where this is endorsed by regional plans - there should be better alignment between local government planning schemes and the regional plan, with local government agreement to the areas for development

Shaping the future Commission

Partnerships between developers, local and state government in master planning communities

Shaping the future workshop 2

Integrate policy and vision across State, Federal and local government and create certainty

Shaping the future workshop 1, workshop 4

Establish goals and implementation strategy Shaping the future workshop 4Queensland to be world best practice - emulate and repeat

Shaping the future workshop 2

Consider planning around northern NSW growth and spill-over into Queensland?

Shaping the future Submission

Establish a central land use authority Shaping the future workshop 2More civic engagement – that the city is designed as an invitation to participate. Inclusion to participate, inclusion of social amenities

Shaping the future workshop 4

Communities need to be engaged and involved in issues, policies and decisions which effect them. This could be achieved through:- engaging through local government- community facilities such as community gardens, multi-purpose spaces for women, men, teens etc- a community based website- establish community boards which undertake/participate in planning and decision making

Shaping the future Delegate expectations, workshop 1, workshop 2, workshop 4, workshop 7

Generate and publicise heroes e.g. local champions (Australian awards)

Shaping the future workshop 1

Government to educate the population about options in order to promote more informed choices, including:- sustainable living options available (energy, water, transport, housing)- the impact of urban design- behavioural change programs

Shaping the future workshop 1, workshop 4, summit keynote

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 35 of 41

Idea Theme SourceMake urban design options and intentions more accessible for the community, including medium and high density, using 3D modelling. This could also reduce development assessment timeframes

Shaping the future workshop 1, workshop 2, workshop 3, workshop 4

Ask the community what they want re: liveability in neighbourhoods - jobs, education, safety of neighbourhood

Shaping the future workshop 3

Enhanced collaboration of disciplines Shaping the future workshop 5Government needs to give greater actual support to councils to deliver growth precincts especially with regard to neighbourhood consultation

Shaping the future workshop 5

Government needs to help communicate with councils what is envisaged as urban design, density, social and environmental outcomes

Shaping the future workshop 5

Increased community integration Shaping the future workshop 7I would like to see the Government develop an educational campaign to explain to the community why we need responsible population growth which includes alternative living styles and choices. A 5-10 min documentary that is played over and over on TV

Shaping the future Delegate expectations

Community participation in planning : allow local governments, working with their local communities, to articulate where and how the growth will be accommodated

Shaping the future Summit keynote

Partnership between Federal, State and Local Government including Federal Government involvement inthe SEQ Regional Planning Committee and financial commitment to SEQIPP.

Shaping the future Summit keynote

I would like to see another referendum on daylight saving -Queensland needs to stop being viewed by other states of our country as "backward banana benders".

Shaping the future Online survey

Commit to a 1-day summit in 12 months time with the same participants to report on the delivery of the summit outcomes - Publish and report the deliverables in a summit scorecard

Shaping the future workshop 3

Follow the Growth Summit with financial commitments Shaping the future workshop 4

Population management in SEQ should be undertaken in the context of a national population policy (international migration & internal national increases)

Shaping the future Delegate expectations

A commitment from the Government to lobby the Federal Government to stabilise Australia's population

Shaping the future Delegate expectations

Engage the Federal Government to fund the management of Queensland's growth given that half of the population growth is a result of the Federal migration program

Shaping the future Delegate expectations, workshop 4

The State Government must lobby the Federal Government to stabilize Australia's population, based on finite resources such as land, food, water

Shaping the future Delegate expectations, online survey, workshop 7

There should be a cap on the number of people in this state, which should be matched to natural capacity of an area.

Shaping the future Online survey, workshop 2

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 36 of 41

Idea Theme SourceDon’t try to fit arbitrary population and employment targets – need to be based on preservation of environment, lifestyle and economy

Shaping the future workshop 7

A commitment from the Government to develop a Sustainable Population Strategy for Queensland which stabilises Queensland's population to an ecologically sustainable level on a state and regional basis

Shaping the future workshop 7

Need better accounting of benefits of growth – why is Queensland Government in debt after 30 years of growth?

Shaping the future workshop 6

Further development of triple bottom line approach to corporate responsibility to improve quality of outcomes

Shaping the future workshop 2

Challenge the population growth assumptions – federal government needs to make a case for its target and develop national population policy

Shaping the future Submission

The Qld Government should establish a non-political commission of skilled-through-experience leaders who can decide the best solutions for our future.

Shaping the future Online survey

Lack of council understanding of growth and sustainability issues and lack of capacity (skills/finance/tools) to manage

Shaping the future workshop 3

Undertake market research and community engagement to understand different needs region to region and neighbourhood to neighbourhood

Shaping the future workshop 4

Tax reform: Metro/industry Shaping the future workshop 5Encourage business to be established outside at suburb area instead of CBD (or set up satellite CBDs' around the existing CBD) to spread traffic.

Strengthening our regions workshop 1

Strong regional plans with investment for infrastructure/services

Strengthening our regions workshop 2

Focus on long term unemployed. Get them back in workforce

Strengthening our regions workshop 2

More investment and employment opportunities Strengthening our regions workshop 5For me, it's not so much a question about whether the QLD economy will improve, but more about building an economy and state that has a value-added economy, not just based on primary resources.

Strengthening our regions Online survey

Surely, if we can get to the moon then humans can figure out how to have a strong economy without increasing population. Come on smart state lead the way!!

Strengthening our regions Online survey

Look after your own back yard! Train up the Young Australians here!

Strengthening our regions workshop 7

Restructure different working hours - start/finish time for commuters, encourage working from home Telecommuting;

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

More high impact industrial land made available Strengthening our regions workshop 4Facilitate collaboration between stakeholders to develop market placement of innovative ideas

Strengthening our regions workshop 6

Need a well managed State/Federal program that ensures innovation occurs

Strengthening our regions workshop 7

Make policy as innovative as private sector e.g. technology

Strengthening our regions workshop 7

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 37 of 41

Idea Theme SourceGovernment incentives for business by changing industrialrelations landscape – flexibility in work/life approach

Strengthening our regions workshop 7

More flexible working hours and arrangements Strengthening our regions workshop 2 and 4Public access to data, costs of research for small/start-up business

Strengthening our regions workshop 2

Lead/attract Commonwealth research centres to Queensland (attracts people)

Strengthening our regions workshop 2

Selling/realising ideas - what are the barriers to international market and production?

Strengthening our regions workshop 2

Help business with shared interests to partner Strengthening our regions workshop 2Increase research and innovation in business? Strengthening our regions workshop 2Encourage partnerships between research organisations and business

Strengthening our regions workshop 2

Direct support by Government for research through scholarship, exchange, marketing and promoting innovative businesses

Strengthening our regions workshop 2

Establish some research and development hotspots in rural areas – clusters?

Strengthening our regions workshop 2

Specific research and development sectors e.g. green sectors, alternative energy, water recycling, transport fuels– blue-sky

Strengthening our regions workshop 2

Easier to get research and development grants Strengthening our regions workshop 2Extend the partnerships between businesses and universities

Strengthening our regions workshop 2

Encourage skilled migration, and target on knowledgeable communities not just any migration – research and development

Strengthening our regions workshop 2

Taxation policy for research and development Strengthening our regions workshop 2Research and development grants – tax breaks, award contracts from government

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Business cluster mentoring for SME innovation Strengthening our regions workshop 3SME regional incubators and clean technology – funds Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Regional productivity strategies and action plans - investing in research, development and people

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Regional networks of local businesses/learning hubs and incubators

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Mentoring programs to transfer knowledge/skills from older/established workers to emerging businesses

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Support micro, small to medium enterprise Strengthening our regions workshop 3Develop funding models to support innovation, technology and R &D

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Multi-use of existing facilities and technology and skills (weekend and holiday use)

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Better workforce planning strategies for ageing industries (e.g. Comm Service, wages/conciliations)

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Flexible work practices and recruitment process Strengthening our regions workshop 3Greater skill recognition for migrants and speed up process

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Try to broaden economic base. Mature workforce – “better attitude” to mature Australians

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Attracting businesses to Queensland Strengthening our regions workshop 3Seed funding for start up businesses Strengthening our regions workshop 3Broaden industry target areas if innovation – e.g. environmental sustainability, tourism

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 38 of 41

Idea Theme SourceClarify purpose, role and competitive advantages of each region, in consultation with the community: Expand regional plans to embrace environmental, social, economic and infrastructure needs, Plans to be recognised at all levels of government, The plans m

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Form clusters – e.g. SA wine industry screw tops Strengthening our regions workshop 3Create regional productivity/ economic development programs; invest in R&D and people: Regional network of local SME business / learning hubs and incubators, Mentoring programs to transfer knowledge and skills from older/established workers to emerging businesses

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Rise above competition – Cairns tourism Strengthening our regions workshop 4Pilot studies for new innovations think more proactively Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Encourage collaboration between businesses and research and education sectors to identify needs – target education and research to suit community and industry need. Research and development – how do small groups undertake this? – Perhaps levies for joint R&D corporations – help to pull businesses together

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Build cross-fertilisation between export industries and on-shore based activities/business

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Consider/review early childhood learning – do kids benefit? At what cost productivity? Scandinavian model?

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Learn from Townsville Enterprise – one of the largest economic development organisations in Australia self funded by business. Lessons learnt?

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Identify small-medium size enterprises with potential to innovate and grow – develop funding to support them i.e. incubators

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Build partnerships with overseas schools, learning institutes and business

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Provide tertiary scholarships for high priority skills to work in regions after graduating

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Establish a “reward points system” for rurally-based public servants (like teachers)

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Intellectual property loans – need to promote investment, people are moving offshore for more support

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Who invests? – pool business innovation as a response to constraints

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Attract new researchers Strengthening our regions workshop 4Develop capacity in human resources Strengthening our regions workshop 4More resources into TAFE Strengthening our regions workshop 4Look at incentive base for rewarding developments of intellectual property

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Productivity relates to healthy and physically active workers

Strengthening our regions workshop 5

Extend construction hours 5 – 10, 7 days a week – shift work (in appropriate places)

Strengthening our regions workshop 3

Up skilling of local community Strengthening our regions workshop 5

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 39 of 41

Idea Theme SourceExtension services (paid volunteering, private sector and government)

Strengthening our regions workshop 7

Decentralisation initiative, ideas included:- moving government jobs to regional areas of Queensland - providing more jobs, public transport, services, better health, cultural facilities and other infrastructure in regionalareas - providing incentives to new businesses or new migrants- promoting regional towns as a package of liveability and a job- a second capital city for Queensland - providing more autonomy to regional towns, - technology- tax relief, remove stamp duties on home purchases, first home owner's grant - moving bio-tech industries to regional Queensland- cluster like industries in regional towns- leverage the natural assets and existing attributes (army base, mining) of regional towns- paying for removalist fees - programs such as the WA Royalties for Regions- free trip back to the capital city per year- better career paths and jobs for spouses- offering jobs that involve a subsidised 4 months volunteering in regional communities. - Areas of focus suggested were Toowoomba, Rockhampton, Townsville, Cairns, booming coal and gas communities and unspecified larger inland towns.

Strengthening our regions workshop 2, workshop 4, workshop 5, workshop 6, workshop 7, summit keynotes, summit panel, submissions and online survey

A State Migration Plan (in consultation with local government) that links with desired social and economic development outcomes, not just focused on skills for the resource sector.

Strengthening our regions workshop 6, submission

Decentralisation to the Somerset Region and western SEQ country towns to reinvigorate these towns and promote a sense of community

Strengthening our regions workshops 6

State Government to invest taxes obtained from mining companies back into up skilling and qualifying local jobseekers to enhance their employability for upcoming major developments in their communities

Strengthening our regions workshop 7, online question

Develop a decentralisation policy (for within SEQ) within 12 months that examinesregional infrastructure capacity, regional industry specialisations and opportunities withemployment and population targets.

Strengthening our regions Submission

Develop region and industry specific Industry Development Plans. Focus must be placed on addressing existing industry and regional challenges and skills demands as well as an investigation of emerging industries that could be established. Involvement of Federal, State and local government and local communities.

Strengthening our regions Submissions, workshop 1, workshop 5, workshop 6

Growth Planning mechanisms planned for high growth areas does not occur in isolation to non-growth areas: eg. regional, rural, remote

Strengthening our regions Submission

Help local industries access global opportunities to ensure their workforces have long term jobs

Strengthening our regions workshop 7, summit panel

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 40 of 41

Idea Theme SourceRaise the tax on mining and stop fly in fly out workers Strengthening our regions Summit question,

workshop 7Develop comprehensive regional plans which are the pre-eminent documents for both State and Federal government. Regional plans must go beyond just land use and infrastructure

Strengthening our regions workshop 5

All overseas migration or foreign students to settle outside of metropolitan regions for a specific period

Strengthening our regions workshop 5

Appoint ‘mini- Coordinator-Generals’ in regions tasked to scope out needs/resources for 5-10 hot spots

Strengthening our regions workshop 4, workshop 5

Mandate regional social infrastructure e.g. encourage duel purpose facilities e.g. school pool for community use on weekends

Strengthening our regions workshop 7

Focus on development of profit centre philosophy Strengthening our regions workshop 4Workers involved in the growing resource sector and their families want the option to live in local communities. Many may choose fly-in/fly-out, but if more effort is put in to making communities attractive and liveable then more will opt to become part of the region. Communities in the Surat Basin would like to see at least part of the workforce as permanent residents, building stronger communities. There must also be a focus on ensuring the ongoing viability of traditional industries like agriculture.

Strengthening our regions Surat forum

Improve industrial land affordability Strengthening our regions SubmissionThere should be a population strategy for Queensland which will include preferred growth areas and strategies on how we can assist/or promote growth to those areas where it is needed and manage it better in areas where continued growth is likely to cause environmental harm

Strengthening our regions Delegate expectations

Develop and implement an environmental vision for each region with focus on open space and conservation – regional open space system and corridors. Should be funded to enable purchase of strategic sites (e.g. pine forests on Sunshine Coast)

Strengthening our regions Delegate expectations, workshop 4

Target migration on knowledgeable communities Strengthening our regions workshop 4As overseas migration is expected to remain a large driver of population growth additional consideration is required on how to meet the needs of an increasing multicultural society and how to assimilate them into businesses.

Strengthening our regions Submission

Research and development will revolutionalise how we use limited resources e.g. coal seam gas and water injection

Strengthening our regions workshop 4

Reintroduce the State Fuel Subsidy for Regional Queensland.

Strengthening our regions Submission

Costing externalities into all resources – developing new markets in response to appropriate pricing

Strengthening our regions workshop 6

Appendix 8: Shaping Tomorrow’s Queensland: A detailed response to the Queensland Growth Management SummitPage 41 of 41